2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report [Complete]

Animal Science Department Nebraska Beef Cattle Reports

University of Nebraska - Lincoln Year 

2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report [complete]

This paper is posted at DigitalCommons@University of Nebraska - Lincoln. http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/animalscinbcr/599 N E B R A S K A Institute of Institute andNaturalAgriculture of Resources Beef Cattle Beef University Nebraska Extension of University Nebraska–Lincoln of policies Extension thenondiscrimination abide educational programs with University Nebraska–Lincoln of Agricultural ResearchAgricultural Division Report Nebraska–Lincoln theCounties andtheUnited cooperating with Agriculture. of States Department 2011 Extension is a Division of the Institute of theInstituteExtensionAgriculture of andNatural of isaDivision Resources attheUniversity of of theUniversityof Nebraska–Lincoln of andtheUnited Agriculture. of States Department © 2010, the University Regents Board of The of Nebraska. of reserved. rights All ® EXTENSION Know how. Know now . MP94 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Appreciation is expressed to the following firms, associations, or agencies who provided grant support for research in the beef cattle program. Archer Daniels, Midland, Colo., Columbus, Neb. Pfizer Animal Health, New York, N.Y. Cargill Corn Milling, Blair, Neb. Poet Nutrition, Sioux Falls, S.D. Nebraska Center for Energy Sciences Research, University The Beef Checkoff, Centennial, Colo. of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb. University of Nebraska Program of Excellence Funding Elanco Animal Health, Indianapolis, Ind. USDA Animal Health Research and Disease Program Intervet/Shering-Plough, Millsboro, Del. USDA NRCS Conservation Innovation Grant Nebraska Beef Council, Kearney, Neb. USDA-CSREES Grant # 2005-55101-16369. Managed National Cattlemen’s Beef Association, Centennial, Colo. Ecosystems Nebraska Cattlemen, Inc., Lincoln, Neb. USDA/NIFA Nebraska Animal Health Funds Nebraska Corn Board, Lincoln, Neb. USDA Ruminant Reproduction W1112 Regional Research North Central Region, Sustainable Agriculture Research & Project Education Program, USDA Vet Life, West Des Moines, Iowa

Appreciation is also expressed to the following firms who provided products or services American Angus Association, St. Joseph, Mo. Intervet, Millsboro, Del. Archer Daniels Midland, CO, Columbus, Neb. Iowa Limestone, Des Moines, Iowa American Gelbvieh Association, Westminster, Colo. Liquid Feed Commodities, Fremont, Neb. American Hereford Association, Kansas City, Mo. Mead Cattle Co., Mead, Neb. American Simmental Association, Bozeman, Mont. Merial Igenity, Deluth, Ga. American-International Charolais Association, Kansas North American Limousin Foundation, Centennial, Colo. City, Mo. Novus International, Inc., St. Charles, Mo. Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmedica, St. Joseph, Mo. Pfizer Animal Health, New York, N.Y. Cargill Corn Milling, Blair, Neb. Pharmacia Upjohn, Kalamazoo, Mich. Cargill Meat Solutions, Wichita, Kan./Schuyler, Neb./High PharmAgra Labs, Inc., Brevard, N.C. River, Alberta, Canada Red Angus Association of America, Denton, Tex. Dixon County Feedyard, Allen, Neb. Rex Ranch, Ashby, Neb. Elanco Animal Health, Indianapolis, Ind. Tyson Foods, Inc., Dakota City, Neb. Fort Dodge Animal Health, Overland Park, Kan. USDA Meat Grading and Certification Branch, Omaha, Neb. Greater Omaha Pack, Omaha, Neb.

Appreciation is also expressed to the following Research Technicians, Unit Managers, and Crew involved in the Research Programs at our various locations. Agricultural Research & Development Center, Ithaca Department of Animal Science, Lincoln Josh Benton Brian Lashley Ken Rezac Nerissa Ahren Tommi Jones Lindsey Salestrom Jeff Bergman Steve Maser Mark Schroeder Crystal Buckner Jill Kerl Calvin Schrock Lyle Blase Allison Miller Matt Sillivan Virgil Bremer Clyde Naber William Pohlmeier Dave Cajka Karl Moline Doug Watson Vanessa Brauer Brandon Nuttelman Jacqualine Smith Will Griffin Chuck Rezac Dan Wiley Ruth Diedrichsen Kelsey Rolfe Sarah Hersh

Gudmundsen Sandhills Laboratory, Whitman Panhandle Research & Extension Center, Scottsbluff Andy Applegarth John Nollette Jacki Musgrave Nabor Guzman Paul McMillen C.R. Jewell Jay Holthus Stephanie Furman Doug Pieper

West Central Research & Extension Center, North Platte Northeast Research & Extension Center, Norfolk Kevin Jess T. L. Meyer Jim Teichert Kevin Heithold Lee Johnson Leslie Johnson Dalbey Halleck Farm Mark Dragastin

Electronic copies of Nebraska Beef Reports and Summaries available at: http://beef.unl.edu. Click on reports.

Cow/Calf

Winter Grazing System and Supplementation of Beef Cows During Late Gestation Influence Heifer Progeny...... 5 Influencing Steer Performance Through Maternal Nutrition...... 8 Integration of DNA Marker Information into Breeding Value Predictions...... 11 Granulosa Cell Gene Expression is Altered in Follicles from Cows with Differing Reproductive Longevity...... 13

Growing

Performance of Growing Cattle Fed Corn Silage or Grazing Corn Residue from Second Generation Insect-protected (MON 89034), Parental, or Reference Corn Hybrids...... 16 Nutrient Composition of Spoiled Wet Byproducts Mixed and Stored with Straw...... 18 Use of Dry Rolled Corn, Dry or Wet distillers Grains Plus Solubles as an Energy Source in High Forage Diets for Growing Cattle...... 20 Effect of Corn Hybrid on Amount of Residue Available for Grazing...... 22 Supplementing DDGS to Steers Grazing Smooth Bromegrass Pastures...... 24 Economic Analysis of Supplementing DDGS to Grazing Cattle...... 26 Replacement of Grazed Forage with WDGS and Poor Quality Hay Mixtures...... 28 Supplementing Modified Wet Distillers Grains with Solubles to Long Yearling Steers Grazing Native Range...... 31 Effect of Stocking Rate on Animal Performance and Diet Quality While Grazing Cornstalks...... 33 Digestibility of Crop Residue after Chemical Treatment and Anaerobic Storage...... 35

Finishing

Economics for Feeding Distillers Grains to Finishing Cattle...... 37 Meta-Analysis of Feeding Calf-feds or Yearlings Wet Distillers Grains with Different Corn Processing...... 40 Impact of Distillers Grains Moisture and Inclusion Level on Greenhouse Gas Emissions in the Corn-Ethanol-Livestock Life Cycle...... 42 Performance and Carcass Characteristics of Finishing Steers Fed Low Fat and Normal Fat Wet Distillers Grains...... 44 Review: Lipid Addition to Corn Finishing Diets...... 46 Comparing Different Drying Methods for Distillers Grains and Its Effect on Feedlot Cattle Performance...... 48 Comparing Dry, Wet, or Modified Distillers Grains Plus Solubles on Feedlot Cattle Performance...... 50 The Effect of Drying Distillers Grains on Nutrient Metabolism...... 53 Effect of Feeding More than 70% Wet distillers Grains Plus Solubles on Feedlot Cattle Performance...... 55 Effects of Feeding a Combination of Modified Distillers Grains Plus Solubles and Wet Corn Gluten Feed to Adapt Cattle to Finishing Diets...... 57 Effect of Source and Level of Sulfur on Rumen Metabolism and Finishing Performance...... 60 Effects of Sulfur Concentration in Distillers Grains with Solubles in Finishing Cattle Diets...... 62 Effects of Adaptation Diets Containing Wet Distillers Grains with Solubles or Wet Corn Gluten Feed on Ruminal pH, Intake and Hydrogen Sulfide...... 65 Effects of Sulfur Content of Distillers Grains in Beef Cattle Finishing Diets on Intake, Ruminal pH, and Hydrogen Sulfide ...... 68 Economic Impact of Sulfur Levels in Distillers Grains Diets Fed to Beef Cattle...... 70 Effects of Lactobacillus Acidophilus and Yucca Schidigera on Finishing Performance and Carcass Traits of Feedlot Cattle ...... 72 Feeding Strategies of Optaflexx on Growth Performance and Carcass Characteristics of Feedlot Steers...... 74 Feedlot Cattle Performance When Fed Silage and Grain from Second-Generation Insect Protected Corn, Parental Line or Reference Hybrids...... 76 Effects of Glycerin in Steam Flaked Corn Feedlot Diets...... 78 Protein, Fiber, and Digestibility of Selected Alternative Crops for Beef Cattle...... 80 Mud Effects on Feedlot Cattle...... 82 Effect of Pen Cleaning Frequency and Feeding Distillers Grains and Wheat Straw on Nutrient Mass Balance and Performance of Feedlot Steers...... 84

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 3 Relationship Between Morbidity and Performance in Feedlot Cattle...... 87 Effects of a Dietary Antioxidant on Performance and Carcass Characteristics of Feedlot Cattle With or Without WDGS...... 90 Beef Products

Effects of Feeding High Levels of Wet Distillers Grains and Straw on Beef Cattle...... 92 Low-fat Wet Distillers Grains and Beef Quality...... 96 Shelf Life of m. longissimus lumborum from Beef Fed Antioxidants and Wet Distillers Grains...... 100 Effects of the Synthetic Antioxidants on Shelf Life of m.psoas major and m. triceps brachii Muscles from Beef Fed Wet Distillers Grains...... 103 Intramuscular Tenderness and Muscle Fiber Orientation of Beef Round Muscles...... 105 Marketing Source-Verified Beef to Restaurant Patrons...... 109

Statistics Used in the Nebraska Beef Report and Their Purpose...... 113

Page 4 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Winter Grazing System and Supplementation of Beef Cows During Late Gestation Influence Heifer Progeny

Rick N. Funston physiology can be influenced by and to increase numbers as forage Jeremy L. Martin stimuli experienced in utero. Previous availability allowed. Data are reported Adam F. Summers research utilizing the same cowherd for 2005 (109 cows), 2006 (114 cows), Don C. Adams indicates dam protein supplementa- and 2007 (116 cows). Jacqueline A. Musgrave tion increases heifer BW and fertility. From late November until early T. L. Meyer There is potential for maternal nutri- March each year, cows grazing winter Daniel M. Larson1 tion to affect not only cow productiv- range were divided into four, 79- ity but lifelong productivity of the acre upland pastures; two pastures heifer calf. received CP supplement, and two Summary The objective of the current study did not. From November to March was to determine the effects of grazing each year, cows grazing CR were Effects of cow winter grazing system dormant Sandhills range or corn crop maintained in four fields; two fields and supplementation on heifer progeny residue, with or without supplemen- received CP supplement, two did not. were evaluated. Cows grazed range tation, on gain, feed efficiency, and Cows were shipped approximately 52 (WR) or corn residue (CR) with (PS) reproduction in heifer-calf progeny. miles to corn residue fields on Nov. or without (NS) supplement. Both PS 15th and returned to GSL on Feb. and CR increased weaning weight. Procedure 25th each year. Irrigated corn fields Heifers from WR-NS dams weighed less were planted in April and harvested in at breeding and pregnancy diagnosis Cow and Calf Management October, with an average annual yield than WR-PS. Heifers from PS dams of 200 bu/ac. On a pasture or field were younger at puberty, and pregnancy A three year study utilized com- basis, cows received the equivalent rate tended to be greater. Heifers from posite Red Angus x Simmental cows of 1 lb/day of a 28% CP (DM basis) CR-PS dams gained the least and were and their progeny at Gudmundsen supplement three times/week or no least efficient. First-calf production and Sandhills Laboratory (GSL), Whit- CP supplement from Dec. 1 until Feb. rebreeding were similar. There appear man, Neb. (preweaning data collec- 28 on WR, or until Feb. 25th on CR. to be fetal programming effects of dam tion) and West Central Research and The supplement contained 62.0% winter grazing system and supplementa- Extension Center (WCREC), North dried distillers grains plus solubles, tion on heifer progeny. Platte, Neb. (postweaning data col- 11% wheat middlings, 9.0% cotton- lection). Cows were used in a com- seed meal, 5.0% dried corn gluten Introduction pletely randomized design with a 2 x feed, 5.0% molasses, 2.0% urea, and 2 factorial arrangement of treatments 6.0% vitamin and trace mineral pre- Previous reports indicate no repro- to determine effects of grazing dor- mix. The supplement was formulated ductive benefits from protein supple- mant Sandhills winter range (WR) or to meet vitamin and trace mineral mentation of spring calving beef cows corn crop residue (CR) and receiving requirements of the 3-year-old cows grazing dormant Sandhills range CP supplement (PS) or no supple- and supply 80 mg /head/day monensin during late gestation, despite the fact ment (NS) on cow and heifer progeny (Rumensin, Elanco Animal Health, nutrient requirements are greater than performance. One hundred nine Indianapolis, Ind.). nutrient content of the grazed forage. pregnant, spring-calving cows (1,098 After winter grazing, cows were Supplementation of the dam during ± 33 lb initial BW) between 3 and 5 managed in a single group and fed late gestation increases progeny wean- years of age were stratified by age and hay harvested from subirrigated ing BW and increases fertility of heifer weaning BW of their previous calf meadows and CP supplement. The progeny. A study with steer mates to and assigned randomly to treatment average calving date was March 26. heifers utilized in the current study in year 1. Cows remained on the same Cows returned to upland range in late found late gestation supplementation treatment for the length of the study, May and remained in a single group altered post-weaning growth, carcass unless removed due to reproductive throughout the breeding season until composition, and calf health in the failure or injury. Pregnant 3-year-old the subsequent winter grazing period. feedlot, potentially through fetal pro- cows were stratified by age and wean- Cows were exposed to fertile bulls at gramming. ing BW of their previous calf and a ratio of approximately 1 bull to 25 The fetal programming hypoth- assigned randomly to treatment to cows for 60 days each year, beginning esis states postnatal growth and replace cows removed from the study on approximately June 5. (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 5 Table 1. Effects of grazing winter range or corn residue and protein supplementation during the last trimester of gestation on heifer growth performance. Treatment1 WR CR Treatment P-value2 Trait PS NS PS NS SEM Sys Supp S*S n 6 6 6 6 — — — — Calf birth date, Julian d 84 86 80 87 2 0.51 0.04 0.24 Calf birth BW, lb 77.4 74.5 78.7 79.4 2.0 0.07 0.49 0.27 Calf weaning BW, lb 507 481 516 509 13 0.03 0.04 0.17 Adj. calf weaning BW, lb 478 454 478 485 9 0.02 0.15 0.03 Post-weaning ADG, lb 1.10 1.08 1.06 1.10 0.11 0.86 0.72 0.25 Pre-breeding BW, lb 712 679 710 717 33 0.17 0.24 0.11 Preg. diagnosis BW, lb 809 780 811 825 24 0.06 0.54 0.09 1WR = dams grazed dormant winter range during late gestation; CR = dams grazed corn residue during late gestation; PS = dams supplemented with the equivalent of 1 lb/day 28% CP cake during late gestation; NS = dams not supplemented. 2Sys = winter grazing system main effect; Supp = protein supplementation main effect; S*S = winter grazing system by protein supplementation treatment interaction.

Heifer Calf Management Heifers were exposed to bulls (1:25; Results bull:heifer) for 45 days. Estrus was Treatments included only dam synchronized with a single injection Heifer Performance and Reproduction winter grazing system and late gesta- of PGF administered 108 hours after tion CP supplementation; no further 2α Heifer performance data are dis- bulls were placed with the heifers. treatments were applied to calves. played in Table 1. Dams receiving PS Pregnancy diagnosis was performed Approximately 14 days following calved four days earlier (P = 0.04) via transrectal ultrasonography weaning, calves were transported than NS cows; however, birth date approximately 45 days following the to the WCREC, North Platte, Neb. was unaffected (P = 0.51) by winter breeding season. Heifers remained in a single group development system. Cows grazing for approximately 55 days following CR tended to give birth to heavier Statistical Analysis transport to the WCREC, and grazed (P = 0.07) calves than WR cows, but a dormant winter pasture. Subse- As treatments were applied on a PS did not affect (P = 0.49) calf birth quently, heifers were offered a diet field basis, winter pasture (n = 4/year) BW. Heifer progeny weaning BW and containing 20% wet corn gluten feed or corn residue field (n = 4/year) were adjusted weaning BW were greater (WCGF) and 80% prairie hay (DM considered the experimental units (P ≤ 0.04) if the dam grazed CR. basis) ad libitum for 45 days. Interim for heifer performance and reproduc- Adjusted weaning BW was lowest BW and blood samples were collected tive data. In addition, CP was or was (P = 0.03) if the dam received NS every 10-11 days. Heifers from WR not provided to two winter pastures while grazing WR. Weaning BW of cows in year 1 and a subset of heifers and two corn residue fields per year steer mates from dams grazing WR from WR and CR dams in years 2 and (n = 4/CP treatment/year). Data were with NS was lower than all other 3 were assigned randomly to one of analyzed using PROC MIXED of SAS treatment groups. Supplementation four pens containing Calan individual (SAS Inst., Inc., Cary, N.C.). The sta- appears to be necessary to attain max- feeding systems (American Calan, tistical model included winter grazing imal production of offspring from Northwood, N.H.) to evaluate indi- system, CP supplementation, and the dams grazing WR. vidual feed efficiency. interaction. Cow age was included as a Neither PS nor winter develop- After a 30-day adaptation and covariate for heifer calf data collected ment system affected (P > 0.10) heifer training period, heifers were individu- until weaning, where it represented a ADG from weaning until the time ally fed for a minimum of 84 days. significant source of variation. Pasture they entered the Calan gates, or from Heifers were exposed to ambient tem- nested with the effect of year x grazing weaning until breeding. There does perature and light conditions. Three- treatment x CP treatment was includ- not appear to be any compensatory day consecutive BW were taken at ed as a random variable in all analy- gain of heifers from WR-NS dams, the beginning and end of the feeding ses. In addition, pen nested within rep which supports a fetal program- period following a five day limit feed- x year was included for data collected ming hypothesis indicating a poten- ing period. during and immediately after indi- tial physiologic or genetic change Following completion of the in- vidual feeding, including gain, feed in growth not remedied by dietary dividual feeding period in early May efficiency, and first season reproduc- changes. Heifers from dams previ- each year, heifers returned to GSL. tive data. ously grazing CR with PS had a lower

Page 6 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. Effects of grazing winter range or corn residue and protein supplementation during the last evidence for an efficiency adjustment trimester of gestation on heifer reproduction. in response to fetal environment, Treatment1 whereby heifer fetuses exposed to WR CR Treatment P-value2 restricted nutrients (i.e., nonsupplemented dams) during gestation actu- Trait PS NS PS NS SEM Sys Supp S*S ally become more efficient in later life. n 6 6 6 6 — — — — Age at puberty, days 355 370 348 361 9 0.32 0.09 0.95 Heifer Progeny Calf Production BW at puberty, lb 615 619 626 635 24 0.50 0.72 0.90 Pubertal, % 91 74 79 84 7 0.71 0.38 0.11 Heifer BW and BCS prior to calv- Pregnant, % 91 77 88 83 7 0.96 0.13 0.45 ing were similar (P ≥ 0.14) among 1WR = dams grazed dormant winter range during late gestation; CR = dams grazed corn residue dur- treatment groups. Birth date, birth ing late gestation; PS = dams supplemented with the equivalent of 1 lb/day 28% CP cake during late BW, and percentage of calves born in gestation; NS = dams not supplemented. 2Sys = winter grazing system main effect; Supp = protein supplementation main effect; S*S = winter the first 21 days were also similar grazing system by protein supplementation treatment interaction. (P ≥ 0.29) among treatment groups. Prior to the second breeding season, heifers from dams previously grazing WR with NS tended (P = 0.09) to (P = 0.03) ADG during the individual number of heifers attaining puberty have lower BW than other treatment feeding period than all other heifers. by breeding. Potentially related to groups; however, BCS was not dif- Pre-breeding BW of WR-NS heifers pubertal status, heifers from NS ferent (P ≥ 0.16). As heifer BW prior tended to be lower (P = 0.11) than dams tended (P = 0.13) to have lower to calving was similar, the difference other treatments. The reduced BW pregnancy rates during the 45-day in BW prior to the second breeding at weaning appears to be maintained breeding season. Martin et al. (2007, season may indicate a difference in to pre-breeding, which agrees with Journal of Animal Science, 85:841-847) nutrient partitioning among treat- previous research. Post-weaning ADG also reported providing PS to dams ment groups during the early post- was similar (P ≥ 0.25) among treat- grazing WR improves subsequent partum period. This hypothesis is ments resulting in continued lower pregnancy rate of heifer progeny. In supported by the observation that at (P = 0.09) BW at pregnancy diagnosis the current study, pubertal status and weaning, heifer BW and BCS were for WR-NS heifers, which is similar pregnancy were modified by dam nu- similar among treatment groups to previous findings. Steer progeny trition. Thus, these and previous data (P ≥ 0.20). Weaning BW and 205- mates from cows receiving NS during provide evidence of a fetal program- day adjusted BW of calves born to gestation displayed more illness dur- ming effect on reproduction. Winter heifer progeny were similar (P ≥ 0.28) ing post-weaning development than development system did not affect among treatments. Similar to previ- counterparts from PS dams. However, final pregnancy rate P( = 0.96). ous data, reducing pre-breeding BW there was no effect (P ≥ 0.21) of winter by either post-weaning ADG restric- system or PS on illness between birth Heifer Feed Efficiency tion or modulation of late gestation and weaning or between weaning and dam nutrition may impact first preg- Dry matter intake was similar breeding in heifer progeny. nancy outcome; pregnancy rate after (P ≥ 0.17) for heifers born to dams First season reproductive data for the second breeding season was simi- previously grazing WR or CR with or heifer progeny are presented in Table lar (P ≥ 0.97) among treatments. without PS. The ADG of heifers from 2. Heifers from dams receiving PS dams grazing CR with PS was lower during late gestation tended (P = 0.09) (P = 0.03) during the individual feed- 1 to be younger at puberty than heifers Rick N. Funston, associate professor of ing period, compared to all other from dams receiving NS; however, Animal Science, West Central Research and heifers. Thus, heifers from CR-PS Extension Center, North Platte, Neb.; Jeremy age at puberty was not affected dams gained less efficiently (G:F; L. Martin, former graduate student; Adam F. (P = 0.32) by winter development Summers, graduate student; Don C. Adams, P = 0.04) than heifers from dams in system. Body weight at puberty was director, West Central Research and Extension other treatment groups. In contrast, similar (P ≥ 0.50) among treatments. Center; Jacqueline A. Musgrave, research there were no differences (P > 0.10) technician, Gudmundsen Sandhills Laboratory, There also tended (P = 0.11) to be in efficiency when expressed as RFI. Whitman, Neb.; T. L. Meyer, research technician, fewer heifers pubertal at breeding West Central Research and Extension Center; Heifers from CR-PS dams represent from dams previously grazing WR Daniel M. Larson, former graduate student. the most adequately nourished group with NS which may be at least partial- while heifers from WR-NS dams are ly due to the lower BW at this time, as the most restricted. This provides reducing BW at breeding reduces the

Adam F. Summers Sandhills forage on subsequent steer ing (early to mid-September), calves Kenneth H. Ramsay progeny growth, feed efficiency, and grazed meadow pasture while receiv- Jim Teichert carcass quality. ing 3 lb/day of the CP supplement T.L. Meyer until shipping (year 1 = Nov. 12; year Rick N. Funston1 Procedure 2 = Nov. 18). Cow and Calf Management Summary Steer Calf Management The University of Nebraska– Lincoln Institutional Animal Care A random sample of steers from Cows were fed a 28% CP cube at one and Use Committee approved the each treatment group (year 1 = 50 HN, of two supplement levels, high (HN) or procedures and facilities used in this 50 LN; year 2 = 50 HN, 50 LN) were low (LN), while grazing dormant winter experiment. shipped approximately 132 miles to range during late gestation to determine A two-year study was conducted the West Central Research and Exten- the effects of maternal supplementation at two units of the Rex Ranch, Ashby, sion Center, North Platte, Neb. Steers level on male progeny performance and Neb. Spring calving multiparous com- were grouped together in one pen and carcass characteristics. Steer initial BW posite beef cows comprised of 50% Red fed a starter diet (20% CP, DM basis) did not differ between treatments; how- Angus, 25% Simmental, and 25% South for five days prior to being weighed on ever, year 1 steers from cows fed higher Devon or other breeds were managed 2 consecutive days to determine ini- supplement levels had greater final BW, in a year-round grazing system. Cows tial BW. Implants providing 20 mg of HCW, marbling scores, and carcass estradiol benzoate and 200 mg proges- were pasture exposed to bulls of similar value compared with steers from cows terone (Synovex S, Fort Dodge Animal breeding at each location for 70 days receiving lower supplement levels. Year Health, Overland Park, Kan.) were beginning mid-June through August. 2 HN steers had greater proportions administered at second initial weight Forty-five days following the breeding grading USDA quality grade modest or collection. Steers were transitioned to season, pregnancy rates were deter- greater when compared to steers from a finishing diet (16% CP, DM basis) mined via rectal palpation. both treatments in year 1, but only dif- over a 21 day period. Approximately Cows grazed dormant forage pas- fered numerically from LN steers from tures from November to late February 100 days prior to slaughter, steers were year 2. Steer performance and carcass with a protein supplement (28% CP implanted with 24 mg estradiol and characteristics were improved in year cubes) delivered three times weekly. 120 mg trenbolone acetate (Revalor S, 1 when dam protein supplementation The supplement offered was 62.0% Intervet, Millsboro, Del.). Steers were levels were increased. dried distillers grains plus solubles, slaughtered at a commercial abattoir 218 days after entering the feedlot. Introduction 11.0% wheat middlings, 9.0% cot- tonseed meal, 5.0% dried corn gluten Final BW was calculated from HCW Providing protein supplementa- feed, 5.0% molasses, 2.0% urea, and using a common dressing percentage tion through winter grazing has been 6.0% vitamin and trace mineral pre- (63%), and carcass data were collected a common practice in the Nebraska mix. The supplement was formulated after a 24-hour chill. Sandhills (2006 Nebraska Beef Cattle to meet the vitamin and trace mineral To determine the effect of the two Report, pp. 7-9; 2009 Nebraska Beef requirements of the cows. supplementation levels on profitability, Cattle Report, pp. 5-8). Late gestation Cows were offered supplement and a partial budget analysis was conduct- protein supplementation has increased meadow hay at both locations at the ed. Supplementation costs included a progeny weaning BW (2006 Nebraska discretion of the manager with cows delivery charge ($0.03/lb) and were val- Beef Cattle Report, pp. 7-9; 2009 at one location (year 1 = 754; year 2 = ued similar to Larson et al. (2009, Jour- nal of Animal Science, 87: 1147-1155). Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 5-8), 700) receiving higher levels of supple- Meadow hay values were taken from improved post-weaning calf health, ment (HN; 2.62 lb/day year 1; 2.05 lb/ increased HCW, and increased the day year 2) and cows at the second Nebraska state average monthly price proportion of calves grading USDA location (year 1 = 673; year 2 = 766) based on USDA Agricultural Market- ing Service. Calf sale prices were the Choice or greater (2009 Nebraska Beef being fed lower levels of supplement Nebraska weighted average feeder Report, pp. 5-8). These results indicate (LN; 0.85 lb/day year 1; 0.94 lb/day maternal nutrition during gestation year 2). During calving (March and cattle price reported for the given year can influence postnatal growth and April) cows received meadow hay in at the time of entry into the feedlot, health, which is hypothesized as fe- the form of large round bales with HN as reported by the USDA Agricultural tal programming. The objective of cows receiving 13.9 lb/day in year 1 Marketing Service. Feedlot ration costs the current study was to evaluate the and 12.0 lb/day in year 2, and LN cows were valued at $0.064/lb and non- feed costs were charged at $0.50/day, effects of two dam protein supplemen- receiving 10.2 and 14.4 lb/day in year including veterinary charges, trucking, tation levels while grazing dormant 1 and year 2, respectively. After wean-

Page 8 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table1. Effects of maternal protein supplementation level on progeny steer feedlot performance. Treatment1 HN LN Treatment P-value2 Item Year 1 Year 2 Year 1 Year 2 SEM Trt Yr Trt×Yr Initial BW, lb 525 476 519 468 5 0.17 < 0.01 0.82 Re-implant BW, lb 1010 902 975 906 9 0.09 < 0.01 0.03 Final BW3, lb 1388 1253 1330 1263 13 0.07 < 0.01 0.01 Initial to reimplant, lb/day 4.26 3.73 4.00 3.85 0.056 0.20 < 0.01 < 0.01 Reimplant to harvest, lb/day 3.63 3.38 3.41 3.43 0.066 0.21 0.08 0.04 Overall lb/day 3.96 3.57 3.72 3.65 0.049 0.11 < 0.01 < 0.01 DMI4, lb/day 18.52 17.74 18.04 17.90 0.103 0.12 < 0.01 < 0.01 G:F 0.213 0.200 0.206 0.203 0.001 0.15 < 0.01 < 0.01 1HN = dams supplemented with 2.62 and 2.05 lb/day 28% CP cube (DM basis) during late gestation and 12.98 and 12.0 lb/day meadow hay during calving, year 1 and 2, respectively; LN = dams supplemented with 0.85 and 0.94 lb/day protein supplement during late gestation and 10.2 and 14.4 lb/day meadow hay during calving, year 1 and 2 respectively. 2Trt = dam treatment; Yr = year; Trt×Yr = dam treatment by year interactions. 3Final BW calculated based on a common dressing percentage (63%). 4DMI calculated using a modified prediction formula from Tedeschi et al. (2006) where DMI = (4.18 + (0.898 x ADG) + (0.0006 x (MBW0.75) + (0.019 x EBF)) ÷ 0.4536. yardage, and implants. The value of were no differences in re-implant or ADG) + (0.0006 x (MBW0.75) + (0.019 the steer at harvest was based on the final BW for steers from year 2. Data x EBF)) ÷ 0.4536 and where MBW0.75 Nebraska dressed steer price for the from Larson et al. (2009, Journal of EBF represents empty mean metabolic day of harvest, with grid premium and Animal Science, 87: 1147-1155) and body weight and body fat percentage. discounts applied as reported by USDA Stalker et al. (2006 Nebraska Beef Cattle Empty body fat percentage was calcu- Agricultural Marketing Service. Dif- Report, pp. 7-9) indicate steer calves lated using a modified equation from ferences in partial budget net returns from dams supplemented protein Guiroy et al. (2001, Journal of Animal were summarized for the cow-calf and while grazing dormant winter range Science, 79: 1983-1995) where EBF feedlot phases. have greater BW at initial feedlot entry = 17.76107 + (11.8908 x 12th rib fat compared to calves from nonsupple- depth) + (0.0088 X HCW) + (0.81855 Statistical Analysis mented cows. Calves from those stud- x [(marbling score/100) + 1] – (0.4356 Supplementation levels were applied ies were placed in the feedlot 14 days x LM area). These equations were de- to the dams on a location level (n = 1) post-weaning; whereas calves in this veloped to predict individual intake in during a two-year period; therefore, study were not shipped to the feedlot a group environment, similar to the location was considered the experi- until approximately eight weeks after design utilized in this study. Dry mat- mental unit for steer performance and weaning, and were allowed to graze ter intake was greatest (P < 0.01) for carcass data. Data were analyzed using subirrigated meadows and received 3.0 year 1 HN steers and lowest for year PROC MIXED (SAS Inst. Inc., Cary, lb/day of 28% CP cube supplement. In 1 LN steers, and efficiency calculated N.C.) with a P ≤ 0.10. The statistical the studies conducted by Stalker et al. as gain: feed indicated HN steers from model included dam treatment, year, (2006 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. year 1 had greater (P < 0.01) G:F ratios and the interaction. The proportion of 7-9) and Larson et al. (2009, Journal of than all other groups. steers grading USDA Choice and USDA Animal Science, 87: 1147-1155) pregnant Steer carcass data are summarized quality grade of modest or higher were cows were supplemented with either in Table 2. Hot carcass weights were analyzed using χ2 procedures in PROC 1.0 lb/day supplement or no supple- greater (P = 0.01) for steers from year 1 FREQ of SAS. ment. In the present study, cows were HN cows compared to steers from year provided supplement at both locations 1 LN cows. There were no significant Results with HN cows receiving approximately differences (P = 0.95) in HCW between 2.5 times more supplement than LN steers from HN and LN cows in year Steer Production cows, and LN cows receiving supple- 2. The proportion of steers grading Steer feedlot performance data are ment levels similar to Stalker et al. USDA Choice was 32 and 33% greater presented in Table 1. Initial BW did not (2006 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. (P < 0.01) for HN and LN steers from differ (P = 0.17) between HN and LN 7-9) and Larson et al. (2009, Journal of year 2 compared to year 1. Further- steers; however, steers in year 1 were Animal Science, 87: 1147-1155). more, steers from year 2 HN cows had 49 and 51 lb heavier (P < 0.01) for HN Average daily gain differed (< 0.01) a greater (P = 0.03) proportion grade and LN steers compared with HN and due to the interaction of dam treat- USDA modest or greater compared to LN steers from year 2, respectively. ment and year. Steer average DMI was steers from year 1 HN and LN cows. Re-implant BW and final BW were calculated using a modified DMI pre- Steers from HN cows had greater greatest (P = 0.03; 0.01, respectively) diction equation from Tedeschi et al. (P ≤ 0.05) marbling scores compared to for steers from year 1 HN, and differed (2006, Journal of Animal Science, 84: steers from LN cows, and year 2 steers from year 1 LN steers; however, there 767-777) where DMI = (4.18 + (0.898 x (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 9 Table 2. Effects of maternal protein supplementation level on progeny steer carcass data. Treatment1 HN LN Treatment P-value2 Item Year 1 Year 2 Year 1 Year 2 SEM Trt Yr Trt×Yr HCW, lb 874 790 838 796 8 0.07 < 0.01 0.01 Marbling score3 410 458 388 441 10 0.05 < 0.01 0.79 12-th rib fat, in 0.48 0.46 0.50 0.44 0.02 0.93 0.08 0.44 LM area, in2 14.63 12.61 14.43 12.39 0.19 0.26 <0.01 0.96 Yield grade 2.74 3.02 2.71 3.07 0.10 0.95 < 0.01 0.64 Quality grade, % Sm4 or greater 46 78 48 81 0.78 <0.01 < 0.01 Quality grade, % Md5 of greater 12 29 4 19 0.07 < 0.01 0.03 1HN = dams supplemented with 2.62 and 2.05 lb/day 28% CP cube (DM basis) during late gestation and 12.98 and 12.0 lb/day meadow hay during calving, year 1 and 2, respectively; LN = dams supplemented with 0.85 and 0.94 lb/day protein supplement during late gestation and 10.2 and 14.4 lb/day meadow hay during calving, year 1 and 2 respectively. 2Trt = dam treatment; Yr = year; Trt×Yr = dam treatment by year interactions. 3Where 400 = small0. 4Sm = small quality grade, USDA low Choice. 5Md = modest quality grade, USDA average Choice. had greater (P < 0.01) marbling scores Table 3. Partial budget analysis of maternal protein supplementation during last trimester of gestation compared to year 1 steers. In a review to weaning and weaning to harvest. on fetal skeletal muscle development, Treatment1 Du et al. (2010, Journal of Animal Sci- HN LN ence, 88: E55-E60) reported the impor- Item Year 1 Year 2 Year 1 Year 2 tance of maternal nutrition on muscle Cow-calf phase development and the ability to increase Costs, $/cow intramuscular fat deposits, which later Protein Supplement 7.41 5.79 2.42 2.67 Meadow Hay 51.15 45.52 37.54 54.53 lead to marbling. Greater marbling Returns, $/calf scores reported in HN steers compared Calf sale price2 626.28 469.95 617.09 467.11 to LN steers could result from fetal pro- Net profit difference 567.72 418.64 577.13 409.91 Feedlot phase gramming. Increased maternal supple- Costs, $/steer mentation can lead to recruitment of Purchase cost3 661.70 509.41 654.09 500.38 mesenchymal stem cells to adipogenesis Feedlot feed cost4 365.67 354.69 358.96 357.13 Returns, $/steer rather than myogenesis, increasing Carcass Value 1302.63 1030.54 1247.68 1040.83 intramuscular fat levels. There were no Net profit difference 275.26 166.44 234.63 183.32 differences (P ≥ 0.26) in 12th rib fat, LM 1HN = dams supplemented with 2.62 and 2.05 lb/d 28% CP cube (DM basis) during late gestation and area, or yield grade when comparing 12.98 and 12.0 lb/day meadow hay during calving, year 1 and 2, respectively; LN = dams supplemented steers from HN to LN cows; however, with 0.85 and 0.94 lb/day protein supplement during late gestation and 10.2 and 14.4 lb/day meadow hay during calving, year 1 and 2 respectively. differences were significant P( < 0.08) 2Value of steer and heifer calves after grazing meadow hay and receiving 3.0 lb/day 28% CP cube (DM between year 1 and year 2. basis) for approximately 8 weeks. 3Value of steer calves. 4 Economic Analysis Value based on $0.064/lb feed cost for 218 days and including yardage at $0.50/day. Data for the economic analysis are ments. In year 1 net profit difference Providing increased late gestation summarized in Table 3. Data represent through the feedlot phase was $40.63/ supplementation to dams did not actual values for the years of the study steer greater for steers born to HN affect steer initial BW at feedlot entry; (2007-2009). In year 1, if calves were cows compared to LN cows; however, however, steers from HN cows in year sold in November, HN calves were in year 2, returns were $16.88/steer 1 had greater final BW and HCW valued at $9.19/calf greater than calves greater for LN steers compared to HN than steers from LN cows. Average from LN cows; however, net returns steers. Differences between returns are marbling scores were greater for HN for HN calves were $9.41/calf less than related to HCW. In year 1, HCW was calves compared to LN calves suggest- those for LN calves due to increased significantly greater P( < 0.01) for HN ing a fetal programming effect with amounts of supplement and hay steers compared to LN calves, whereas increased dam supplementation alter- offered to HN cows. Year 2 calves also in year 2 difference in returns is due to ing fetal development. had greater sale values for HN calves; numerical, not statistical, difference in however, unlike year 1, HN calf value HCW (P = 0.95). Fed cattle base prices 1Adam F. Summers, graduate student, was $8.73/calf greater than LN calves were $20.81/cwt higher in year 1 com- University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of due to increased hay amounts offered pared to year 2, which along with the Animal Science; Kenneth H. Ramsay, Rex Ranch, Ashby, Neb.; Jim Teichert, beef herdsman, T.L. to LN cows during year 2. Carcass heavier HCW from year 1 added to the Meyer, research technician, Rick N. Funston, value was greater for year 1 steers com- differences in carcass values from the associate professor, West Central Research and pared to year 2 steers from both treat- two different years. Extension Center, North Platte, Neb.

Matthew L. Spangler needed to deliver Marker-Assisted association analysis with the addi- Stephen D. Kachman EPDs to producers. Consequently, the tion of 192 SNPs from IGENITY® Kathryn J. Hanford objectives of the current study were (96 trained on yearling weight in an Mark Thallman to illustrate methodology for incor- Angus population and the other 96 Gary L. Bennett porating DNA marker information from the IGENITY parentage panel). Warren Snelling into breeding value predictions for the In total, the reduced panel consisted Larry Kuehn trait of weaning weight, and develop of 384 SNPs. IGENITY served as the John Pollak1 mechanisms for disseminating this genetic service provider partner in information to producers. this project and genotyped animals with the reduced panel. After editing Summary Procedure SNPs based on deviation from Hardy- Weinberg Equilibrium (a statistical Calves from 20 herds representing Single nucleotide polymorphisms criterion based on expected genotype seven breeds were genotyped with a (SNPs), the smallest change in DNA frequencies), and call rates, a total reduced DNA marker panel for wean- sequence, for weaning weight were of 159 of the diagnostic SNPs (not ing weight. The marker panel used was identified through an association parentage) were used in the analysis. derived using MARC Cycle VII animals. study of markers on the Illumina 50K The population included over 19,000 The results suggest marker effects based assay with weight traits collected at animals from 20 seedstock enterprises on this small panel are not robust across the U.S. Meat Animal Research Cen- and four university herds. Bull calves breeds and that methodology exists to ter (USMARC). The Ilumina assay (n = 3,500) were genotyped with the integrate genomic information into the provides the opportunity to detect reduced panel, and molecular breed- prediction of breeding values in a single DNA variations at more than 50,000 ing values (MBVs) were calculated breed context. locations across the cattle genome. based on prediction equations derived Weaning weight records at USMARC for weaning weight Introduction (N = 3,328) of calves from the fol- (WW) and post-weaning gain (PWG). lowing populations were used in Data, including a four-generation Currently, several commer- the selection at USMARC of SNPs pedigree, adjusted weaning weight cial DNA tests (marker panels) are associated with adjusted weaning phenotypes, and pedigree index EPDs available for complex traits. In the weight. The total pedigree included were obtained from the respective fall of 2009, the American Angus 5,222 animals. Of the 3,328 calves in breed associations for each herd in the Association integrated the results the training population, the average project. MBVs were fit as a correlated of an Angus-specific marker panel breed contributions were 26% Angus, trait in both two- and three-trait from a single commercial company 19% Hereford, and 6.5% each of Red animal models. Contemporary group into their national cattle evalua- Angus, Simmental, Charolais, Limou- effects included herd and sex of calf. tion for carcass traits. Despite this sin, and Gelbvieh. Thus, the effective Weaning weight was fit with both a advancement, there still exists tre- number of animals contributing to direct and maternal component while mendous confusion by producers as training by breed were 871 Angus, 632 MBVs were assumed to have only a to the efficacy of DNA diagnostics Hereford, and 215 each of Red Angus, direct genetic component. within and across breeds. The Weight Simmental, Charolais, Limousin, and Trait Project (WTP) was designed Gelbvieh. Results to address issues associated with Breed associations representing creating and implementing DNA- the seven breeds (Table 1) in the Heritabilities for weaning weight based selection in conjunction with USMARC Cycle VII population (direct and maternal) and MBVs expected progeny differences (EPDs). identified seedstock producers in (WW and PWG) by breed are summa- The WTP is a unified effort among the region surrounding USMARC to rized in Table 1. In general, the heri- researchers, breed associations, seed- provide DNA samples (hair follicles tability estimates for WW direct were stock producers, and a DNA testing from the tail switch) from calves within expected ranges except for company to improve the process of born in the 2009 calf crop and their Simmental, which is likely due to the developing and validating DNA tests dams. A reduced panel of 192 SNPs data structure of the Simmental herds and to investigate the infrastructure was constructed based on the most in this study. Heritability estimates for necessary for the flow of information significant SNPs from the USMARC (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 11 both WW and PWG MBVs were lower Table 1. Heritabilities (SE) by breed for weaning weight (direct and maternal) and molecular than the expected value of 1.0, sug- breeding values (MBV) for weaning weight (WW) direct and post-weaning gain (PWG). gesting considerable error associated Breed Weaning Weight Direct Weaning Weight Maternal WW MBV PWG MBV with prediction of MBVs, either due to genotyping error or low call rates. Angus 0.23 (0.02) 0.12 (0.01) 0.87(0.16) 0.88 (0.16) Genetic correlations between MBVs Red Angus 0.24 (0.03) 0.15 (0.02) 0.67 (0.16) 0.57 (0.14) Charolais 0.12 (0.13) 0.08 (0.02) 0.33 (0.16) 0.32 (0.17) and weaning weight (direct and Gelbvieh 0.22 (0.02) 0.08 (0.01) 0.64 (0.18) 0.38 (0.18) maternal) are presented in Table 2. Hereford 0.14 (0.04) 0.14 (0.04) 0.83 (0.15) 0.74 (0.19) In general, the genetic correlations Limousin 0.27 (0.02) 0.10 (0.01) 0.60 (0.19) 0.72 (0.21) are low to moderate with relatively Simmental 0.75 (0.03) 0.32 (0.02) 0.61 (0.16) 0.36 (0.15) large standard errors. The number of markers used in the current panel Table 2. Genetic correlations (SE) by breed between weaning weight (direct and maternal) and and the fact that almost half of the molecular breeding values (MBV) for weaning weight (WW) and-post weaning gain selected markers did not produce (PWG). usable results might explain the poor Weaning Weight Direct Weaning Weight Maternal performance and thus low genetic correlations. Given these correlations, Breed WW MBV PWG MBV WW MBV PWG MBV the proportion of genetic variation Angus 0.00 (0.10) 0.14 (0.10) 0.00 (0.17) -0.04 (0.17) for weaning weight explained by the Red Angus 0.10 (0.10) 0.35 (0.09) 0.02 (0.16) -0.18 (0.15) 2 panel (rg ) ranged from 0 to 7.8%. One Charolais 0.28 (0.15) -0.06 (0.17) 0.14 (0.20) 0.05 (0.22) possible reason for the large range in Gelbvieh 0.25 (0.13) 0.25 (0.12) -0.22 (0.22) -0.03 (0.22) genetic correlations among breeds is Hereford 0.20 (0.20) 0.29 (0.20) 0.06 (0.28) -0.06 (0.29) Limousin 0.24 (0.12) 0.18 (0.12) -0.53 (0.22) -0.08 (0.23) that the associations between markers Simmental -0.05 (0.08) -0.06 (0.08) 0.22 (0.13) 0.19 (0.12) and growth traits are more breed- specific than had been hoped.

Implications the genotyping platform. Although associations, and a commercial DNA the standard errors associated with testing company. Results from the current study the genetic correlations are large, suggest that the reduced panel is not the point estimates do vary across sufficient to meaningfully impact the breeds. The current project developed 1Matthew L. Spangler, assistant professor, a unique and vast resource for the University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of accuracy of breeding value predic- Animal Science; Stephen Kachman, professor, tions. Furthermore, the unexpectedly future development of methodology UNL Department of Statistics; Kathryn Hanford, low heritability estimates associated related to the incorporation of marker assistant professor of practice, Department of with the MBVs suggest that consider- data into national cattle evaluations Statistics; Mark Thallman, scientist; Gary L. utilizing resources from researchers, Bennett, scientist; Warren Snelling, scientist; Larry able room for improvement exists in Kuehn, scientist, Department of Animal Science; extension personnel, producers, breed John Pollak, director, U.S. Meat Animal Research Center, Clay Center, Neb.

Page 12 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Granulosa Cell Gene Expression is Altered in Follicles from Cows with Differing Reproductive Longevity

Andrea S. Cupp phenotypic markers of reproductive were weighed, measured for length Jennifer R. Wood fertility in beef cattle. The long-term and width, and all visible surface fol- Renee McFee goal is to develop markers of repro- licles were counted. Granulosa cells Racheal G. Slattery ductive longevity that may be imple- were collected and extracted for RNA. Kevin A. Beavers mented prior to selecting replacement Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reac- William E. Pohlmeier heifers. A first step for this goal is to tion (QPCR) was conducted to deter- Kevin M. Sargent determine what genes are altered in mine expression of genes known to Ningxia Lu granulosa cells (cells that communi- influence follicle growth (VEGF164), Jacqueline E. Smith cate with and support egg maturation) follicle arrest (VEGF164B), and atresia Jill G. Kerl to determine how ovarian follicle (CARTPT). The expression of these Vanessa M. Brauer development (and development of the genes was also correlated to follicle Adam F. Summers egg) may differ in cows culled from diameter (another potential biomark- Stetson P. Weber the herd at different ages due to preg- er of fertility). Robert A. Cushman1 nancy failure. Results Procedure Summary The number of antral follicles All procedures were approved by (follicles with fluid-filled cavities) Heifers and cows that were culled the University of Nebraska–Lincoln present on the ovaries of cows from from the herd due to failure to become Institutional Animal Care and Use each fertility group is presented in pregnant were categorized into groups Committee (IACUC). Figure 1. While the numbers were with low (< 2 year), moderate (>2 and Beef cows ranging in age from numerically lower in the low-fertility < 6 year) or high (≥ 6 year) fertility. 1.5 to 11 years were synchronized group and increased to the high- Antral follicle counts were numerically with a modified Co-Synch proto- fertility group, none of the groups lower in the low group and increased in col, and upon CIDR removal were were statistically different from each the moderate- and high-fertility group. injected with Lutalyse, and ovaries other. Figure 2 depicts the percent- Granulosa cells from dominant follicles were removed by flank laparotomy age of low (< 30), medium (30-60), in moderate- and high-fertility cows had (surgical incision) 36 hours later to and high (> 60) antral follicle counts a greater ratio of Vascular Endothelial obtain dominant and subordinate (AFC) on the ovaries of cows for each Growth Factor 164 (VEGF164) to follicles prior to ovulation. Ovaries (Continued on next page) VEGF164B compared to the low-fertility cows. Furthermore, there was more CARTPT in granulosa cells from sub ordinate follicles in moderate- and high- fertility cows than low. Gene expression 50 is altered in granulosa cells from cows differing in fertility, suggesting these are 40 candidate genes that may be used as markers to assist in determining reproductive longevity in beef cows. 30

Introduction counts) (surface 20 Total # ofAntral Follicles Total Cows that stay in the herd longer and continue to produce a calf have 10 greater reproductive longevity. While we may be able to predict reproductive 0 longevity by a combination of number < 2-years > 2 < 6 years > 6-years of antral follicles on the ovary, ovarian size, and reproductive tract score, Figure 1. Total number of antral follicles in different fertility groups. These values were not signifi- there are no conclusive genetic or cantly different from each other.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 13 fertility classification. Because there high moderate low are still low antral follicle count cows present in the high-fertility group, we cannot use antral follicle counts as the 100 only method to predict reproductive longevity. Low antral follicle count appears to be only a risk factor for in- 80 fertility, not a sole determining factor. Furthermore, because our analysis of antral follicle count is retrospective, 60 and antral follicle count decreases as animals get older, the low antral (% of total)

follicle count cows in the older cow AFC Classification 40 groups may be due to them getting closer to the end of their reproductive lifespan. Thus, we decided to evalu- 20 ate expression of genes that have been shown to influence follicle development to determine if we could detect 0 any differences that may result in less < 2-years > 2 < 6 years > 6-years than optimal follicle development and egg maturation. Figure 2. Percentage of cows that were categorized as high, medium or low antral follicle counts (AFC) Our laboratory has previously in each fertility group. determined in rodents that treatment with VEGF164 stimulates follicle development, promoting early-stage Dominant Follicles follicles to later stages of develop- 25 ment. Furthermore, treatment with b VEGF165b inhibited follicle progres- sion and arrested follicles at early stages of development. Therefore, our 20 objective was to determine if the ratio of VEGF164 angiogenic to VEGF164B anti-angiogenic isoforms in granulosa cells from dominant follicles was greater in high-fertility cows and 15 b reduced in the low-fertility group. In Figure 3, the ratio of VEGF164 to VEGF164B is reduced in cows culled from the herd at less than or equal (arbitrary units) 10 to 2 years of age when compared to either the moderate- or high-fertility VEGFA_164:VEGFA_164B/GAPDH group. Thus, the dominant follicles in the low-fertility group had less 5 VEGF164 and more VEGF164B mes- senger RNA (mRNA) in their granulosa cells. Furthermore, the diameter a of the dominant follicles in the low- 0 fertility group was numerically less < 2-years-old > 2 < 6-years-old > 6-years-old but not significantly different (data not shown). This suggests that the dominant follicles in the < 2 years of Figure 3. Quantitative PCR for VEGF164/VEGF164B ratio in granulosa cells from dominant follicles age group are not growing optimally. in cows with different fertility. Different subscripts indicate significance at P < 0.05. This may affect egg maturation and development, resulting in less viable or fertile eggs.

Page 14 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Subordinate Follicles expressed in subordinate follicles from the moderate- and high-fertility b group than the low (Figure 4). This further supports our hypothesis that 20 gene expression profiles are altered b and may not be optimal in the low- fertility group, which possibly reflects 16 why they failed to become pregnant.

Implications 12 Finding genes that predict fertil-

(arbitrary units) ity and reproductive longevity would CARTPT/GAPDH 8 allow for selection of heifers prior to their development to puberty and would increase profitability of cow/ 4 calf producers. a 0 1Andrea S. Cupp, associate professor, < 2-years-old > 2 < 6-years-old > 6-years-old University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal Science; Jennifer R. Wood, assistant Figure 4. Quantitative PCR for CARTPT in granulosa cells from subordinate follicles taken from professor; Renee McFee, technician, Department cows with different fertility. Different subscripts indicate significance at P < 0.05. of Animal Science; Racheal G. Slattery, graduate student, UNL Department of Veterinary and Biomedical Sciences; Kevin Beavers, technician, U.S. Meat Animal Research Center; William Interestingly, subordinate follicle ferences in subordinate follicle growth E. Pohlmeier, research lab manager; Kevin M. diameters among the fertility groups may be directly related to factors be- Sargent and Ningxia Lu, graduate students; were different, with the cows in low ing produced by the dominant follicle. Jacqueline E. Smith, research analyst; Jill G. Kerl, fertility being the smallest, the mod- Also, when CARTPT, a gene expressed physiology lab manager; Vanessa M. Brauer, technician; Adam F. Summers and Stetson P. erate were greater than the low, and in subordinate and dominant fol- Weber, graduate students, UNL Department of the high having the largest follicle licles undergoing atresia, was mea- Animal Science; Robert Cushman, physiologist, diameter (data not shown). The dif- sured, there was dramatically more U.S. Meat Animal Research Center.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 15 Performance of Growing Cattle Fed Corn Silage or Grazing Corn Residue from Second Generation Insect-Protected (MON 89034), Parental, or Reference Corn Hybrids

Barry M. Weber of steers grazing the insect-protected at 2% BW. Steers were weighed in- Brandon L. Nuttelman (MON 89034) corn residue with that of dividually on two consecutive days William A. Griffin steers grazing the non-transgenic paren- in the morning before feeding to Josh R. Benton tal hybrid (DKC 63-78). obtain an accurate initial BW. Steers Galen E. Erickson were blocked by BW, stratified within Terry J. Klopfenstein1 Procedure block, and assigned randomly to 1 of 20 pens based on day 0 BW. Pens were Experiment 1 then assigned randomly to one of four Summary Animals. Crossbred British x Con- treatments. Diets for each treatment are shown in Table 1. Effects of feeding second generation tinental steers (n = 240; initial BW Treatments. Treatments consisted insect-protected transgenic corn (MON = 614 ± 44 lb) were used in a ran- of two reference hybrids, a non- 89034) on growing steer performance domized complete block design ex- transgenic parental hybrid, and the was evaluated in two experiments. In periment. Steers were received at the second-generation Bt hybrid (MON Experiment 1, a corn silage-based diet University of Nebraska Agricultural 89034). All corn was grown at the was fed to growing steers in pens, and the Development and Research Center Agricultural Research and Develop- transgenic test hybrid was compared to a (Ithaca, Neb.) during the fall of 2009. ment Center near Ithaca, Neb., un- non-transgenic parental hybrid and two Steers were weighed and vaccinated der identity preserved methods. All commercially available reference hybrids. (Bovishield Gold 5, Somubac, Decto- hybrids were cut for silage at similar In Experiment 2, steers grazing corn resi- max) and treated with Micotil (Elanco moisture levels (34.2% DM ± 2.1%) due of the transgenic test hybrid were com- Animal Health) on arrival. Following and stored in silo bags by hybrid. pared to steers grazing a non-transgenic a 14- to 21-day receiving period, steers Samples of all hybrids were collected parental hybrid. In both experiments, were limit fed five days to minimize and sent to Monsanto Company, growing performance was not affected by variation in rumen fill. The limit fed where the presence or absence of the source of corn silage or residue. ration contained a 1:1 ratio of wet corn gluten feed and alfalfa hay fed genes was verified. Introduction Table 1. Growing Diet Composition (%DM).1 Given that the majority of domestic Ingredient MON PAR REF1 REF2 corn production is used for livestock feed and the highest percentage is fed Corn silage W 80.0 to feedlot cattle, it is important for Corn silage X 80.0 Corn silage Y 80.0 producers to know if cattle perform Corn silage Z 80.0 similarly when fed transgenic corn WDGS 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 compared to non-transgenic corn. Supplement2 Furthermore, it is also essential to Fine ground milo 3.006 3.006 3.006 3.006 Limestone 0.916 0.916 0.916 0.916 see comparable results when grazing Salt 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 transgenic crop residue or feeding Urea 0.574 0.574 0.574 0.574 transgenic silage in growing situa- Tallow 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 tions. Trace mineral 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 Vitamin A-D-E 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 The objective of Experiment 1 was Rumensin-80 0.014 0.014 0.014 0.014 to compare the performance of grow- Nutrient composition ing steers fed second generation insect- CP 13.3 12.6 12.7 13.4 protected corn silage (MON 89034) NDF 39.4 35.7 33.0 36.3 Ca 0.67 0.53 0.54 0.70 with the non-transgenic parental hybrid P 0.28 0.27 0.27 0.36 (DKC 63-78) and two non-transgenic K 0.78 0.78 0.89 0.82 reference hybrids (DKC 61-42 and DKC 1REF1 = reference hybrid DKC 61-42, REF2 = reference hybrid DKC 62-30, PAR = non-transgenic 62-30). The objective of Experiment parental hybrid, MON = corn silage containing Cry1A.105 and Cry2Ab2 proteins (MON 89034). 2 was to compare the performance 2Formulated to provide 200mg/head/day.

Page 16 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. Growing Performance on Corn Silage-based Diet for 86 days.1 Shelled corn was dried in a 60oC oven Variable MON PAR REF1 REF2 P-value for 48 hours to determine DM/acre of residual corn. Downed corn in Initial BW, lb 613 616 612 614 .01 Ending BW, lb 925 927 925 919 .53 MON 89034 paddocks was estimated DMI, lb/day 20.4 20.8 20.9 20.8 .40 at 101.0 lb DM/ac or 2.41 bu/ac. ADG, lb 3.63 3.62 3.64 3.54 .56 Estimates of downed corn in the PAR 2 F:G 5.62 5.74 5.75 5.89 .25 paddocks were 103.3 lb DM/ac or 2.48 1REF1 = reference hybrid DKC 61-42, REF2 = reference hybrid DKC 62-30, PAR = non-transgenic pa- bu/ac. rental hybrid, MON = corn silage containing Cry 1A.105 and Cry2Ab2 proteins (MON 89034). Data were analyzed using the 2 Analyzed as gain:feed, reported as feed:gain. MIXED procedures of SAS (SAS Insti- tute, Cary, N.C.). Paddocks were the Table 3. Grazing Performance. experimental unit (4/treatment). MON PAR SEM P-value Due to adverse winter weather con- Initial BW, lb 547 550 1 .07 ditions, the experiment ended on day Ending BW, lb 567 566 4 .89 40, earlier than originally planned. ADG, lb 0.52 0.39 .06 .20 One steer from MON treatment died MON = corn containing Cry1A.105 and Cry2Ab2 proteins (MON 89034), PAR = non-transgenic pa- due to weather related stress on day rental hybrid. 39 and was removed from experiment analysis. Prior to experiment initiation, Experiment 2 corn silage samples were collected Results Animals. Crossbred British x and sent to a commercial laboratory Continental steers (n = 64; initial (Romer Labs, Union, Mo.) to test for Growing performance is shown BW = 549 ± 17 lb) were used in a the presence of mycotoxins. Small in Table 2. No significant differences completely randomized design ex- amounts of Deoxynivalenol (Vomi- were observed. Because initial BW periment. Prior to initiation of the toxin) and Zearalenone were found was statistically different, it was used trial, steers were limit fed five days in the test hybrid (MON) and the as a covariate of analysis. Across- to minimize variation in rumen fill non-transgenic parental hybrid (PAR) treatment averages were 20.7, 3.61, (1:1 blend of wet corn gluten feed and silage. In all samples, the amount of and 5.75 for DMI, ADG, and F:G, alfalfa hay at 2% BW). Individual mycotoxins present was well below respectively. Steers fed MON were weights were taken on two consecu- the level for concern. Ingredient and numerically the most efficient at 5.62 tive days in the morning before feed- diet samples were collected weekly, F:G. Cattle fed silage-based growing ing to obtain an accurate initial BW. composited by month, and sent to a rations had very good DMI, ADG, and Steers were stratified by BW recorded commercial laboratory (Dairy One, F:G due to good feeding conditions on day 0 and assigned randomly to a Ithaca, N.Y.) for nutrient analysis. from February to May. No statistical paddock (8 steers/paddock) and treat- Data were analyzed using the differences were observed in grazing ment. Steers were fed a supplement MIXED procedures of SAS (SAS experiment performance (Table 3). (2.5 lb/steer daily) formulated to meet Institute, Cary, N.C.). Pens were the Cattle in this trial were not affected protein requirements. The supple- experimental unit (5/treatment). by source of corn, whether grazing ment was dry distillers grain-based Block was treated as a fixed effect in residue or fed silage from transgenic (93.8%) and included limestone, tal- the model. Only one replication was or non-transgenic hybrids. Intake low, Rumensin-80, trace minerals, included in the heavy block, with four and ADG were numerically similar selenium, and vitamin A-D-E. replications in the other weight block. and certainly suggest no perfor- Treatments. Treatments consisted Data were analyzed and statistics are mance problems in the feeding value of two 30.7-acre fields separated into based on this analysis. However, least of transgenic corn when compared four 7.7-acre paddocks per field. The square means are not presented due to non-transgenic corn. Mon 89034 fields consisted of corn crop residue to adjustment for unequal replication is nutritionally equivalent to non- from either the second generation of blocks. Arithmetic means are pre- transgenic corn. insect-protected corn (MON 89034) sented by treatment (Table 2). or the non-transgenic parental hybrid The study was blind to feedlot 1 (DKC 63-78). Barry M. Weber, graduate student; personnel. Each hybrid was assigned Residual corn from each paddock Brandon L. Nuttelman, research technician; a letter before beginning the trial. All William A. Griffin, research technician; Josh R. was estimated by sampling three ran- treatments, silage bags, pen assign- Benton, previous research technician; Galen dom 300 x 2.5 ft strips. Whole and E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, ments, feed sheets, and observation partial ears were collected and shelled professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln documents were designated by letter to to determine bushels of acre residual Department of Animal Science. limit possible partiality to treatment. corn for each paddock and hybrid.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 17 Nutrient Composition of Spoiled and Non-Spoiled Wet Byproducts Mixed and Stored With Straw

Jennifer R. Yelden Table 1. Cover treatments. Crystal D. Buckner WDGS: Straw Kelsey M. Rolfe Open Barrels were left uncovered. Dana L. Christensen Open + H2O Uncovered with water added at a rate of 0.6 in weekly to mimic average Terry J. Klopfenstein Nebraska precipitation. Galen E. Erickson1 Plastic Six mil plastic covering the surface of the mixture, weighed down with sand, and the edges sealed with tape. This treatment would be comparable to plastic and tires in a bunker setting. Summary Salt Salt was sprinkled over the surface of the mixture at a rate of 1 lb/ft2. Wet corn byproducts were mixed Distillers solubles (DS) DS were poured over the surface of the mixture to make a 3-inch layer with straw and stored in 55 gallon (45 lb as-is). barrels for 56 days to simulate bunker DS + Salt DS and salt added at rates previously discussed and mixed together before application. storage. The spoilage process caused a DS + Salt + H O DS and salt added at rates previously discussed and water added at 0.6 decrease in fat content and an increase 2 inch weekly. in pH, NDF, ash, and CP. Covering with plastic or distillers solubles reduced the DS: Straw Open, inside Barrels left uncovered and stored inside. amount of spoilage and the change in nutrient composition. Open, outside Barrels left uncovered and stored outside at the University of Nebraska Feedlot near Mead, Neb., and exposed to any rainfall. Introduction two mixes: 70% WDGS and 30% straw barrel covers that were assigned ran- Mixing wet distillers grains plus mixture or 60% DS and 40% straw domly to barrels with two replications solubles (WDGS) or distillers solubles (both on a DM basis). Barrels were per treatment. (DS) with straw allows storage in filled to approximately the same weight bunkers (2008 Nebraska Beef Cattle (300 lb) and packed to similar heights. Opening Barrels Report, pp. 23-25; 2010 Nebraska Beef All barrels (except DS: straw open- After 56 days of storage, each barrel Cattle Report, pp. 21-25). When the outside) were stored inside the Animal was opened by carefully removing the surface of WDGS is exposed to air it Science building at the University of solubles layer (if applied), the spoiled will spoil. As previous research shows, Nebraska–Lincoln in a temperature- portion, and then the nonspoiled por- spoilage process will result in loss controlled room. Table 1 describes the tion. When salt was used as a cover, of DM at the surface of the bunker (2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 21-25). To minimize the amount of spoilage to surfaces exposed to oxygen, several cover treatments may be applied. Along with a loss of DM, nutrient composition of stored mixes may change during spoilage. In most cases, producers feed the spoiled material along with the unspoiled. The purpose of this experiment was to determine the nutritional composition of the spoiled feed fractions and how different covers affect these nutritional changes.

Procedure

Storage

To simulate bunker storage, 55 gal- Figure 1. Picture of a portion of the spoiled material removed from an open barrel. Layers of moisture lon barrels were packed with one of loss, mold, and decomposition can be seen.

Page 18 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. WDGS: Straw nutrient composition and losses. 6.0 with the DS + Salt + H20. The Open + DS + Salt NDF content (% of DM) generally 4 Open H2O Plastic Salt DS DS + Salt + H2O increased as spoilage occurred. The DM %1 SP2 44.0 25.3 39.0 43.6 37.4 39.3 32.3 greatest change occurred in the open N3 36.3 33.7 41.2 39.4 39.3 38.0 34.2 barrels with or without water added, pH SP 8.1 7.6 7.2 8.5 6.5 5.4 6.0 with a 12.3 and 10.6 percentage unit N 4.1 4.5 3.9 4.0 3.9 4.1 4.0 increase in NDF, respectively. A 2.2% Fat % SP 4.9 6.0 7.2 4.1 10.0 7.4 9.5 N 10.6 10.5 10.1 10.2 10.1 10.5 9.4 increase was the smallest change NDF % SP 52.9 55.3 49.3 50.5 38.1 35.2 41.7 recorded with the salt covering, but it N 42.2 43.0 45.4 48.3 44.3 40.9 43.7 must be noted that the salt covering Ash % SP 12.0 14.2 12.0 19.1 13.9 20.0 17.7 was not separated from the spoiled N 8.1 8.7 8.2 8.3 8.8 11.0 11.4 CP % SP 28.7 25.9 29.3 24.0 29.9 25.6 26.1 material. When separating the DS N 27.6 27.9 25.7 25.5 23.7 25.5 24.7 layer from the spoiled layer, not all of DM loss, % 3.4 3.4 0 .82 0.07 0 0 the DS could be removed; therefore, Spoilage, % 3.9 3.9 0.61 3.8 2.0 2.1 1.5 some was collected in the spoiled 1140oF forced air oven DM% layer. This may be the reason that the 2Spoiled material spoiled portions of the barrels covered 3Nonspoiled material 4Distillers solubles with DS resulted in a decreased NDF content. The results for ash content of the Table 3. DS: straw nutrient composition (DM) The nonspoiled material was mixtures showed the largest increase and losses. assumed to be unchanged and, there- with the salt covering, but again Open-Inside Open-Outside fore, equivalent to the starting mix. the salt was included in the spoiled 1 2 Data were analyzed using the mixed DM, % SP 41.3 43.2 material. The CP content generally 3 procedures of SAS using barrel as the N 44.5 41.5 increased with each cover. This is due pH SP 7.5 7.0 experimental unit. N 4.0 4.1 to the microbes utilizing the fat and Fat, % SP 5.9 7.1 Results soluble carbohydrates, thus increasing N 13.2 13.0 the ash and CP contents. NDF, % SP 46.2 43.8 N 35.1 36.5 Interactions (P < 0.01) resulted From previous research focusing Ash, % SP 19.0 18.3 between the cover treatment and on shrinkage and DM loss, covers N 12.1 11.8 spoilage layer for pH, fat, NDF, ash, like plastic and DS minimized the CP, % SP 23.2 22.3 and CP with the WDGS: Straw mix- air contact and were found to be the N 18.2 19.4 DM loss, % 2.7 1.8 ture and CP for the DS: Straw mixture best covers, resulting in the small- Spoilage, % 4.9 3.9 (Tables 2 and 3). Overall, there was a est amount of spoilage (Tables 2 and 3). The mixes left uncovered (open) 1140oF forced air oven DM% decrease in fat and increases in pH, 2Spoiled material NDF, ash, and CP. The most impor- resulted in the greatest amount of 3Nonspoiled material tant of these to consider is the loss spoilage. This is closely associated of fat content. The greatest loss of fat with the difference in nutritional it was collected and analyzed as part resulted when salt was used as a cover composition. The plastic and DS of the spoiled layer. As in previous or when barrels were left uncovered. covers allowed for the least amount research, it was assumed that all of the Fat decreased from 10.2 to 4.1% DM of air to reach the surface of the mix, spoilage occurred from the top down and 10.6 to 4.9% DM, respectively. and resulted in the least amount of as it was exposed to the air. The spoil- The microbes that are causing the spoilage. age was determined by appearance spoilage utilize fat in the distill- In conclusion, the loss of fat and and texture as seen in Figure 1. As ers products as an energy source. increase in ash and NDF reduce each layer was removed, representa- Therefore, the used fat is lost for the available energy in spoiled feed. The tive samples were collected and used animals’ use when it is time to feed. spoiled feed is not as nutrient dense as for analysis. Subsamples were dried in Using DS as a cover resulted in no nonspoiled material. 140oF forced air oven for 48 hours to change in fat content for the spoiled obtain DM. Additional samples were fraction. The other treatments were 1 freeze-dried and ground through a intermediate in terms of fat loss in the Jennifer R. Yelden, undergraduate student; Wiley Mill (1 mm screen) and ana- Crystal D. Buckner, research technician; spoilage process. Kelsey M. Rolfe, research technician; Dana L. lyzed for pH, fat, neutral detergent The spoilage process also caused Christensen, former undergraduate student; fiber (NDF), ash, and CP, and report- the pH of the mixture to increase Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor; Galen E. ed on a DM basis. from its initial pH of about 4.0 to a Erickson, professor, University of Nebraska– Lincoln Department of Animal Science. final pH of 8.5 with a salt cover, and

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 19 Use of Dry-rolled Corn, Dry or Wet Distillers Grains Plus Solubles as an Energy Source in High Forage Diets for Growing Cattle

Nerissa A. Ahern Procedure at 1.74 lb/day for the low inclusion Brandon L. Nuttelman level at 15% and 2.37 lb/day for the Crystal D. Buckner Cattle Performance high inclusion level at 30% DGS. Dry- Terry J. Klopfenstein rolled corn diets were formulated to Galen E. Erickson1 One hundred twenty crossbred equal these ADG, which calculated to steers in two weight blocks (543 ± 22% and 50% corn for low and high Summary 22 lb) were used in an 84-day grow- inclusion, respectively. Bunks were ing trial to compare the energy value evaluated daily and managed based One hundred twenty crossbred steers of DDGS and WDGS, at differing on the animal within each pair eating were used to determine the energy value levels, to DRC in a forage-based diet. the least as a percentage of BW. Feed of distillers grains relative to corn in Calves were blocked into two weight refusals were collected weekly, and high-forage diets. Diets included dry dis- groups, stratified within block and DM of the feed refused was subtracted tillers grains plus solubles (DDGS), wet assigned randomly to one of seven from DM offered to determine DMI. distillers grains plus solubles (WDGS) diets. Animals were randomly paired For all diets, a 60:40 blend of grass or dry-rolled corn (DRC), with sorghum into groups of three based on BW hay and sorghum silage was fed, with silage, grass hay, and supplement. Each and fed either the low or high levels DDGS, WDGS or DRC replacing this block of steers, by design, had similar of each diet: 1) DRC, 2) DDGS, or 3) blend (Table 1). All diets contained dry matter intake (DMI) and average WDGS. Prior to initial and ending a supplement that included urea daily gain (ADG) across treatments. In BW, steers were limit fed a common to meet degradable intake protein this study, WDGS and DDGS contained diet, containing 60.0% Sweet Bran®, requirements. Soypass® was used in 120% and 114%, respectively, the energy 20.0% grass hay, and 20.0% alfalfa to the control diet and DRC treatments of DRC when fed in forage-based diets. reduce variation in gut fill. Weights to provide undegradable intake pro- were obtained three consecutive days tein (UIP) to meet the metabolizable Introduction following each limit-feeding period. protein requirement. Fat content Diets were formulated using the of DDGS and WDGS was 11.0 and Past research has shown that in NRC (1996) model and were formu- 11.0%, NDF was 36.9 and 37.8%, and forage-based diets, feeding starch as lated to meet energy and metaboliz- CP was 30.2 and 31.0%, respectively. an energy source can suppress forage able protein requirements. Diets Fat content of DRC was 3.5 %, NDF digestion. Using dry distillers grains were calculated to contain the same 10.0%, and CP 9.5%. The NDF of sor- plus solubles (DDGS) or wet distillers amount of energy assuming DGS con- ghum silage and brome hay was 60.0 grains plus solubles (WDGS) in place tains 108% TDN. Gain was predicted and 76.6%, respectively. of dry-rolled corn (DRC) can reduce the negative associative effects that starch can have on fiber digestion. In Table 1. Diet composition. forage-based diets, DDGS and WDGS Diet Treatment1 have been shown to contain 118% to Control DRC DDGS WDGS 130% (2003 Nebraska Beef Report, pp. Ingredients 60:40 22 50 15 30 15 30 8-10) and 130% (2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 28-29), respectively, Grass hay 56.52 43.08 26.26 49.5 40.5 49.5 40.5 the energy value of DRC, depending Sorghum silage 37.68 28.72 17.44 33.0 27.0 33.0 27.0 DRC — 22.0 50.0 — — — — upon level fed. However, research DDGS — — — 15.0 30.0 — — evaluating the energy value of both WDGS — — — — — 15.0 30.0 DDGS and WDGS in the same study Urea 0.65 1.05 1.51 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13 is limited in forage-based diets. The Soypass® 3.80 3.70 3.45 — — — — objective of this study was to deter- Limestone 0.82 0.943 0.943 0.943 0.943 0.943 0.943 mine the energy value of DDGS and Salt 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 Trace mineral premix 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 WDGS relative to DRC in forage- Vitamin ADE premix 0.015 0.15 0.015 0.15 0.015 0.15 0.15 based diets within the same experi- Tallow 0.141 0.151 0.157 0.061 0.061 0.061 0.061 ment. 1Represented as a percentage of diet DM.

Page 20 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. Effect of feeding low or high levels of dry-rolled corn, dry distillers grains plus solubles or is shown in Table 3. Ending BW and wet distillers grains plus solubles. ADG increased linearly as the level of Diet Treatment energy increased in the diets, while Item DRC DDGS WDGS SEM P-value F:G linearly decreased (P < 0.01). This linear improvement was expected as Initial BW, lb 620 622 620 7.77 0.96 Ending BW, lb 803 801 798 8.72 0.91 the amount of grain or byproduct DMI, lb/day 15.9 16.2 15.8 0.25 0.89 included increased, so did the level ADG 2.18 2.13 2.13 0.07 0.81 of energy. Intake was not different F:G 7.30 7.58 7.41 0.01 0.98 between levels (P = 0.64). The TDN value for corn was set at 83% (2003 Nebraska Beef Report, pp. 8-10), 52% for hay, and 65% for Table 3. Main effects of feeding differing levels of dry-rolled corn, dry distillers grains plus solubles, sorghum silage. Using the NRC (1996) or wet distillers grains plus solubles. to calculate TDN, net energy (NE) Item Control Low High Linear adjusters were set at 104.5%. The Initial BW, lb 622 620 621 0.94 resulting TDN value of DDGS and Ending BW, lb 742 778 821 <0.01 WDGS was 94.5% and 99.2%, respec- DMI, lb/day 15.3 15.6 16.3 0.44 tively. Therefore, the estimated energy ADG 1.43 1.89 2.41 <0.01 F:G 10.75 8.26 6.76 <0.01 value of DDGS and WDGS was 114% and 120% the value of corn (94.5 ÷ 83 and 99.2 ÷ 83). The NRC (1996) model predicts level of byproduct inclusion and type This trial reiterates that distillers gain using DMI and dietary energy of feed. Animal was considered the grains (dry or wet) have a high energy content. Therefore, energy content of experimental unit (18 head/treatment) value relative to corn in forage-based the feed can be predicted if gain and for cattle performance. diets. The level of starch present at low DMI are known. Intake, diet com- amounts, the energy density of fat, position, BW, and ADG were used to Results undegradable protein and corn fiber calculate the energy value of WDGS are the possible reasons contributing and DDGS in the treatment diets. The Cattle Performance to greater energy value compared to TDN of DRC utilized for this experi- corn as a supplement. ment had been determined in a simi- There were no interactions lar manner at 83% (2003 Nebraska between level of supplement inclu- Beef Cattle Report, pp. 8-10), thus sion (low or high) and type of feed 1Nerissa A. Ahern, research technician; results for DDGS and WDGS could be (DRC, DDGS, or WDGS). By design, Brandon L. Nuttelman, research technician; Crystal D. Buckner, research technician; Terry expressed relative to corn. type of feed (DRC, DDGS, or WDGS) J. Klopfenstein, professor; Galen E. Erickson, Data were analyzed using the did not impact initial BW, ending professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln MIXED procedure of SAS with al- BW, DMI, ADG, or F:G (Table 2). Department of Animal Science. pha = 0.10. The model included the The main effect of level of inclusion

Jacqueline A. Musgrave relative amount of plant parts, as lowing parts: stems, leaves (includ- Jennifer A. Gigax well as their quality, could affect ing leaf sheath), husks, cobs, and L. Aaron Stalker performance by grazing animals. corn grain. Plant parts were dried in Terry J. Klopfenstein The objectives of our research were a forced air oven at 140oF to deter- Matthew C. Stockton to determine 1) whether differences mine DM yield per plant. Plant part Karla H. Jenkins1 exist among hybrids in the amount samples were composited into five of residue available for grazing and in samples per hybrid and analyzed for the ratio of corn grain to total residue in-vitro organic matter disappear- Summary produced, and 2) whether residue ance (IVOMD). IVOMD was deter- from different corn hybrids differs in mined using a 48-hour incubation Twelve corn hybrids were evaluated quality. of 0.5 g of sample in a 1:1 mixture of to determine differences in corn grain McDougall’s buffer (1 g/L urea) and yield and crop residue DM. Hybrids did Procedure rumen fluid collected from ruminally not differ in corn grain yield but differed fistulated steers. Samples were incu in amount of stems, leaves, husks, and Hybrids that represented a wide bated in a water bath at 39˚C and cobs. Differences also existed in the ratio range of production traits were swirled every 12 hours. After incuba- of corn grain to total residue produc- selected from test plots near Paxton tion, samples were filtered, dried for tion and corn grain to leaf and husk, and Scottsbluff, Neb. The following 24 hours, and burned in an ash oven indicating potential differences in plant hybrids were evaluated at Paxton: Pio- to determine the DM and OM content efficiency independent of the amount of neer P0541XR, P1173HR, P1395XR, for the calculation of IVOMD. grain produced. Dekalb 59-35, 61-04, NK N68B-GT, N74C-3000GT, Croplan Genetic 5757 Results Introduction VT3, Golden Harvest 8211 3000GT, and Midwest Genetics 76482R. Plots Corn grain yield among hybrids Many variables should be con- received center pivot irrigation and (251 bu/ac at 15.5% moisture; 11,813 sidered in the effective management had a silt loam soil type. Dekalb 42-91 lb/ac ± 319, DM basis) at Paxton were of corn residue as a source of grazed and Mycogen 2R416 were produced at not different. Differences were pres- forage. Cattle will select the highest Scottsbluff. ent between hybrids in the amount of quality parts of corn residue first. The plot contained four rows per stems, leaves, husks, and cobs (Table Wilson et. al. (2004 Nebraska Beef hybrid and rows were 30 inches apart. 1). Total residue production (sum of Cattle Report, pp. 13-15) reported that Plants were selected randomly for stems, leaves, husks, and cobs) was husk (3.6% CP and 67% IVDMD) and each hybrid by measuring 100 ft then different among hybrids. However, leaf (7.8% CP and 47% IVDMD) were sampling the 10th plant down, alter- differences also existed in the ratio more palatable than stem (4.5% CP nating between the four rows for each of corn grain to total residue produc- and 45% IVDMD) and cob (2.2% CP sample. Each plant was cut at ground tion and corn grain to leaf and husk, and 35% IVDMD). Fernandez-Rivera level, and the entire plant was col- indicating potential differences in and Klopfenstein (1989, Journal of lected. Plant density was measured by plant efficiency. Wilson, et al. 2004( Animal Science, 67:597) observed that counting the number of plants present Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 13- 65 to 72% of DM utilized was repre- in a 15 ft length of row. 15) reported an average of 16 lb leaf sented by leaf and husk. Therefore, Each plant was sorted into the fol- and husk produced per bushel grain

Table 1. Composition of corn residue components of 10 corn hybrids (dry matter). Hybrid1 5 8 10 21 25 29 35 38 46 48 SE P-value Grain2, bu/ac 257 251 249 266 254 239 246 247 214 231 11 0.23 Stem, lb/ac 4411 4022 3896 3946 3760 3321 4521 4719 5384 4524 199 <0.01 Husk, lb/ac 808 993 828 811 882 984 1009 784 864 610 73 0.01 Leaf, lb/ac 2551 3173 2817 3133 2917 3010 3323 2991 3255 2603 184 0.05 Cob, lb/ac 1386 1628 1305 1396 1471 1387 1702 1412 1297 1123 79 <0.01 Total, lb/ac 9157a 9816ab 8846a 9286a 9030a 8702a 10555b 9905ab 10782b 8860a 477 0.02 1Hybrids are as follows: 5, Golden Harvest 8211 3000GT; 8, Pioneer P0541XR; 10, Croplan Genetic 5757 VT3; 21, Dekalb 59-35; 25, Midwest Genetics 76482R; 29, NK N68B-GT; 35, Dekalb 61-04; 38, Pioneer P1173HR; 46, Pioneer P1395XR; and 48, NK N74C-3000GT. 215.5% moisture.

Page 22 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. In vitro organic matter disappearance (%) of 10 corn hybrids from Paxton, Neb. Hybrid1 5 8 10 21 25 29 35 38 46 48 SE P-value Husk 60.5 56.8 56.0 56.1 54.5 55.7 56.0 57.0 58.0 58.5 1.1 <0.01 Leaf 51.5 52.1 52.1 50.7 50.8 52.0 49.9 51.8 50.9 51.9 0.6 <0.01 Stem 48.3 47.8 46.4 47.9 46.0 46.7 46.0 47.9 50.4 49.0 1.0 <0.01 Cob 47.1 48.2 46.6 46.9 47.0 45.2 46.8 51.0 49.1 52.6 1.0 <0.01 1Hybrids are as follows: 5, Golden Harvest 8211 3000GT; 8, Pioneer P0541XR; 10, Croplan Genetic 5757 VT3; 21, Dekalb 59-35; 25, Midwest Genetics 76482R; 29, NK N68B-GT; 35, Dekalb 61-04; 38, Pioneer P1173HR; 46, Pioneer P1395XR; and 48, NK N74C-3000GT.

1050 Table 3. In vitro organic matter disappearance y = 0.3165x - 85.066 of two corn hybrids from Scottsbluff, R2 = 0.471 Neb. 950 Hybrid 11 21 850 Husks2, lb/ac 806 724 Leaves2, lb/ac 1296 1475 Stems2, lb/ac 2073 1820 2 750 Cobs , lb/ac 984 957 Grain3, bu/ac 152.2 143.6 Husk wt, DM lb/ac wt, Husk In vitro Digestibility 650 Husk, % 60.4 61.0 Leaf, % 56.4 57.3 Stem, % 54.5 53.2 Cob, % 46.4 50.8 550 2500 2700 2900 3100 3300 3500 1Hybrids are as follows: 1, Dekalb 42-91; 2, Mycogen 2R416. Leaf wt DM lb/ac 2Values reported on a dry matter basis. Figure 1. Relationship between leaf and husk weight. 315.5% moisture. yield for corn producing 43 to 183 residue, as well as the ratio of grain R2 = 0.004). Husk and leaf weight bu/ac. Leaf and husk produced per yield to total residue, do exist among (DM lb/ac) were correlated (Figure 1; bushel grain in the current study hybrids. These differences can equate P = 0.03, R2 = 0.47); weight of husk ranged from 14 to 19 lb. Corn hybrids to potential economic differences material increased as weight of leaf differed in the amount of residue pro- among hybrids in the grazing value of material increased. duced independent of the amount of the corn residue. The two hybrids at Scottsbluff grain. The correlation was very low There was variation in digestibil- had lower grain yields (Table 3). (Figure 1). ity among hybrids for the respective The amount of residue was roughly Since corn hybrids differed in the plant parts (Table 2). However, the proportional to the grain yield. The amount of residue they produced, pos- digestibility among hybrids was not amount of leaf plus husk was 14 and sible differences exist in the amount of consistent across plant parts. Greater 15 lb/bu. The in vitro digestibility of residue available for cattle to graze. The digestibility was observed for leaf the leaves and husks was generally production of leaf and husk ranged and husk material compared to stem greater than the values for the leaves from 3,267 to 4,407 lb/ac. A 1,200 lb and cob material, but varied among and husks from Paxton. cow will consume about 785 lb/month hybrids. Digestibility of leaf or husk in a corn residue grazing situation material was not highly correlated (DM basis; NRC, 1996). Assuming a with leaf or husk residue weight 1Jacqueline A. Musgrave, research 50% utilization of the leaf and husk (P = 0.45, R2 = 0.07 for leaf, and technician, Gudmundsen Sandhills Laboratory, 2 Whitman, Neb.; Jennifer A, Gigax, graduate (2004 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. P = 0.23, R = 0.17 for husk). Wilson student; L. Aaron Stalker, assistant professor, 13-15) the high and low husk and leaf reported a high correlation between Animal Science, West Central Research and producing hybrids could support 2.8 total leaf and husk material (DM lb/ Extension Center, North Platte, Neb.; Terry and 2.0 cows/ac for one month. If corn ac) and grain yield (bu/acre; 2004 J. Klopfenstein, professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal residue cost $6.00/ac, this would equate Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 13- Science; Matthew C. Stockton, assistant to $2.15 and $2.90/cow monthly for the 15), across a wide range of growing professor, Economics, West Central Research high and low leaf and husk producing conditions and hybrids. However, a and Extension Center; Karla H. Jenkins, assistant hybrids, respectively. The findings of relationship among hybrids was not professor, Animal Science, Panhandle Research and Extension Center, Scottsbluff, Neb. this study indicate differences in total observed in this trial (P = 0.87,

Andrea K. Watson Table 1. Pasture performance of steers grazing smooth bromegrass. William A. Griffin CON FERT SUPP SEM P-value Terry J. Klopfenstein Days 158 158 158 Galen E. Erickson Initial BW, lb 718 716 713 12.78 0.96 Kelly R. Brink End BW, lb 959a 954a 1046b 15.4 <0.01 Walter H. Schacht1 ADG, lb/day 1.53a 1.51a 2.11b .07 <0.01 a,b Means in a row without a common superscript differ (P < 0.01).

Summary production, cattle intake, and weight were divided equally into six pad- Five years of data were summa- gain. docks that were rotationally grazed. rized to evaluate cattle and pasture The grazing season lasted from late performance when smooth bromegrass Procedure April through September each year pastures were fertilized or cattle were and was divided into 5 cycles with supplemented daily with dried distillers Two hundred and twenty-five cycles 1 and 5 being 24 days in length grains with solubles (DDGS) on non- yearling steers (716 ± 13 lb) were and cycles 2, 3, and 4 being 36 days in fertilized pastures. Cattle were supple- used in a randomized complete block length. Put-and-take yearling steers mented at 0.6% of BW for an average design over the course of five years were used to maintain similar grazing of 158 days. Supplemented cattle gained on smooth bromegrass pastures at pressure among treatments. Begin- 0.59 lb/day more than unsupplemented the University of Nebraska–Lincoln ning and ending BW were measured cattle. As forage quality declined over Agricultural Research and Develop- on three consecutive days after a the grazing season, ADG also declined ment Center near Mead, Neb. Treat- five-day limit fed period to reduce fill but the cattle’s response to DDGS ments consisted of pastures fertilized effects. Weights also were collected supplementation increased. Each 1 lb in the spring with 80 lb N/ac (FERT) after each cycle and were shrunk 4% of DDGS supplement replaced approxi- and stocked at 4 AUM/ac, pastures to account for rumen fill. Ruminally mately 1 lb of forage intake. Pastures stocked with cattle that received 0.6% fistulated steers were used to collect with supplemented cattle had increased of BW or 4.2 to 6.2 lb of DM/steer dai- diet samples from each treatment dur- forage production compared to control ly as DDGS (SUPP), and nonfertilized ing each cycle. These samples were pastures but less forage production than pastures that were stocked at 69% of then evaluated for forage DM, CP, and fertilized pastures. the other two treatments (CON). Pas- IVDMD. This information was then ture was the experimental unit and used to estimate forage intakes using Introduction was replicated three times. Pastures the NRC (1996) beef cattle model.

Supplementing with DDGS has 80 been shown to increase ADG while 70 68.07 decreasing forage intakes in cattle (2005 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, 60 57.92 50 53.68 pp. 18-20). Cattle supplemented with CONT1 DDGS will have excess N in their diet, 40 FERT which will be excreted on the pastures 30 % IVDMD SUPP in the form of urea in the urine. This 20 urea is quickly broken down in the Trt P > 0.05a 10 b soil and utilized by plants to increase Quad P < 0.05 production. Rotating the cattle be- 0 tween paddocks during the growing 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 season will ensure a more even appli- Cycle cation of this excess N from the urine aNo statistical differences between treatments over time. onto the pastures. The objective of bQuadratic relationship between IVDMD and time of grazing. this trial was to compare the effects of 1Pastures were either nonfertilized (CONT), fertilized with N at 80 lb/ac (FERT), or nonfertilized and different grazing and supplementation steers were supplemented with 0.6% of BW of DDGS daily for the entire grazing period (SUPP). strategies on both pasture and cattle performance by evaluating pasture Figure 1. In vitro dry matter digestibility of smooth bromegrass over the grazing season.

Page 24 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 3 constant across the grazing season, with higher quality forage in cycles 1 and 2 and a decline in IVDMD 2.5 through cycles 3, 4, and 5 (Figure 1). As IVDMD declined through the 2 grazing season, ADG of the cattle also declined (Figure 2). The response of the SUPP cattle to the DDGS was 1.5 defined as their increased gain over the gain of the unsupplemented cattle. ADG, lb/day ADG, 2 R = 0.504 As IVDMD and ADG of the cattle 1 declined, the cattle’s response to the DDGS actually increased (Figure 3). 0.5 In cycles 1 and 2, the supplemented steers’ ADG response was 0.33 lb/ day. In cycles 3, 4, and 5, IVDMD of 0 the smooth bromegrass declined and 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 ADG response increased to 0.75 lb/ % IVDMD day. This suggests that supplementing Figure 2. ADG of unsupplemented cattle in relation to IVDMD of smooth bromegrass over the graz- grazing cattle at key points in the ing season. grazing season may be beneficial. Forage production showed a quadratic response for all treatments, with peak 1.2 production reached in cycle 2. The FERT pastures had the largest forage 1 production per acre overall, while CON pastures had the least growth, and SUPP pastures were intermediate 0.8 in forage production. Because the CON cattle had 45% more area than 0.6 the other two treatments, forage availability per animal was similar 0.4 among all treatments. The NRC ADG Response, lb/day ADG Response, model predicts that CON steers had R2= 0.225 0.2 an intake of 18.9 lb/day of bromegrass. Assuming DDGS has a TDN value of 108%, SUPP steers had an intake 0 of 12.8 lb/day of bromegrass plus 45 50 55 60 65 70 5.1 lb/day of DDGS. The CON cattle % IVDMD were stocked at 69% of SUPP cattle, Figure 3. ADG response of supplemented cattle in relation to IVDMD of smooth bromegrass over and SUPP steers had 68% of the the grazing season. forage intake of CON steers. Daily supplementation of DDGS to steers grazing smooth bromegrass pastures Results IVDMD did not differ between improved both cattle and pasture treatments (P > 0.05; Figure 1) so performance compared to the control. Average daily gain was different the increased gain of the SUPP between treatments (P < 0.01; steers can be attributed to the Table 1), with supplemented steers energy from fat and undegradable 1Andrea K. Watson, graduate student; gaining 0.59 lb/day more than steers intake protein of the DDGS (2006 William A. Griffin, research technician; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor; Galen E. Erickson, on either of the unsupplemented Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 27- professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln treatments. This resulted in supple 29). Interim weights between cycles Department of Animal Science; Kelly R. mented cattle weighing 90 lb more show increased response to the Brink, research technician; Walter H. Schacht, than unsupplmented cattle at the DDGS is not equal throughout the professor, UNL Department of Agronomy and Horticulture. end of the grazing season. Pasture season. Pasture IVDMD also was not

Andrea K. Watson strategies were evaluated: 1) Pastures cash rent cost for one-half of the graz- Terry J. Klopfenstein fertilized in the spring with 80 lb/N ing period. DDGS prices in Nebraska Galen E. Erickson acre and stocked at 4 AUM/acre; 2) from April through September were Darrell R. Mark Nonfertilized pastures with calves sup- reported by USDA-AMS and averaged Walter H. Schacht1 plemented daily with DDGS at 0.6% of $116.80/ton on a 90% DM basis, plus their BW and stocked at 4 AUM/acre; a $24/ton delivery and handling fee. and 3) Control pastures with no fertil- Prices for feeders in October at Nebras- Summary izer applied or cattle supplementation ka sale barns were used to determine and stocked at 2.8 AUM/acre. final live value on the steers. Because A five-year study from 2005-2009 was of the price slide associated with feeder conducted to evaluate differences in three Economics cattle, different values were used for grazing management strategies for back- the unsupplemented steers compared grounding calves on smooth bromegrass All prices were based on averages to the supplemented steers because pastures. Economic budgets were used to from 2005-2009 (Table 1). Initial steer the supplemented steers gained more calculate profit differences. Steers supple- cost was based on average Nebraska weight over the grazing season. Costs mented an average of 5.3 lb/day of distill- sale barn prices in April for 700-750 lb of gain (COG) over the grazing period ers grains were 90 lb heavier than either steers. Yardage was included at $0.10 were calculated by dividing total costs, of the unsupplemented groups, which per steer daily to account for labor in minus initial steer cost and interest, by resulted in increased revenue of $49.38 building and maintaining fences as the total weight gained by the animal for supplemented steers. Land costs were well as daily checking of animals and during the grazing season. Breakeven the same per AUM for all treatments watering. An $8.33/steer health and prices were calculated by dividing total but were decreased on a per head basis processing fee was charged over the costs by the final shrunk BW of the an- for pastures with supplemented cattle grazing period. Death loss of 0.5% imal at the end of the grazing season. because cattle were stocked at higher rates was charged, based on initial steer Profitability was calculated as total live than the control. Profit was greatest for cost. Cash rent for pastures was based value of the animal in October minus the supplemented steers, although the on $23.86/AUM, the Nebraska aver- total costs during the grazing season. relationship between prices for land, N age pasture rent. Fertilizer prices of $419.20/ton were based on urea prices fertilizer, and DDGS affects the relative Results profitability of the treatments. in April compiled by the National Agricultural Statistics Service (USDA, Initial cost of the steers was not Introduction 2010) plus a $4.00/ton application fee. different by treatment (P = 0.96) and Interest rates were obtained from the averaged $794.69/head. Distillers Supplementing cattle with dry dis- Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City grain costs for the supplemented cattle tiller’s grains with solubles (DDGS) and averaged 7.6%. Simple interest equaled $59.14/head based on steers supplies the cattle with excess N in was charged on initial steer cost and their diet, which is excreted in the form of urea in the urine. Supple- Table 1. Economic evaluation of grazing management and supplementation strategies for steers grazing smooth bromegrass. menting with DDGS also increases 1 ADG of the cattle and allows pas- CON FERT SUPP SEM P-value tures to be stocked at the same rate Initial BW, lb 718 716 713 12.78 0.96 Ending BW, lb 959a 954a 1046b 15.4 <0.01 as pastures fertilized with 80 lb N/ Head days 868 912 898 19.24 0.26 acre in the spring (2009 Nebraska Beef Initial Cost, $/head 796.95 795.63 791.50 14.20 0.96 Cattle Report, pp. 22-24). The objec- DDGS, $/head 59.14 Fertilizer, $/head 35.48 tive of this study was to examine the Land Cash Rent, $/head 105.71 69.65 70.78 relationship between input costs and Yardage, $/head 15.84 15.84 15.84 effects of different grazing manage- Health and Processing, $/head 8.33 8.33 8.33 Death Loss, $/head 3.98 3.98 3.96 ment strategies utilizing DDGS on the Interest, $/head 23.16 22.23 22.14 profitability of backgrounding calves. Total Cost, $/head 953.97 951.14 971.69 14.63 0.56 Total Revenue, $/head 947.77a 942.43a 994.48b 14.97 0.03 Procedure Profit, $/head -6.20a -8.71a 22.79b 8.11 0.02 COG, $/cwt gained 56.48a 56.86a 47.93b 0.02 <0.01 a a b Biological data were collected over Breakeven, $/cwt ending weight 99.46 99.72 92.89 0.01 <0.01 a,b a five-year period 2011( Nebraska Beef Means within a row with unlike superscripts differ (P < 0.05). 1Pastures were either nonfertilized (CON), fertilized with N at 80 lb/acre (FERT), or nonfertilized and Cattle Report, pp. 24-25). Three grazing steers were supplemented with 0.6% of BW of DDGS daily for the entire grazing period (SUPP).

Page 26 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. Effects of varying N fertilizer and land prices on costs of gain for steers grazing fertilized smooth bromegrass in eastern Nebraska. Fertilizer Land prices, $/AUM prices, $/lb N 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 0.30 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.35 0.46 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.59 0.40 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.60 0.45 0.49 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.60 0.62 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.55 0.52 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.65 0.60 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.65 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.59 0.60 0.61 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.70 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.60 0.62 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.68 0.69 0.75 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.64 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.71 0.72 0.85 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.71 0.72 0.73 0.90 0.62 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.69 0.70 0.71 0.72 0.73 0.75

Table 3. Effects of varying DDGS and land prices on costs of gain for steers supplemented with DDGS while grazing smooth bromegrass in eastern Nebraska. DDGS Land prices, $/AUM prices, $/ton 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 50 0.32 0.33 0.34 0.35 0.36 0.37 0.38 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.41 60 0.34 0.34 0.35 0.36 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.41 0.42 70 0.35 0.36 0.37 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.42 0.43 0.44 80 0.36 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.40 0.41 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 90 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.42 0.43 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.46 100 0.39 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.46 0.46 0.47 110 0.40 0.41 0.42 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 120 0.41 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.50 130 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.49 0.50 0.51 140 0.44 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.52 150 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.54 160 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 170 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.56 180 0.49 0.50 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.57 190 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 200 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.60 eating on average 5.3 lb/steer/day of the steers multiplied by $98.81/cwt for suming a constant cattle price. Prices DDGS. Fertilized pastures had an in- the unsupplemented cattle and multi below and to the right of the dividing creased cost of $35.48/head for the applied by $95.01/cwt for the heavier, line represent COGs where producers plication of 80 lb N/acre in the spring. supplemented cattle. Total revenue was would lose money. For the fertilized Cash rent values for land differed greatest for supplemented steers treatment, in order to breakeven, by treatment because of the different (P < 0.05). Profitability was greatest producers need to keep COG at or stocking rates used. The control pas- for supplemented steers at $22.79/head, below $0.53/lb (Table 2); for the tures were stocked at 3.39 AUM/acre on while both of the unsupplemented supplemented treatment it is $0.54/ average over the entire five years. Mul- treatments lost money at -$8.71/head lb (Table 3). As land prices increase, tiplying this by the average Nebraska and -$6.20/head for the fertilized and the incentive to use either N fertilizer cash rent price of $23.86/AUM results control treatments, respectively. Cost of or DDGS supplementation increases. in a price of $80.89/acre for all treat- gain and breakeven prices were lowest The supplemented treatment is the ments. Multiplying this by the number for the supplemented steers (P < 0.01). most profitable, with current N fertil- of acres, then dividing by the number of As prices for land, N fertilizer, and izer prices above $400/ton for urea head days, and then multiplying by the DDGS fluctuate over time, profitabil- and DDGS prices below $100/ton. average number of grazing days gives ity of these treatments will be impact- the cost of land per steer for each treated. In Tables 2 and 3, all input costs 1Andrea K. Watson, graduate student; Terry ment. Cash rent was $105.71/head for are held constant while land, N fertil- J. Klopfenstein, professor; Galen E. Erickson, the control, $69.65/head for the fertilizer, and DDGS prices vary, showing professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln Animal Science Deaprtment; Darrell R. Mark, associate ized pastures, and $70.78/head for the the resulting effect on COG. All prices professor, UNL Department of Agricultural supplemented steers. above and to the left of the dividing Economics; Walter H. Schacht, professor, UNL Revenue was equal to final BW of line represent profitable COGs, as- Department of Agronomy and Horticulture.

Sandra Villasanti 29-31; 2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, initiation of the trial. Cattle in the L. Aaron Stalker pp. 19-21). However, low-quality hay supplemented treatments were offered Terry J. Klopfenstein is more readily available than wheat 8 lb/steer DM daily of the mixes Walter H. Schacht straw in the Sandhills. The objective of in feed bunks located next to the Jerry D. Volesky1 our study was to determine the effect paddocks to accurately measure any of supplementing WDGS mixed with feed refusals. low-quality hay compared to wheat The experiment was replicated over Summary straw on range forage replacement and two blocks based on location (east animal performance. and west) due to variations in species A grazing study was conducted at composition and topography. Within the Gudmundsen Sandhills Laboratory, Procedure a block, each treatment was applied to Whitman, Neb., to evaluate the effects five paddocks that were rotationally of mixtures of wet distillers grains The experiment was conducted grazed, with a single occupation per (WDGS) and straw or hay on grazed during the summer of 2009 at the paddock, during the experimental forage intake. There was no difference University of Nebraska Gudmundsen period of 68 days from June 18 to Aug. in ADG between the control and 70% Sandhills Laboratory located near 26, with days of grazing per paddock hay/30% WDGS; however, steers Whitman, Neb. Treatments were adjusted to account for stage of plant supplemented with 60:40 blends of straw assigned randomly to 20 paddocks growth. The control paddocks had or hay with WDGS had higher ADG and consisted of: 1) control (CON) at 2.4 acres while the paddocks grazed at than the other two treatments. Range the recommended stocking rate (0.7 double stocking rates were divided in forage intake was decreased by 44% to AUM/acre), 2) double stocked (1.32 half on a diagonal with a temporary 54% when steers were supplemented AUM/acre) and supplemented with electric fence to decrease area of with the mixes. Feeding a mixture of a mixture of 60% straw and 40% grazing, allowing the cattle to graze WDGS and low-quality harvested- WDGS (STRAW), 3) double stocked 1.2 acre per grazing period. forage to cattle grazing rangeland may (1.37 AUM/acre) and supplemented At the conclusion of grazing of allow increasing stocking rate without with 60% hay and 40% WDGS each paddock, standing crop was decreasing animal performance. (LOHAY), and 4) double stocked (1.36 determined by clipping all standing AUM/acre) and supplemented with vegetation at ground level in 5 Introduction 70% hay and 30% WDGS (HIHAY). randomly placed quadrats (2.69 ft2) Forty summer-born yearling in each paddock. Samples were sorted The increasing value of rangelands steers (712 ± 75 lb initial weight) by live grass, standing dead grass, has led producers to look for alterna were stratified by BW and assigned forbs, shrubs, and litter. Samples were tives that allow stocking rates to randomly to treatment, using five dried in a forced air oven for 48 hours increase without needing additional steers per replication (two blocks). at 60oC. Forage quality IVOMD, CP, land. With increased production of Steers were limit fed a mixture of and NDF were analyzed from extrusa ethanol in Nebraska, the supply of 60% hay and 40% WDGS at 2% of samples collected from each paddock wet distillers grains plus solubles BW daily for five days to eliminate at midpoint of grazing period using (WDGS) is increasing, making the variation due to gut fill, and weighed esophageally fistulated cows. In prices competitive relative to rangeland for three consecutive days at the vitro organic matter digestibility forage. Because intake in grazing beginning and at the end of the was determined using the Tilley and situations is limited by fill, replacement trial. The averages of the three-day Terry method (1963) modified by of grazed forage using low-quality weights were used as the initial and the addition of 1g/L of urea to the harvested forages mixed with WDGS ending body weights. Cattle in the McDougall’s buffer. Two separate in to increase palatability seems to be a control treatment received 0.8 lb/day vitro runs were conducted and five good way to increase carrying capacity of a protein supplement to meet their forage standards of different qualities or provide additional forage in years metabolizable protein requirements, and known in vivo OM digestibilities affected by drought. Previous research composed of 50% soypass, 45% corn were included in all of the IVOMD has shown mixing WDGS with wheat gluten meal, and 5% molasses. The runs. To correct the IVOMD to in straw decreased grazed forage intake WDGS and hay or straw were mixed vivo values, regression equations were and improved animal performance in a vertical mixer and stored in generated for each run, by regressing (2008 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. silage bags for 30 days prior to the the IVOMD values of the standards

Page 28 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Animal performance. and LOHAY treatments, respectively, Control High Low Straw SE P-value compared to the CON. A difference also was detected between the Initial BW (lb) 722 720 727 706 26.16 0.95 Ending BW (lb) 795 797 823 798 24 0.82 HIHAY and LOHAY treatments; ADG (lb) 1.08a 1.13a 1.42b 1.40b 0.11 0.04 steers offered the mix with higher a,bDifferent letters represent differences between treatments (P < 0.05). proportion of hay consumed 26% less grazed forage than the animals in the LOHAY treatment. Grazed Table 2. Forage quality by paddock (time)1 forage intake for steers in the STRAW Item 1 2 3 4 5 SE P-value treatment was intermediate between IVOMD % 55a 54ab 53ab 52b 53ab 0.71 0.03 the LOHAY and HIHAY treatments. NDF % 73ab 73ab 68a 73ab 78b 2.97 0.04 Consumption of the supplement was CP % 8.8a 9.1a 7.7b 7.1b 6.8b 0.32 <0.001 not different among treatments, with 1Sequence of grazing of paddocks, June 18 to Aug. 26. steers consuming 0.92% BW of the a,bDifferent letters represent differences between treatments (P < 0.05). mixes. Total DMI was similar among treatments, varying between 17.8 lb and 15.8 lb — the highest value for on their known digestibilities. affected by supplementation treatment. the CON and the lowest for the HIGH Range forage intake was estimated During the grazing period, average treatment. Considering the amount of using the 1996 beef NRC model. The values of 54%, 73%, and 7.9% were range forage replaced and the amount model uses net energy content of the found for IVOMD, NDF, and CP, of supplement consumed by the diet in conjunction with feed intake respectively. Table 2 shows the supplemented treatments, we calculate to predict animal performance. variation in range forage quality that 1 lb of the HIHAY, LOHAY, and Therefore, if animal performance and through the grazing season. IVOMD STRAW treatments replaced 1.28 lb, energy values of the supplements and decreased during the grazing period, 1.11 lb, and 1.18 lb of range forage, range forage consumed are known, with highest value observed early in respectively. range forage intake can be predicted. the season in the first paddock (55%) The amount of standing crop Data for animal ADG, supplement and the lowest towards the end of the after the paddocks were grazed was intake, and energy content of the season in the fourth paddock (52%). significantly higher for the CON supplements were obtained from the Variation in NDF did not show a than for the other three treatments trial. Net energy for maintenance consistent pattern, decreasing from (P < 0.05); however, there was not and gain were calculated from in 73% to 68% from paddock 1 to 3 and a significant difference among the vitro estimates of TDN using the NE then increasing again to 78% from supplemented treatments (Table 3). equations in the Beef NRC. All data paddock 3 to 5 (P < 0.05). Average Since the stocking rates were doubled were analyzed using the MIXED percentages of CP tended to decline in the supplemented groups, less procedure of SAS (SAS Inst. Inc., during the grazing period, with 8.8% standing crop might be expected for Cary, N.C.). and 9.1% early and 7.7%, 7.1% and these groups. However, our objective 6.8% late (P < 0.05). From these results was to replace range forage with the Results it can be observed that forage quality mixtures of hay (straw) and WDGS. decreased later in the growing season. The lower standing crop at conclusion Similar ADG was observed for This could be attributable to the fact of grazing indicates we were not the CON and HIHAY treatments that nutrient content decreases as the completely successful. Perhaps more (P = 0.46); however, steers in the plant becomes more mature later in of the mixtures should have been fed. LOHAY and STRAW treatments the growing season, and also to the On average, the mixtures were 44% of showed significantly higher ADG large amount of rainfall that occurred total intake. than the steers in the CON (P < 0.05). during the experimental period, which Total NDF consumed was Steers in the LOHAY and STRAW caused the forage to grow and mature examined to see if it had an effect treatments also outgained HIHAY even more rapidly, increasing forage on DMI (Table 3). Diets composed treatment steers by 0.28 lb and 0.26 availability but decreasing forage of forages are thought to be limited lb per day, respectively (P < 0.05; quality. by physical distention in the Table 1). These data show animal Daily range forage and supplement gastrointestinal tract. When NDF performance was either not affected intakes are presented in Table 3. from total DMI was considered, or improved when supplementing Supplementation with a low-quality steers in the CON treatment showed with low-quality forage mixed with harvested forage and WDGS reduced higher NDF intake (12.9 lb) than the WDGS. intake of range forage by 54%, 48% steers in the supplemented groups; Range forage quality was not and 44% for the HIHAY, STRAW, (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 29 however, NDF intake was similar Table 3. Range forage, mix, and NDF intake, and standing crop residue. among the HIHAY, LOHAY and Control HIHAY LOHAY Straw SE P-value STRAW treatments (10.7, 11.3, and Range forage intake (lb) 17.8 8.3 9.9 9.4 11 lb respectively). Even though NDF Mix intake (lb) 0 7.5 7 7.2 intakes between supplemented and Total DM intake (lb) 17.8 15.8 16.9 16.6 control treatments were not the same, NDF intake (lb) 12.9 10.7 11.3 11 a b b b there could have been a similar filling Standing crop (lb/acre) 980 707 729 707 47 0.0013 effect, since a great percentage of the a,bDifferent letters represent differences between treatments (P < 0.05). NDF in supplemented groups came from hay and wheat straw that are composed mainly of stems, which are performance, and the reduction in more bulky than grazed forage. intake increased with the level of fiber 1Sandra Villasanti, graduate student, The findings of this study show in the supplement. From these results University of Nebraska–Lincoln, Department of Animal Science; L. Aaron Stalker, assistant mixing WDGS with low-quality the 70:30 blend seems to be the best professor, West Central Research and Extension forage is an effective tool to increase combination to get the higher amount Center, North Platte, Neb.; Walter H. Schacht, stocking rates without hurting animal of grazed forage replacement. professor, UNL Department of Agronomy and Horticulture; Jerry D. Volesky, associate professor, West Central Research and Extension Center; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor, UNL Department of Animal Science.

Page 30 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Supplementing Modified Wet Distillers Grains with Solubles to Long Yearling Steers Grazing Native Range

Kelsey M. Rolfe research was to determine effects of targeted to harvest at a constant William A. Griffin supplementing modified wet distillers backfat depth of 5 inches. Terry J. Klopfenstein grains with solubles (MDGS) on the Data were analyzed using the Galen E. Erickson ground to long yearling steers while Mixed Procedure of SAS (SAS Dennis E. Bauer1 grazing native Sandhills range. Institute, Cary N.C.) as a completely randomized design; feedlot pen was Procedure the experimental unit. Summer Summary grazing treatment was considered Two hundred forty long yearling a fixed effect, with animal nested Modified wet distillers grains with steers (BW = 505 ± 14 lb) were within summer grazing treatment and solubles (MDGS) were supplemented on backgrounded on cornstalk residue residual as random effects. the ground to yearling steers with access from late fall to mid-spring (145 to native range during summer grazing. days) in 2007 and 2008. While Results Supplemented steers had greater ADG grazing cornstalks, calves were than non-supplemented steers, and supplemented 5.0 lb/steer daily of At the time of summer treatment were heavier entering the feedlot. Sweet Bran® (Cargill, Blair, Neb.) assignment, BW was not different Supplemented steers also required 24 each year. Following backgrounding, between SUPP and CON steers fewer days in the feedlot to reach a steers were allowed to graze (P = 0.36); however, SUPP steers had constant end point, compared to non- smooth bromegrass pastures for 0.68 lb greater (P < 0.01) ADG during supplemented steers. Energy calculations approximately 21 days. Before grazing summer grazing than CON steers suggest 1.0 lb of MDGS replaced 0.65 lb smooth bromegrass pastures, calves (Table 1). Consequently, SUPP steers of summer range. were weighed, stratified by BW, were 103 lb heavier (P < 0.01) than and assigned randomly to summer CON steers at feedlot entry. When Introduction grazing treatments. After grazing taken to a constant end point, SUPP brome, steers were relocated to graze steers required 24 fewer (P < 0.01) Yearling production systems Sandhills range at the University days on feed during the finishing capitalize on the use of the animal of Nebraska Barta Brothers Ranch phase, compared to CON steers. to harvest forage, as opposed to near Rose, Neb. Summer grazing Using summer performance more intensive systems that require treatments included: grazing native data, in vitro dry matter digestibility harvested forages and longer grain range with no supplementation of the native Sandhills range from feeding. Yearling production systems (CON), and grazing native range with the two previous years, and NRC are further segregated into: short MDGS supplementation at 0.6% BW energy equations, it was determined yearlings, which are received in the (SUPP). Weights were projected using that 0.65 lb grass was saved for fall, backgrounded during the winter, ADG for determination of summer every 1.0 lb MDGS fed (DM basis). then re-enter the feedlot in the spring; grazing supplementation. Modified Based on previous research (2010 or long yearlings, which are received wet distillers grains with solubles were Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 17- in the fall and backgrounded for fed daily on the ground with a tractor 18), loss of MDGS fed on the ground approximately one year, at which time and feed wagon, allowing steers to was estimated at 15%, which was they re-enter the feedlot. Co-products be distributed to different locations accounted for when estimating forage of the corn dry milling industry fit within each pasture at the time of replacement. Also, based on visual well into forage production systems, feeding. Steers grazed Sandhills range appraisal, feeding MDGS on the because distillers grains provide a for an average of 136 days before ground did not have a negative impact highly fermentable fiber source that entering the feedlot in late September on native range. does not negatively impact forage each year. Steers were limit fed at 1.8% A meta-analysis of 12 pasture digestion (2004 Nebraska Beef Cattle BW (DM basis) for five days before grazing experiments (2009 Nebraska Report, pp. 22-24), and also supply smooth-bromegrass grazing and after Beef Cattle Report, pp. 37-39) where additional UIP to meet metabolizable summer grazing; initial and final BW dried distillers grains with solubles protein deficiencies common to for summer were the mean of weights (DDGS) was fed in a bunk, found a lighter weight cattle grazing forage. taken on two consecutive days. Upon quadratic response to DDGS for ADG The objective of the current re-entry in the feedlot, steers were (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 31 (y = -0.0124x2 + 0.1866x + 1.507; Table 1. Effects of supplementing modified wet distillers grains (MDGS) during summer grazing on Linear < 0.01; Quadratic = 0.17). performance of long yearling steers. Figure 1 shows the meta-analysis Item CON1 SUPP2 P-value quadratic response to ADG when Initial BW3, lb 505 504 0.79 supplementing DDGS, with the ADG Spring BW4, lb 747 750 0.36 for CON and SUPP steers from the Summer BW5, lb 929 1032 <0.01 6 current experiment included. These Summer ADG , lb 1.39 2.07 <0.01 Feedlot BW7, lb 1409 1412 0.85 data suggest response to MDGS may Feedlot DMI8, lb 30.0 30.1 0.75 exceed that of DDGS for ADG during Feedlot ADG9, lb 3.83 3.77 0.47 grazing. Recall, these results were Feedlot GF10 0.128 0.125 0.21 11 based on two years of data; however, Feedlot DOF , day 125 101 <0.01 HCW, lb 887 890 0.84 the experiment will be replicated REA, sq. in 13.38 13.70 0.19 one more year to provide additional BF, in 0.50 0.52 0.49 power. Supplementing MDGS on MARB 590 546 0.01 the ground at 0.6% BW (DM basis) CYG 3.33 2.97 0.06 to long yearling steers grazing native 1CON = cattle grazing native range with no supplementation. range increased ADG during summer 2SUPP = cattle grazing native range with MDGS supplementation at 0.6% BW. 3 grazing. Initial BW = weight taken during first fall. 4Spring BW = weight taken after grazing corn stalks. A simple economic analysis 5Summer BW = weight taken after grazing summer pastures. was conducted on data from cattle 6Summer ADG = gain attained when grazing summer pastures. performance. The MDGS was priced 7Feedlot BW = carcass adjusted final body weight. 8 at $0.06/lb DM and $0.10/animal was Feedlot DMI = intake during feedlot finishing phase. 9ADG = gain during feedlot finishing phase. charged daily for feeding the MDGS 10Feedlot GF = feed efficiency during feedlot finishing phase. (above routine animal care). The 11Feedlot DOF = days required to finish CON and SUPP cattle to constant back fat depth during feedlot grass saved (0.65 lb/lb MDGS) was finishing phase. priced at $0.04/lb (equals $27/AUM). Based on these prices, the cost of gain 2.5 for the additional 103 lb gained by supplementing MDGS was $0.36/lb. 2 SUPP 1Kelsey M. Rolfe, research technician; 1.5 William A. Griffin, research technician; Terry CON J. Klopfenstein, professor; Galen E. Erickson, associate professor, University of Nebraska– lb ADG, 1 Lincoln Department of Animal Science; Dennis E. Bauer, UNL extension educator. 0.5

0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 Supplementation, % BW 1 = response to gain from current trial with MDGS; 2 = quadratic response to gain from previous research with DDGS.

Figure 1. Effect of supplementing modified wet distillers grains during summer grazing1 on ADG compared to meta-analysis2.

Page 32 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Effect of Stocking Rate on Animal Performance and Diet Quality While Grazing Cornstalks

Jennifer A. Gigax animal; therefore, digestible residue irrigated field of corn residue for 55 Crystal D. Buckner decreases at an increasing rate. The days from December to February. L. Aaron Stalker decreasing quality of forage available Residue samples were collected Terry J. Klopfenstein for consumption also leads to prior to grazing at 10 locations Simon J. van Donk1 decreased animal performance. within each paddock using a 1/2 m2 The objectives of this study were quadrat. Ten samples were collected to 1) evaluate animal performance by after grazing from the LG and HG Summary measuring BW and body condition paddocks, as well as three samples score (BCS) change, and 2) compare from the CON and BALE paddocks. Four treatments were used to evaluate changes in nutrient quality of residue After collection, samples were sorted levels of corn residue removal on nutrient at two different levels of residue by plant part (leaf, stem, husk, cob, quality and cattle performance over removal by increasing the stocking and grain) and composited into one time. Treatments included no removal rate of cattle. sample of each part per paddock of residue, stocking rates of one or two and per date. Leaf, stem, husk, and animal unit months/acre (AUM/acre), or Procedure cob samples were analyzed for DM, baling. Residue samples were taken before OM, CP, and in vitro organic matter and after grazing from all treatment Fifteen non-lactating, crossbred, disappearance (IVOMD). paddocks to determine residue amounts, beef cows (1,250 ± 199 lb) in the third Animals were weighed and and were analyzed for OM, CP, NDF, trimester of pregnancy, and 63 first- assessed for BCS prior to trial and in vitro organic matter digestibility calf, crossbred, beef heifers (879 ± initiation and after grazing. Cattle (IVOMD). Cattle weights and BCS 82 lb), also in the third trimester of were supplemented with a 28% CP scores were recorded prior to and at the pregnancy, were assigned randomly distillers grain cube at a rate of 1 lb/ conclusion of the trial. Cattle consumed to treatment paddocks. Paddocks cow daily. Supplement was formulated husk and leaf material first, followed were assigned randomly to one of four to provide 80 mg/lb of Rumensin. by cobs at a lesser rate. Husk and leaf treatments with 2 replications per Data were analyzed as a random- material had greater digestibility and CP treatment. ized complete block design, with than stem or cob material. A decrease in Treatments included no removal treatment group as the experimental cattle performance was observed in the 2 (CON), light grazing (LG), heavy unit and paddock as random. AUM/acre treatment group. grazing (HG), and baling (BALE). The grazing treatments were designed to Results Introduction provide stocking rates of 1.0 and 2.0 animal unit months per acre (AUM/ Proportions and nutrient values Grazing cornstalks offers producers ac) for the light and heavy grazing of residues available before and after an inexpensive feed source and helps paddocks respectively. Treatments grazing are summarized in Table minimize purchased feed costs during were applied to eight 16.25-acre 1. Previous reports indicate cattle the winter. Cornstalk grazing is unique paddocks, on a 130-acre center pivot (Continued on next page) because all forage for consumption is available at the beginning of grazing. 1 Cattle prefer to eat the corn grain first, Table 1. Proportions and nutrient values of residue available and consumed. followed by the highly digestible husk Plant Parts and leaf material (2004 Nebraska Beef Item Leaf Husk Stem Cob SEM P-value Cattle Report, pp. 13-15). Stem and cob Before grazing residues are consumed at a much lower Percent of residue (OM basis) 34 10 42 14 rate. OM lb/ac 2144 620 2666 898 121 <0.001 CP, % 5.8 3.9 3.3 4.2 0.2 0.002 Demand for corn grain increases NDF, % 73.2 88.5 82.4 88.0 1.1 <0.001 supply of corn residue, but weather IVOMD % 54.2 57.3 49.6 48.6 0.7 <0.001 and demand by cattle producers After grazing for grazing may reduce availability; Percent of residue OM 29 4 50 16 OM lb/acre 1478 180 2595 567 135 <0.001 therefore, producers may increase CP, % 5.4 5.0 3.0 3.4 0.2 0.002 stocking rates. Increasing the stocking NDF, % 79.5 85.9 84.8 89.0 1.1 <0.001 rate limits the amount of highly IVOMD % 51.7 58.1 47.2 46.9 0.7 <0.001 digestible forage available to each 1All values are expressed on a % of OM basis.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 33 remove less than 1/3 of the organic Table 2. Cow and heifer performance grazing cornstalks at two stocking rates. matter available from the field, and Treatment P-value Cattle Type P-value baling removes approximately 80%. LG1 HG2 Cows Heifers In this trial, cattle removed 17-24% of the available organic matter, and BW change, lb -11 -68 0.05 -68 -12 0.05 baling removed 2.7 tons of OM/acre BCS change 0.10 -0.20 0.01 -0.21 -0.04 0.71 or 82%. Grazing removed between 1Light grazing, 1.39 AUM/acre. 2 1,065 and 1,480 lb OM/acre (P < 0.01). Heavy grazing, 2.78 AUM/acre. Of the residue removed by grazing, leaf and husk material were consumed before and after grazing. Numerically, 2). Mature cows lost BW on both the in the greatest amount, approximately NDF content was greater at the end LG and HG treatments. Heifers in 1,100 lb OM/acre (71-88%), followed for leaf, stem, and cob material. the LG treatment groups gained 10 by cobs at approximately 330 lb OM/ Higher NDF content could be lb on average while heifers in the HG acre, or 23%. Proportions of residue attributed to insufficient sample treatment group maintained their removed by grazing in this trial are collection or microbe activity during weight prior to trial initiation. The consistent with past research. decomposition. Neutral detergent body condition score of the cows Crude protein content of the plant fiber content is also expressed as and heifers changed less than one- parts was also influenced by time a percentage of organic matter, so half of a body condition score across (P < 0.01). Protein content of leaf, although the NDF content of the treatments. stem, and cob material was greater material may not change, the NDF This study indicates cattle will before grazing than after grazing. percentage increases. consume husk and leaf material Husk material increased slightly No significant interactions were before cobs and will rarely consume in CP content from 3.9 to 5.0% on observed for IVOMD (P > 0.05). stems. Husk and leaf material a DM basis. The increase could be Differences between individual have greater digestibility and CP attributed to insufficient sample plant parts and time points were content compared to stem and cob collection or microbe activity during observed (P < 0.01). Digestibility material. Grazing cornstalks removes decomposition. Decomposition of for husk and leaf (57% and 54% less than one-third of the residue plant material is characterized by respectively) material was greater material available while baling a microbial breakdown of organic than stem and cob material (49% and removes approximately 80%. Cattle matter. Microbes consume the plant 48%, respectively) at trial initiation. performance data indicate that beef cell solubles first, decreasing the Digestibility values were slightly cows can successfully be maintained amount of organic matter. Crude decreased at the conclusion of the on corn residue when leaf and husk protein is expressed as a percentage trial. Digestibility of leaf and cob digestibility is between 50% and 58%. based on OM content, therefore material in this trial was greater than with less OM, the CP percentage will values observed in previous research increase. (2004 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, 1Jennifer A. Gigax, graduate student; Crystal No significant interactions were pp. 13-15). Past research observed D. Buckner, research technician; L. Aaron Stalker, assistant professor, Animal Science, West Central observed for NDF content of plant greater digestibility for husk and stem Research and Extension Center, North Platte, parts across treatments (P > 0.05). material. Neb.; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor, University However, differences in NDF content In retrospect, treatment groups of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal between individual plant parts were were stocked at 1.39 and 2.78 AUM’s Science; Simon J. van Donk, assistant professor, Biological Systems Engineering, West Central observed (P < 0.01). Husk and cob for the LG and HG treatments, Research and Extension Center, North Platte, material had a greater NDF content respectively. Cattle performance was Neb. than leaf and stem material, both affected by treatment (P < 0.01; Table

Adam L. Shreck Procedure Experiment 2 Crystal D. Buckner A second experiment was con- Galen E. Erickson Experiment 1 ducted to evaluate the effects of Terry J. Klopfenstein The first experiment was designed temperature and storage time on Michael J. Cecava1 as a 3x4x2 factorial with 4 replica- digestibility. The experiment was tions. Treatments included: three designed as a 2x3x2x3 factorial with 3 crop residues (ground stalks, corn replications. Treatments included two Summary cobs, and wheat straw), four chemical chemical treatments (5% CaO, and treatments (5% CaO, 4% CaO +1% 3% CaO +2% NaOH), three crop resi- Two experiments were conducted to NaOH, and 3% CaO +2% NaOH plus dues (ground stalks, corn cobs, and evaluate factors affecting crop residue a control stored anaerobicaly), and wheat straw), two temperatures (40oC digestibility. Corn stover, corn cobs, moisture content (35% and 50% DM). or ambient temperature), and three and wheat straw were alkaline treated The CaO was standard quicklime storage times (7, 14, and 28 days). at low (35%) or high (50%) moisture (Mississippi Lime Company, Kansas Water was added during treatment to and then anaerobically stored at 30oC City, Mo.). The CaO and NaOH (pel- adjust all samples to 60% DM. Effects or 40oC. Chemical treatment increased lets) were solubilized in water to form of temperature were applied using in vitro DM digestibility of all residues concentrated caustic solutions, which an incubator set at 40oC. All other by 14 to 21 percentage units (35% to then were applied to residues. Chemi- procedures (application of chemical 62% improvement). Samples stored at cal treatments were applied to forage treatment and analysis) were the same 50% DM and 40oC were most digestible. on a DM basis, along with water, to as Experiment 1. Cobs were inherently more digestible the targeted DM level. Samples were than straw or corn stalks. Percentage mixed in a batch mixer and sealed us- Statistical Analysis of total improvement in DM digest- ing a food grade vacuum bagger. Bags ibility by optimizing DM, ambient tem- Data were analyzed using the were stored anaerobically at room perature, and chemical treatment was: MIXED procedure of SAS (SAS temperature and allowed to react for stalks, 43%; wheat straw, 38%;, and Institute, Cary, N.C.). The effects of 30 days. Bags were then opened and cobs, 34%. Digestibility of low quality treatment and all interactions were sampled. Samples were freeze dried crop residues can be improved markedly analyzed and separated using the and ground to pass through a 1-mm by chemical treatment. pDiff option. screen. Samples were assayed for in vitro DM digestibility (IVDMD). Introduction Results Inoculum for IVDMD was obtained by collecting a mixture of rumen Agricultural crop residues typically Experiment 1 fluid (strained through four layers of are used as roughage or bedding for cheesecloth) from two steers consum- Data are summarized in Table 1. cattle because of their inherent poor ing a 30% concentrate–70% rough- The three-way interaction between digestibility. Many studies have shown age diet. Inoculum was mixed with crop residue type, treatment, and DM that digestibility of forages and crop McDougall’s buffer at a 1:1 ratio along was significant. All main effects were residues can be improved by treat- with 1 gram of urea/L of rumen fluid. significant. Dry matter digestibility ment with sodium hydroxide, calcium A 0.5 gram sample was added to a 200 was greatest for cobs, intermedi- oxide, or a blend of the two. Histori- mL test tube, and 50 mL of inoculum ate with straw, and least with stalks. cally, the improvements in digestibil- was added. Test tubes were placed in a Chemical treatment was effective in ity from calcium oxide have been water bath at 39oC and allowed to fer- improving IVDMD (P < 0.001). Dry moderate. Calcium oxide compared to ment for 48 hours. Fermentation was matter digestibility was greater for sodium hydroxide, however, is easier ended by adding 6 mL of 20% HCl per treatments containing NaOH, com- to handle and presents lesser human test tube, along with 2 ml of 5% pep- pared with CaO alone. Dry matter health risks. Therefore, the objective sin solution. Tubes were placed back digestibility was improved for 50% of this study was to determine the in the water bath for an additional compared to 35% DM. The reason optimum treatment combinations for 24 hours. Residue was filtered, dried this occurred is unclear. At 50% DM, improving DM and fiber digestibility at 100oC, and weighed to determine 3% CaO + 2% NaOH relative to CaO of different crop residues for eventual IVDMD. improved IVDMD 14.5% and 10% for on-farm treatment options. (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 35 corn cobs and wheat straw, respec- Table 1. Simple effects of chemical treatment, crop residue, and DM on IVDMD1 in Experiment 1. tively; however, this increase was not Item Control 5% CaO 4% CaO 1% NaOH 3% CaO 2% NaOH observed for stalks. 35% DM Cobs 40.37a 50.01c 54.67b 48.70c Experiment 2 Straw 36.52a 50.14b 50.94b 52.01b Stalks 31.06a 41.99b 42.94b 41.09b We hypothesized that temperature 50% DM may increase the rate and extent of the Cobs 42.46a 54.77b 55.36b 62.79c chemical reaction. Generally, the rate Straw 33.38a 50.18b 51.59b 54.61c a b b b of most chemical reactions doubles Stalks 27.17 39.99 41.53 40.31 with every 10oC increase in tempera- abcWithin a row, values lacking common superscripts differ (P < 0.05). 1 ture. A higher temperature may also In vitro DM digestibility. better reflect the environment inside a bunker or ag-bag, as the heat result- Table 2. Simple effects of chemical treatment, centage units compared to control. ing from the exothermic reaction of crop residue, and DM on IVDMD in The difference in IVDMD between 4% chemical treatment is retained. Length Experiment 2. of anaerobic storage did not affect CaO + 1% NaOH and 3% CaO + 2% digestibility, suggesting that extent Item 5% CaO 3% CaO 2% NaOH NaOH was less than 1 percentage unit. The use of 3% CaO +2% NaOH signifi- of digestibility was not improved by o 30 C cantly increased digestibility almost anaerobically storing treated residues Cobs 44.3e 50.0b for more than seven days (Table 2). Straw 43.2e 46.1d 15 percentage units, relative to control. f e Temperature was effective in increas- Stalks 40.7 43.3 Addition of 3% CaO + 2% NaOH, 40oC compared to 5% CaO, increased ing digestibility by approximately 1 c a Cobs 48.5 51.7 digestibility an additional 4 percentage percentage unit. Similar to Experi- Straw 43.9e 48.5c ment 1, the difference between 5% Stalks 37.8g 43.3e units. Whether this difference between CaO and 3% CaO + 2% NaOH was NaOH and CaO would impact perfor- abcdefgValues lacking common superscripts differ mance has yet to be determined. significant P( < 0.001) and revealed (P < 0.05). an approximate 5 percentage unit improvement for digestibility when 1Adam L. Shreck, graduate student; NaOH was used. The relative ranking quickly. Regression analysis showed Crystal D. Buckner, research technician; in crop residue digestibility was simi- increases in IVDMD for all chemical Galen E. Erickson, associate professor; Terry J. lar to that observed in Experiment 1. treatments relative to control. Bagging Klopfenstein, professor, University of Nebraska– The conclusion from this experiment at 50% DM appears to be an optimum Lincoln Department of Animal Science; Michael J. Cecava, Archer Daniels Midland Company is that on-farm chemical treatment of for extent of IVDMD. Using 5% CaO Research Division, Decatur, Ill. crop residues could be completed fairly increased overall IVDMD by 11 per-

Crystal D. Buckner Procedure WDGS, intermediate for MDGS, and Terry J. Klopfenstein lower for DDGS. Therefore, fewer Galen E. Erickson Cattle CODE uses the individual’s DOF were needed, making WDGS Virgil R. Bremer actual DMI and F:G for a convention- the most advantageous product to use Darrell R. Mark1 al corn-only diet to predict DMI and from a cattle performance standpoint. F:G for diets containing DGS using However, WDGS contains more mois- the meta-analysis equations. The ture and would require more hauling Summary model then calculates ADG and DOF costs. Therefore, the following four based on the user’s feeder and finished economic scenarios were conducted Cattle CODE, an economic budget cattle weights. The individual also to evaluate additional DGS economic model for predicting feeding returns for enters their feed costs and DM con- feeding differences. distillers grains, was updated and four tent, trucking cost and miles of haul- The first scenario evaluated (spring new economic scenarios were evalu- ing DGS to the feedlot, daily yardage 2010) DGS prices and corn price ated. Feeding WDGS resulted in larger costs, processing and health costs per ($3.30/bu for DRC). These DGS prices economic returns compared to MDGS head, cattle death loss, and interest were $34/ton for WDGS, $46/ton for and DDGS when the hauling distance rate. Feeding costs at the feedlot are MDGS, and $100/ton for DDGS. On from the ethanol plant to the feedlot was calculated assuming that these costs an equal 100% DM basis, these costs less than 60 miles and the dietary inclu- are one-third of the yardage costs. were $106.25, $95.83, and $111.11/ sion was up to 40% DM. However, these The following general inputs were ton for WDGS, MDGS, and DDGS, economic returns were dependent on the used for the corn-based diet and respectively. Surprisingly, MDGS was price paid for the products. If MDGS remained the same for feeding any priced cheaper than WDGS on an and DDGS were priced based on their inclusion of DGS: 740 lb feeder steer equal DM basis, while MDGS requires drying costs, then economic returns de- valued at $117.70/cwt, 1,300 lb finished more costs for production due to some creased compared to WDGS. cattle valued at $96.00/cwt, $20.00 per partial drying costs. All byproducts head for processing and health costs, were assumed to be shipped 50 miles Introduction $0.35 per head daily for yardage costs, from the ethanol plant to the feedlot. 1.5% cattle death loss, and 8.1% cattle This scenario is presented in Figure 1. Cattle performance is different loan interest rate. Corn was priced at Economic returns from feeding DGS for each of these DGS when fed in $3.30/ bushel for DRC (88% DM) and increased with increasing DGS inclu- finishing diets (up to 40% of diet $2.95/bushel for HMC (78% DM), and sion in the diet, regardless of drying DM). Equations from meta-analysis brome grass hay (88% DM) was priced type. However, the returns were great- summaries (2011 Nebraska Beef at $88.00/ton and used at 7% of diet er for WDGS and MDGS ($30/head or Cattle Report, pp 40-41) were used in DM. Dry supplement (95% DM, 4% more for inclusions of 20% to 40% of an updated version of Cattle CODE of the diet DM) and urea (100% DM) diet DM) compared to that of DDGS, (www.beef.unl.edu) to predict cattle were priced at $190 and $320/ton (as-is largely due to the cattle performance performance when feeding distill- basis), respectively. These inputs gen- advantages of feeding the wet prod- ers grains plus solubles (DGS) as wet erate $0 profit for the corn-only diet. ucts. We would have expected the eco- (WDGS), modified (MDGS), and dry Byproduct feeding scenarios were nomic returns for WDGS to be greater (DDGS). This model evaluates mar- predicted by using 24 lb DMI and than that of MDGS; however, these ginal feeding returns for feeding DGS 6.5 F:G for cattle fed the 89% corn- were quite similar. The MDGS was, at compared to a traditional corn diet only diet, which results in 3.69 lb/day the time, priced cheaper than WDGS (2008 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. (ADG). This calculates to 152 DOF, on the same DM basis, resulting in a 42-44). which is about the industry average positive economic return for MDGS. Economic returns can vary de- for cattle on feed. This may reflect greater demand for pending on the price paid for the WDGS because of higher feeding DGS, dietary inclusion level of DGS, Results value or because of lack of appropri- days on feed (DOF) to reach the ate accounting for DM in pricing. On same final BW, location of the feedlot Using the meta-analysis equa- a wet basis, WDGS was $10/ton less relative to an ethanol plant, and ad- tions in this model, cattle perfor- expensive but on a dry basis was $5/ ditional feeding costs associated with mance (particularly ADG and F:G) ton more expensive. feeding wetter diets at the feedlot. improved when feeding WDGS, In a second scenario, the same New scenarios were conducted to MDGS, or DDGS up to 40% of diet prices for DGS and corn were used, evaluate some of these relative differ- DM. Compared to a corn-only diet, but these prices were quoted as pur- ences. these improvements were greater for (Continued on next page)

30 WDGS 20 MDGS

Byproduct Return ($/head) Byproduct Return 10 DDGS

0 0 10 20 30 40 % of diet DM

Figure 1. Economic returns for feeding WDGS, MDGS, and DDGS using current prices and hauling these products 50 miles to the feedlot.

30 WDGS

20 MDGS DDGS 10 Byproduct Return ($/head) Byproduct Return

0 0 10 20 30 40 % of diet DM

Figure 2. Economic returns for feeding WDGS, MDGS, and DDGS using current prices delivered to the feedlot (0 miles hauling).

chased and delivered prices at the To evaluate hauling differences sible when feeding WDGS up to 40% feedlot (hence, no trucking costs to to the feedlot between WDGS and of diet DM and up to 60 miles from the yard). This prediction is illustrated MDGS, a third scenario was con- the ethanol plant, even when MDGS is in Figure 2. The economic advantage ducted. Hauling distances of 10 or priced cheaper than WDGS. However, to feeding any type of DGS improved 60 miles from an ethanol plant to a these returns for WDGS were simi- compared to the first scenario due feedlot were used along with DGS and lar to MDGS at 30% to 40% of diet to no trucking costs for delivering corn prices (as previously stated). This DM when DGS was hauled 60 miles. to the feedlot. Although MDGS was economic scenario is presented in The improved cattle performance still priced cheaper on a DM basis Figure 3. As expected, hauling either for feeding WDGS and MDGS often than WDGS, there was a greater ad- product for 10 miles to the feedlot offsets costs associated with hauling vantage to feeding WDGS due to no resulted in greater economic returns the wet feeds. For instance, WDGS costs of hauling a very wet product compared to hauling for 60 miles. and MDGS can be hauled 265 and to the feedlot. The economic returns The profitability for these products 350 miles to the feedlot, respectively, for MDGS and DDGS were similar at 10 miles for hauling continued to when including these DGS at 30% of to each other and were more profit- increase as inclusion of WDGS or diet DM before the scenario becomes able than a corn-only diet, but they MDGS increased in the diet. Hauling a break-even compared to feeding a remained less than the returns for these products 60 miles to the feedlot corn-only diet. WDGS. These results closely resemble remained profitable (up to $40/head) The previous three scenarios were the cattle performance response due compared to a corn-only diet. Gener- conducted using current DGS prices, to feeding these products. ally, more economic returns are pos- which resulted in a lower price for

30 WDGS-10 mi 20 MDGS-10 mi WDGS-60 mi

Byproduct Return ($/head) Byproduct Return 10 MDGS-60 mi 0 0 10 20 30 40 % of diet DM

Figure 3. Economic returns for feeding WDGS and MDGS using current prices and 10 or 60 miles hauling distance from an ethanol plant to a feedlot.

50 WDGS

40 MDGS

DDGS 30

10 Byproduct Return ($/head) Byproduct Return

0 0 10 20 30 40 % of diet DM Figure 4. Economic returns when MDGS and DDGS are priced based on current WDGS price plus additional costs of drying the products.

MDGS than WDGS. Ethanol plants and DDGS, respectively, accounting would be a greater advantage to feed- must incur more costs to dry WDGS for drying costs, both of which were ing WDGS. to any higher DM content than 35%, greater than in previous scenarios. In conclusion, our scenarios so DGS would logically be priced Each of the DGS was hauled 50 miles provide some guidance for making based on the costs ethanol plants must to a feedlot. The economic returns for economic decisions regarding feeding incur to dry the products. Therefore, WDGS were exactly the same as in different types of DGS. Cattle CODE MDGS and DDGS should be priced the first scenario, resulting in profit is available and the relationships in higher than WDGS on an equal mois- potential of up to $40/head. However, our study should be compared to eval- ture basis. The additional costs to dry the economic returns for MDGS and uations conducted by feeders using products include the capital costs of DDGS were less. These economic re- their current prices and conditions. dryers and natural gas. An estimated turns remained below $20 and $30/ $30/ton is the cost ethanol plants have head at any dietary inclusion level up in drying a ton of a 90% dry prod- to 40% DM for DDGS and MDGS, re- 1Crystal D. Buckner, research technician; uct. A fourth scenario (Figure 4) was spectively. Therefore, if DGS were ac- Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor; Galen E. Erickson, professor; Virgil R. Bremer, research conducted using the current price of tually priced based on the additional technician; University of Nebraska–Lincoln WDGS at $34/ton (as-is, ~32% DM) drying costs that ethanol plants must Department of Animal Science; Darrell R. and $55 and $126/ton for MDGS pay to dry MDGS or DDGS, there Mark, associate professor, UNL Department of Agriculture Economics.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 39 Meta-Analysis of Feeding Calf-Feds or Yearlings Wet Distillers Grains with Different Corn Processing Types

Virgil R. Bremer ent corn processing types. The 2007 56). The data are for 350 pen observa- Kathy J. Hanford trial evaluated the response to feed- tions representing 3,365 steers. Winter Galen E. Erickson ing 0%, 15%, 27.5%, and 40% WDGS calf-feds were fed in seven trials, sum- Terry J. Klopfenstein1 (DM basis) with either DRC or HMC. mer yearlings were fed in 10 trials, and A greater response to WDGS was fall long yearlings were fed in three Summary observed with less intensely processed trials. Steers were fed DRC in 11 trials DRC compared to HMC. However, and a blend of DRC and HMC in nine Meta-analyses of University of F:G for HMC fed steers was superior trials (1:1 ratio of DRC:HMC for six Nebraska–Lincoln feedlot research to F:G of DRC fed steers with up to trials and 2:3 ratio of DRC:HMC for feeding wet corn distillers grains plus 40% WDGS. three trials), and HMC as the only solubles (WDGS) with dry-rolled corn The corn processing and cattle corn source in one trial. The meta- (DRC) and high moisture corn (HMC) type interactions with WDGS were analysis methodology to analyze the to either calf-feds or yearlings was con- initially evaluated with treatment data has been previously reported ducted to calculate the feeding values means from 16 finishing trials 2010( (2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. of WDGS relative to corn. The feeding Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 61- 61-62). In short, an iterative PROC value of wet distillers grains plus solubles 62). Since the 2010 report, additional MIXED procedure of SAS was used to (WDGS) was superior to dry-rolled corn UNL WDGS finishing trials have summarize quantitative findings from (DRC) and high moisture corn (HMC). been identified for inclusion in the multiple studies. The feeding value of WDGS was greater meta-analysis. In addition, pen mean Two analyses of the data were con- for yearlings than for calf-feds. The com- observations were compiled for the ducted. The initial analysis was for bination of WDGS and HMC provided studies to better account for variation the overall effect of WDGS inclusion, cattle performance superior to DRC between trials as compared to treat- regardless of cattle type and corn pro- with or without WDGS. ment means previously utilized. cessing method, to update previously Therefore, a pen level meta- reported WDGS feeding values. The Introduction analysis of University of Nebraska calf-fed trials and yearling trials were feedlot research was conducted to then separated, and the effect of corn Previous research evaluated feed- evaluate the interactions of cattle type processing method on F:G was ana- ing corn wet distillers grains with and corn processing method on cattle lyzed within cattle type. solubles (WDGS; 32% DM) to winter performance with WDGS inclusion calf-feds and summer yearlings in level. Results a confinement barn 1993( Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 43-46). The Procedure Replacement of corn up to 40% researchers reported a greater feed- of diet DM as WDGS resulted in ing value of WDGS replacing 40% Pen mean cattle performance data superior performance compared to of diet DM as dry-rolled corn (DRC) from 20 UNL feedlot trials where cattle fed no WDGS (Table 1). These for yearlings than calf-feds, 151% and WDGS replaced DRC or a DRC and data agree with the previous meta- 134% of the feeding value of DRC, HMC blend were compiled for sta- analyses. Dry matter intake, ADG, respectively.Previous research also tistical analysis. The criteria for trial F:G, 12th rib fat, and marbling score evaluated feeding WDGS with DRC, inclusion in the dataset were the same improved quadratically as WDGS high moisture corn (HMC), or a blend as for the 2010 meta-analysis. In all inclusion level increased. The feed- of both corn types (2006 Nebraska trials, WDGS replaced DRC, HMC, ing value of WDGS was consistently Beef Cattle Report, pp. 48-50; 2007 or a blend of the two corn types in greater than corn when WDGS was Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 33- diets (0% to 50% of diet DM). Four included up to 40% of diet DM. The 35). In the 2006 feeding trial, 30% additional UNL feedlot trials have feeding value was greater at lower WDGS (DM basis) was fed and F:G been completed since the 2010 analy- WDGS inclusion levels and decreased was numerically superior for steers fed sis (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, as inclusion level increased. All steers HMC compared to DRC or a DRC and pp. 90-91; 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle fed in the data sets were part of the HMC blend. However, in this trial 0% Report, pp. 50-52; 2011 Nebraska following system. The UNL research WDGS diets were not fed to evaluate Beef Cattle Report, pp. 68-69; 2011 feedlot utilizes spring born, predomi- the response to WDGS from differ- Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 55- nately black, crossbred steers weaned

Page 40 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Finishing steer performance when fed different dietary inclusions of wet distillers grains plus and from 146 to 131% for a blend of solubles (WDGS). DRC and HMC. WDGS Inclusion1: 0WDGS 10WDGS 20WDGS 30WDGS 40WDGS Lin2 Quad2 The feeding values of DRC and a DMI, lb/day 23.0 23.3 23.3 23.0 22.4 0.01 < 0.01 blend of DRC and HMC were similar ADG, lb 3.53 3.77 3.90 3.93 3.87 < 0.01 < 0.01 for 0% WDGS fed steers within cattle F:G 6.47 6.16 5.96 5.83 5.78 < 0.01 < 0.01 type. The feeding value of WDGS was th 12 rib fat, in 0.48 0.52 0.54 0.55 0.55 < 0.01 0.01 greater when WDGS replaced DRC as Marbling score3 528 535 537 534 525 0.19 < 0.01 Feeding value, %4 150 143 136 130 compared to a corn blend at any inclusion level of WDGS. 1Dietary treatment levels (DM basis) of wet distillers grains plus solubles (WDGS), 0WDGS = 0% WDGS, 10WDGS = 10% WDGS, 20WDGS = 20% WDGS, 30WDGS = 30% WDGS, 40WDGS = 40% Only one trial has evaluated feed- WDGS. ing WDGS, replacing HMC with 2Estimation equation linear and quadratic term t-statistic for variable of interest response to WDGS WDGS in diets and feeding WDGS level. replacing DRC (2007 Nebraska Beef 3500 = Small0. 4Percentage of corn feeding value, calculated from predicted F:G relative to 0WDGS F:G, divided by Cattle Report, pp. 33-35). The trial WDGS inclusion. evaluated replacing each corn type with up to 40% of diet DM as WDGS. The DRC 0% WDGS cattle performed Table 2. Finishing steer performance when calf-feds or yearlings were fed different dietary inclusions of wet distillers grains plus solubles (WDGS) replacing dry-rolled corn (DRC) or a blend of similarly to the winter DRC-only fed DRC and high-moisture corn (HMC). cattle of the meta-analysis. The HMC had 115% of the feeding value of DRC WDGS Inclusion1: 0WDGS 10WDGS 20WDGS 30WDGS 40WDGS in the trial. The data for the HMC fed Winter Calf-feds cattle have been plotted on the graph DRC diet, F:G 6.17 5.95 5.75 5.56 5.38 Feeding Value,% of DRC2 136 136 136 136 with the meta-analysis equations. The DRC and HMC Blend, F:G 6.17 6.02 5.89 5.76 5.63 improvement in F:G of increasing Feeding Value,% of Corn Blend2 124 124 124 124 WDGS from 0% to 40% WDGS in Summer Yearlings HMC diets is less than the improve- DRC diet, F:G 6.76 6.34 6.05 5.86 5.76 Feeding Value, % of DRC2 167 159 151 143 ment in F:G of DRC and corn blend DRC and HMC Blend, F:G 6.76 6.41 6.19 6.06 6.02 due to HMC having a greater feeding Feeding Value,% of Corn Blend2 154 146 138 131 value than DRC. As HMC is replaced 1Dietary treatment levels (DM basis) of wet distillers grains plus solubles (WDGS), 0WDGS = 0% by WDGS, the feeding value replace- WDGS, 10WDGS = 10% WDGS, 20WDGS = 20% WDGS, 30WDGS = 30% WDGS, 40WDGS = 40% ment is less than the feeding value dif- WDGS. ferential of WDGS and DRC, because 2 Percentage of respective corn processing type feeding value, calculated from predicted F:G relative to HMC is greater than DRC. These data 0WDGS F:G, divided by WDGS inclusion. suggest the combination of 47.5% of diet DM as HMC and 40% of diet DM in the fall for most research trials. WDGS for yearlings than calf-feds.As as WDGS has a feeding value equal to After an initial receiving period, the expected, calf-feds were more efficient 122% of DRC. The results of this trial largest steers are fed as calf-feds in the than yearlings (Table 2). The feeding reiterate the conclusion that the feed- winter; the medium steers are fed as value of WDGS, regardless of corn ing value of WDGS was superior to short yearlings in the summer after processing type, was greater for year- DRC and HMC. The feeding value of wintering on cornstalks; and the small lings than for calf-feds. The feeding WDGS was greater for yearlings than steers are wintered on cornstalks, value of WDGS was a constant 136% for calf-feds. The feeding value of grazed on grass the following sum- of DRC and a constant 124% of a DRC WDGS was greater in DRC diets than mer, and finished in the fall to market and HMC blend for calf-feds due to in corn blend diets. The combination by 24 months of age. We realize that linear improvement in F:G as WDGS of WDGS and HMC provided cattle season of feeding and steer age are replaced corn. Yearling performance performance superior to DRC with or confounded in this system. However, improved quadratically as WDGS without WDGS. the confinement barn study men- level increased, regardless of corn tioned in the introduction provided a processing type. The feeding value of 1 moderate environment for both win- WDGS for yearlings decreased lin- Virgil R. Bremer, research technician; early in both DRC and blended corn Kathy J. Hanford, assistant professor; Galen ter and summer steer feeding and fed E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, cattle as either calf-feds or yearlings diets. Feeding value of WDGS replac- professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln in two consecutive years. The study ing 20-40% of diet DM for yearlings Department of Animal Science. indicated greater feeding value of decreased from 159 to 143% of DRC,

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 41 Impact of Distillers Grains Moisture and Inclusion Level on Greenhouse Gas Emissions in the Corn-Ethanol-Livestock Life Cycle

Virgil R. Bremer 54% moisture), and dried DGS equations were developed from four Adam J. Liska (DDGS; 10% moisture) to feedlot cat- UNL feedlot trials representing 66 Galen E. Erickson tle. The DGS products all contained pens and 581 steers (1994 Nebraska Kenneth G. Cassman greater feeding value than corn, but Beef Cattle Report, pp. 38-40; 2006 Kathy J. Hanford feeding value decreases as moisture Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 57- Terry J. Klopfenstein1 level decreases and as inclusion level 58; 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, increases for feedlot cattle. Dairy and pp. 50-52; 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Summary finishing swine research does not Report, pp. 62-64). indicate a feeding value of DGS great- These equations were incorporated Updated meta-analysis of cattle per- er than the corn and soybean meal into BESS to evaluate the impact of formance equations were incorporated replaced in diets. Therefore, there feeding WDGS, MDGS, and DDGS to into the Biofuel Energy Systems Simula- is a direct replacement of corn and feedlot cattle and dairy cattle on the tor (BESS) to more accurately evaluate soybean meal (lb for lb of DM) when GHG emissions of ethanol compared the greenhouse gas (GHG) benefit of DGS is fed to these animal classes. to gasoline. The feeding of DDGS to corn ethanol relative to gasoline. Partial Previous cattle performance finishing swine also was evaluated. drying or complete drying of wet distill- equations of the BESS model were ers grains (DGS) reduces the feeding developed, with initial studies feed- Results value of DGS for cattle and increases ing wet, modified, and dry DGS to ethanol GHG emissions. Feeding wet feedlot cattle. Several trials have been Meta-analysis of feedlot steer per- DGS provides the optimum GHG bene completed since the BESS model was formance when fed DGS at different fit relative to gasoline, with associated developed. Meta-analysis equations moistures and inclusion levels are ethanol emissions being 40% of gasoline. developed from these larger databases presented in Table 1. The MDGS and Ethanol production with dried DGS will improve the accuracy of predicted DDGS values have been scaled to the results in about 60% of the GHG emis- BESS outcomes. WDGS 0% DGS intercepts so that sions of gasoline when dry DGS is fed to Therefore, an updated evaluation performance of the different moisture feedlot cattle, dairy cows, and finishing of the impact of distiller grains (DGS) products may be directly compared. swine. moisture and inclusion level on GHG The feeding value of WDGS was emissions from the corn-ethanol- 143% to 130% of the corn replaced Introduction livestock life cycle on ethanol relative in the diet from 20% to 40% of diet to gasoline was conducted. DM. Using the same approach, the The Biofuel Energy Systems feeding value of MDGS was 124% to Simulator (BESS; www.bess.unl.edu) Procedure 117%, and 112% for DDGS. These was developed to compare ethanol data indicate a similar relationship produced from the corn-ethanol- The methodology for meta- of the different moisture DGS prod- livestock life cycle to gasoline as a analysis of pen mean observations to ucts as a study where all three DGS combustible motor fuel. A discussion develop cattle performance equations moistures were fed in the same trial of energy and associated GHG emis- when fed WDGS have been published (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. sions associated with corn production, elsewhere in this publication (2011 50-52) ethanol plant operation, and livestock Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 40- Corn ethanol GHG emissions response to DGS feeding parameters 41). This methodology was utilized to were less than 60% of gasoline (97.7 of BESS have been published (2010 revise cattle performance equations gC02e/MJ) for all scenarios analyzed Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 56- when fed MDGS and DDGS. Modi- (Figures 1A and 1B). Feeding WDGS 57). fied DGS equations were developed to feedlot cattle provided optimum The corn and protein replacement from four UNL feedlot trials repre- ethanol GHG emissions relative to value of DGS is moisture level, dietary senting 85 pens and 680 steers (2008 gasoline, with 38% to 43% of gasoline inclusion level, and livestock type Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 36- GHG emissions for 10% to 40% of dependent. Previous University of 38; 2008 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, diet DM as WDGS, respectively. Etha- Nebraska–Lincoln research has evalu- pp. 53-56; 2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle nol GHG emissions, when MDGS was ated feeding wet DGS (WDGS; 68% Report, pp. 43-46; 2011 Nebraska Beef fed to feedlot cattle, were intermediate moisture), modified DGS (MDGS; Cattle Report, pp. 50-52). Dried DGS of WDGS and DDGS and were 46%

Page 42 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Finishing steer performance when fed different dietary inclusions of corn wet distillers to 50% and 54% to 56% of gasoline, grains plus solubles (WDGS), modified distillers grains plus solubles (MDGS), or dried respectively, for MDGS and DDGS. distillers grains plus solubles (DDGS) replacing dry-rolled and high-moisture corn. Ethanol GHG emissions were less ben- DGS Inclusion1: 0DGS 10DGS 20DGS 30DGS 40DGS Lin2 Quad2 eficial when DDGS was fed instead of WDGS MDGS, and both DDGS and MDGS DMI, lb/day 23.0 23.3 23.3 23.0 22.4 0.01 < 0.01 were less beneficial than WDGS for ADG, lb 3.53 3.77 3.90 3.93 3.87 < 0.01 < 0.01 both beef and dairy. Greenhouse gas F:G 6.47 6.16 5.96 5.83 5.78 < 0.01 < 0.01 Feeding value, %3 150 143 136 130 emissions of ethanol were similar MDGS when DDGS was fed to beef, dairy, DMI, lb/day 23.0 23.8 24.1 24.0 23.4 0.95 < 0.01 and swine. ADG, lb 3.53 3.77 3.90 3.92 3.83 < 0.01 < 0.01 Ethanol plant energy use and F:G 6.47 6.29 6.17 6.10 6.07 < 0.01 0.05 Feeding value, %3 128 124 120 117 associated GHG emissions are related DDGS to the moisture level of DGS pro- DMI, lb/day 23.0 24.0 24.6 24.9 24.9 < 0.01 0.03 duced. All ethanol plants produce ADG, lb 3.53 3.66 3.78 3.91 4.03 < 0.01 0.50 WDGS. Some plants choose to remove F:G 6.47 6.39 6.32 6.25 6.18 < 0.01 0.45 Feeding value, %3 112 112 112 112 moisture from WDGS to form DDGS. Ethanol plants producing DDGS 1Dietary treatment levels (DM basis) of distillers grains plus solubles (DGS), 0DGS = 0% DGS, 10DGS = 10% DGS, 20DGS = 20% DGS, 30DGS = 30% DGS, 40DGS = 40% DGS. require 1.7 times as much energy as 2Estimation equation linear and quadratic term t-statistic for variable of interest response to DGS level. ethanol plants producing WDGS. The 3Percent of corn feeding value, calculated from predicted F:G relative to 0WDGS F:G, divided by DGS amount of energy required to haul inclusion. DGS to feedlots and within feedlots also is dependent on DGS moisture A–Feedlot Cattle content. 110 Gasoline The expanded cattle performance 100 calculations included in this analysis 90 further validate that feeding WDGS to 80 70 feedlot cattle is the optimum feed use 60 of DGS based on feeding performance 50 and GHG emissions. Partial drying 40 (MDGS) or complete drying (DDGS) % of Gasoline 30 DDGS (90% DM) of DGS reduces the environmental 20 GHG benefit of corn ethanol relative Life Cycle GHG Emissions, GHG Emissions, Cycle Life MDGS (46% DM) 10 WDGS (32% DM) to gasoline. These benefits are due to 0 ethanol plants not having to use as 0 10 20 30 40 much energy to run DGS dryers in the Diet DM % DGS plants, and improved feedlot cattle performance when DGS is fed in the B–Dairy Cows and Finishing Swine wet form instead of drier forms. 110 Gasoline 100 90 1Virgil R. Bremer, research technician, 80 University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department 70 of Animal Science; Adam J. Liska, assistant 60 professor, UNL Department of Agronomy and 50 Horticulture; Galen E. Erickson, professor, 40 UNL Department of Animal Science; Kenneth 30

% of Gasoline G. Cassman, director, UNL Center for Energy 20 DDGS (90% DM) Sciences Research; Kathy J. Hanford, assistant 10 MDGS (46% DM) professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor, UNL Life Cycle GHG Emissions, GHG Emissions, Cycle Life 0 WDGS (32% DM) Department of Animal Science.

0 10 20 30 40 Diet DM % DGS

Figures 1A and 1B. Comparison of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from ethanol to gasoline when accounting for distillers grains moisture, level of dietary inclusion, and livestock class fed.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 43 Performance and Carcass Characteristics of Finishing Steers Fed Low-Fat and Normal-Fat Wet Distillers Grains

Jennifer A. Gigax Table 1. Diet composition and nutrient analysis of finishing diets fed to yearling steers, expressed as Brandon L. Nuttleman percentage of diet DM. William A. Griffin Ingredients Control Low-fat WDGS Normal-fat WDGS Galen E. Erickson DRC 42.5 25.0 25.0 1 Terry J. Klopfenstein HMC 42.5 25.0 25.0 WDGS — 35.0 35.0 Sorghum silage 10.0 10.0 10.0 Supplement 5.0 5.0 5.0 Summary Fine ground corn 1.22 3.09 3.09 Limestone 1.43 1.38 1.38 Wet distillers grains plus solubles Urea 0.75 — — 1 (WDGS) varying in fat content (6.7 Soypass 1.0 — — Tallow 0.125 0.125 0.125 vs. 12.9 %) were fed at 35% of the diet Salt 0.3 0.3 0.3 DM to compare fat level from WDGS on Trace mineral premix 0.05 0.05 0.05 cattle performance and carcass charac- Rumensin premix 0.019 0.019 0.019 teristics. Final BW, hot carcass weight, Vitamin premix 0.015 0.015 0.015 Tylan premix 0.008 0.008 0.008 and ADG were increased for steers fed Thiamine — 0.0139 0.0139 12.9% fat WDGS compared to steers fed CP, % 13.6 17.9 17.8 corn or 6.7% fat WDGS. Steers fed 6.7% Fat, % 3.64 4.72 6.91 fat WDGS or corn control diets had Sulfur, % 0.12 0.37 0.41 identical DMI, ADG, and F:G. 1Soypass® included at 1.0% of diet DM during the first 40 days, then replaced with fine ground corn. Introduction

Wet distillers grains plus solubles Table 2. Yearling steer finishing feedlot performance when fed a control, low-fat WDGS, and normal- fat WDGS diet. (WDGS) is produced by combining the distillers grains and distillers Treatments solubles fractions, which can be vari- Control Low-Fat WDGS Normal-Fat WDGS SEM P-value able from plant to plant, changing Performance the fat content of the final product. Initial BW, lb 889 886 886 1.6 0.38 Fat content of WDGS also can be Final BW1, lb 1295 1294 1331 9.42 0.04 decreased as ethanol plants are evalu- DMI, lb/day 24.4 24.4 24.4 0.55 0.99 ADG, lb 3.41 3.41 3.71 0.07 0.02 ating methods to remove a portion of F:G2 7.19 7.19 6.58 — 0.12 the oil. The objective of this study was to determine the feeding performance Carcass Characteristics HCW, lb 816 815 839 5.78 0.04 and carcass characteristics of feedlot Marbling score3 614 591 617 0.29 0.61 steers fed a normal-fat WDGS diet 12th rib fat, in 0.47 0.52 0.53 0.03 0.25 compared to a low-fat WDGS diet. LM area, in2 13.4 12.9 13.1 0.34 0.62 1Calculated from HCW, adjusted to a 63% yield. Procedure 2Calculated and analyzed from G:F, which is the reciprocal of F:G. 3450=Slight50, 500=Small0. Ninety-six crossbred yearling steers (879 ± 114 lb) were stratified and blocked by BW and assigned random- (DRC), and high-moisture corn DM for the first 40 days to meet the ly to pens within block and strata, (HMC) was replaced when WDGS metabolizable protein requirement and pens assigned randomly to one of was added at 35% of the diet DM of the steers. Thiamine was provided three treatments. Treatments included (Table 1). All diets contained 10% sor- through the supplement in the treat- a corn control with no distillers grains ghum silage and 5% supplement (DM ments with WDGS at 150 mg/head/ (CON), low-fat WDGS (LFAT), and basis). The CON diet was formulated day. All diets were formulated to pro- normal-fat WDGS (NFAT). Twelve to provide 12.5% CP by including vide 30 g/ton (DM) Rumensin and 90 pens were used to provide 4 replica- 0.75% urea in the diet provided in the mg/head/day Tylan. tions per treatment. supplement. Soypass® also was in- Composite feed ingredient samples A 1:1 ratio of dry-rolled corn cluded in the CON diet at 1.0% of diet were analyzed for DM, CP, sulfur,

Page 44 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. and fat. The low-fat WDGS contained and treatments were analyzed as a adjusted final BW, HCW, and ADG 34.8% CP, 6.7% fat, and 0.85% sulfur. randomized complete block design. for the CON and LFAT treatments The normal-fat WDGS contained were identical. 34.5% CP, 12.9% fat, and 0.94% Results This study indicates that cattle per- sulfur. Steers were slaughtered at a formance and carcass characteristics commercial abattoir (Greater Omaha Performance and carcass char- when feeding low-fat WDGS are com- Pack, Omaha, Neb.) in two weight acteristics are presented in Table 2. parable to feeding a corn-based diet. blocks, heavy and light, at either Carcass adjusted final BW and HCW Low-fat WDGS has a lower energy 102 or 131 days on feed. Hot carcass were greater, by 36 and 23 pounds, value than normal fat WDGS due to weights (HCW) and liver scores were respectively, for the NFAT treatment the lower fat content, which decreases collected on the day of slaughter. After compared to the CON and LFAT gain and weights, and likely increases a 48-hour chill, marbling score, 12th treatments (P < 0.03). Average daily F:G. rib fat thickness, and LM area data gain was 0.3 lb/day greater for the were collected. Final carcass adjusted NFAT treatment compared to the BW, ADG and F:G were calculated by CON and LFAT treatments (P = 0.02). 1Jennifer A. Gigax, graduate student; dividing HCW by a common dressing No differences were observed across Brandon L. Nuttleman and William A. Griffin, th research technicians; Galen E. Erickson, percentage of 63%. treatments for LM area, 12 rib fat professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor, Cattle performance and carcass thickness, marbling, or DMI (P > 0.25). University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of characteristics were analyzed using A tendency for a decrease in F:G Animal Science. the MIXED procedure of SAS. Pen (P > 0.12) was observed for the NFAT was considered the experimental unit, treatment. Interestingly, the carcass

Virgil R. Bremer with solubles (DGS) were reviewed to acid molecules. Saturated fats are Galen E. Erickson better understand fat metabolism of “saturated” when they have as many Terry J. Klopfenstein1 different feedstuffs. Evaluated was the hydrogen atoms attached to the car- addition of fat to corn diets from corn bons as possible. Unsaturated fats oil, tallow, condensed corn distillers have fatty acids that contain stronger Summary soluble (CCDS), or DGS, in addi- bonds between carbons that can action to the impact of decreasing lipid cept additional hydrogens and alter The fat content of distillers grains content of DGS on cattle feeding per- the shape of the fatty acids. Corn oil with solubles (DGS) partially accounts formance (2004 Nebraska Beef Cattle is a liquid at room temperature, and for DGS feeding value being greater Report, pp. 45-48; 2007 Nebraska thus, unsaturated and is readily avail- than corn. Finishing diets containing Beef Cattle Report, pp. 39-42; 2009 able for rumen microbial interaction. DGS to supply up to 8% of diet DM as Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 64- The CCDS also is a liquid. The fat of fat may be fed without depressing cattle 66; 2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, CCDS is slightly more saturated than performance. However, feeding diets pp. 74-76; 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle the fat in corn oil due to the fermenta- containing 8% diet fat with corn oil Report, pp. 44-45). tion and heat used to produce ethanol. depresses cattle performance. The dif- However, CCDS not only contains ference in rumen metabolism of these Review fat (10-35% of CCDS DM) but also two fats is due to physical protection of protein from yeast cells and corn, in DGS fat from interaction with rumen CCDS and DGS Products addition to other nutrients. The fat in microbes. Due to an unknown mecha- the grains fraction of DGS is trapped Both CCDS and DGS fats are from nism, condensed corn distillers solubles, in the ground corn germ particles. the dry milling ethanol industry. a liquid fat source, does not limit rumi- This fat is protected from interaction These fats both have been subjected nal metabolism like corn oil. Optimum with rumen microbes due to the germ to a low pH environment during the dietary fat level is dependent on the particles physically inhibiting inter- fermentation process of producing sources of fat in the diet. action of lipid with microbes. The ethanol and heating to distill etha- ratio of CCDS to grains at the ethanol nol. Once the ethanol is removed, the Introduction plant and CCDS % fat impacts the remaining stillage is centrifuged to final fat profile of DGS. The corn fiber separate the liquid distillers solubles Based on greater caloric density and protein also are concentrated in fraction from the remaining fermen- of fat versus starch and protein, it grains fraction of DGS. tation solids. Water is removed from makes sense to replace a portion of Beef tallow is an example of how the soluble stream (95% moisture) to lesser energy starch or protein from ruminants can modify dietary unsat- form CCDS (65% moisture). Often feedlot diets with fat. However, there urated fatty acids to a more saturated times, the CCDS are combined back are upper limits to the level of diet fatty acid profile. The tallow is from with the grains fraction to make wet ary fat that cattle in a feedlot can cattle fed unsaturated corn fatty acids, DGS (WDGS; 65% moisture). The ingest without affecting rumen func- but the ruminal microbes have altered WDGS may have additional heat tion and depressing feeding perfor- the corn oil fat before the fat was in- energy applied to produce dry DGS mance. These upper limits may be corporated into carcass tissues. The (DDGS; 10% moisture). The CCDS lipid source dependant based on the more saturated fatty acids of tallow accounts for about 20% of DGS DM. degree of fatty acid saturation and are not as detrimental to microbial Some ethanol plants also sell CCDS as physical structure. Therefore, Uni- function in the rumen as corn oil. a separate feed ingredient. versity of Nebraska–Lincoln feedlot research evaluating fat addition to Fat and Rumen Function Different Forms of Fat dry-rolled (DRC) and high-moisture The ruminant has the unique abili- corn (HMC) diets was summarized to Corn oil, CCDS, and DGS fat ty to modify dietary unsaturated fatty evaluate feeding traditional and by- all originate from corn. However, acids to saturated fatty acids with ru- product fat sources. these fats are not equal in feeding men microbes. This process is known value. Differences are partially due as biohydrogenation. Fatty acid bio- Procedure to physical form. Fat in vegetable oils hydrogenation is what causes beef is mainly in the form of unsaturated to have harder fat than pork. One of A series of six feedlot and metabo- fatty acids. Unsaturated fats differ the explanations of why the microbes lism studies evaluating different fat from saturated fats in the bonding biohydrogenate the fatty acids is to sources compared to distillers grains structure of the carbons in the fatty combat the inhibition of fermentation

Page 46 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. that can occur with unsaturated fatty replacing HMC in 35% WCGF diets without CCDS (6.7% fat; DM basis), acids. Another explanation is that the with either CCDS or WDGS. Inclu- 35% normal WDGS (13.0% fat; DM unsaturated fatty acids serve as a sink sion of 20% of diet DM as CCDS or basis), and a corn diet. Dry matter for free hydrogen ions in the rumen. 40% WDGS resulted in diets contain- intake was similar for all three treat- ing 6.2% and 6.9% diet fat, respective- ments. However, ADG of the lower fat Results ly. The CCDS diets resulted in similar WDGS was similar to the corn diet performance as the WDGS diets. The and the ADG of the normal WDGS Cattle Performance When Fed Different combined interpretation of the first fed steers was superior to the other Fat Sources and third studies shows that CCDS two diets. The feeding values of the does not depress feeding performance lower fat distillers grains and normal Replacing a blend of DRC and like corn oil. These data substantiate WDGS were 102% and 127 % of corn, HMC to create diets with 6.4% to- that the form of fat in DGS and CCDS respectively. This trial indicates the tal diet ether extract, with either have a different effect on rumen func- importance of the lipid component 2.5% corn oil or 20% of diet DM tion relative to corn oil. of DGS on the feeding value of DGS with WDGS, resulted in similar or Two metabolism trials evaluated products. improved feeding performance rela- fat digestion of corn, WDGS, and High fat DGS finishing diets (8% tive to the corn diet for individually corn with corn oil diets. Both studies dietary fat) may be fed to feedlot cattle fed heifers. When total diet ether found less ruminal biohydrogena- with improved performance relative extract was increased to 8.8%, with tion of WDGS fatty acids, compared to cattle fed corn. Feeding 8% fat diets either 5% corn oil or 40% WDGS, to corn and corn with corn oil diets. containing corn and corn oil depress- feed conversion was greater for the Steaks from steers consuming WDGS es feeding performance compared 40% WDGS diet relative to 20% had increased proportion of unsatu- to corn fed cattle. The difference in WDGS. The 5% corn oil diet resulted rated fatty acids relative to saturated ruminant biological processing of in depressed performance relative to fatty acids compared to steaks from corn oil and DGS diets is partially due the corn diet. This trial indicated that corn fed cattle. One of the metabolism to the physical form of the fat in DGS 8.8% diet fat from 5% corn oil was studies also evaluated CCDS lipid bio- being protected from interaction with detrimental to rumen function. hydrogenation and noted that omasal ruminal microbes. Although CCDS In a second trial, HMC was contents from CCDS fed steers were fatty acids are not protected from replaced by 1.3% or 2.6% tallow or biohydrogenated to a similar level of ruminal biohydrogenation, CCDS fat 20% or 40% DDGS in diets contain- saturation as omasal content from does not appear to limit ruminal fer- ing 20% wet corn gluten feed (WCGF; corn, corn oil, and tallow diets and mentation like diets with corn oil. The Sweet Bran®). Feeding performance omasal contents of WDGS fed steers CCDS fat in WDGS partially accounts was similar for all treatments. Maxi- were less satuated than the other for WDGS feeding value being greater mum dietary ether extract was 6.0% treatments. These trials indicate that than corn. and 5.0% for tallow and DDGS, CCDS diet fat is not protected from respectively. This trial indicates that biohydrogenation like the grains frac- 2.6% tallow was not enough saturated 1 tion of WDGS. Virgil R. Bremer, research technician; fat to depress cattle performance with A finishing trial evaluated feeding Galen E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. 20% WCGF diets. Klopfenstein, professor, University of Nebraska– 35% of diet DM as wet distillers grains A third finishing trial evaluated Lincoln Department of Animal Science.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 47 Comparing Different Drying Methods for Distillers Grains and its Effects on Feedlot Cattle Performance

Brandon L. Nuttelman Procedure resulting in ~ 48.0% DM distillers Will A. Griffin grains. As a result there were three Galen E. Erickson Green Plains Renewable Energy, types where solubles were not dried, Terry J. Klopfenstein1 Inc. produced five different distillers and there were two types with solu- grains by changing the timing of dry- bles dried onto the grains. ing the distillers grains. All distillers Crossbred, calf-fed steers (n = 420; Summary grains were produced during the same 671 ± 46 lb) were utilized to determine An experiment was conducted to week from the same plant and stored the feeding value of distillers grains as evaluate the effect of drying distillers in silo bags prior to the initiation of a result of different drying methods. A grains plus solubles on cattle perfor- the study to eliminate variation in randomized complete block design was mance. The control diet contained no composition of distillers grains. The used with an unstructured treatment distillers grains. The six additional five different types of distillers grains design. Six days prior to the initia- diets contained 35% distillers grains produced were: 1) WDGS — solubles tion of the study, steers were limit fed that were 1) wet distillers grains plus were added to wet grains; 2) DDGS — (2% BW) a common diet consisting of solubles (WDGS), 2) dried distillers solubles were added to wet grains and 47.5% alfalfa hay, 47.5% wet corn glu- grains plus solubles (DDGS), 3) dried then dried ~ 90.0% DM; 3) DDG — ten feed, and 5.0% supplement to elim- distillers grains plus wet solubles at time wet grains were dried with no solubles inate variation due to gut fill. On day of feeding (DDG + Solubles), 4) dried added; 4) MDGSPre — solubles were 0 and 1 of the experiment, steers were distillers grains plus solubles plus water added to wet grains and then dried to weighed and the average of the two- ~ 47.5% DM; and 5) MDGSPost — day weights was used as the initial BW. (DDGS + H2O), 5) modified distillers grains with solubles added prior to drier wet grains were partially dried and Steers were blocked by BW, stratified (MDGSPre), and 6) modified distill- then solubles were added at the same within block, and assigned randomly ers grains with solubles added after the ratio to the partially dried grains to one of 42 feedlot pens (10 steers/ drier (MDGSPost). Cattle fed diets with distillers grains had greater ADG and Table 1. Diet composition. DMI, and lower F:G than the diet with Treatments1 no distillers grains. Diets containing DDGS DDG+

WDGS, MDGSPre, and MDGSPost had CON WDGS DDGS +H2O MDGSPre MDGSPost Solubles lower F:G than other treatments. Drying HMC 43.4 25.9 25.9 25.9 25.9 25.9 25.9 of solubles had little impact on the feed- DRC 43.4 25.9 25.9 25.9 25.9 25.9 25.9 ing value of distillers grains. Distillers Grains — 33.0 35.0 35.0 33.0 35.0 28.0 Solubles — 2.1 — — 2.1 — 7.0 Sorghum Silage 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 Introduction Grass Hay 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.1 Supplement2 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Drying distillers grains plus solubles 1CON — Control diet with no distillers grains. WDGS — Wet distillers grains included at 35% of Diet had a negative impact on the feeding DM. DDGS — Dry distillers grains with solubles added to grains prior to the dryer. DDGS+H2O — value of distillers grains in feedlot di- Dried distillers grains with soluble added to grains prior to the dryer and H2O added at time of feeding ets (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, to reconstitute DDGS to same DM as MDGSPre and MDGSPost. MDGSPre — Modified distillers grains with soluble added to grains prior to the dryer. MDGSPost — Modified distillers grains with pp. 50-52). Although distillers grains solubles added to grains post dryer. DDG+Solubles — Dried distillers grains with solubles added to are produced from a different milling grains at time of feeding (~ 80% grains and 20% solubles DM). process, research with corn bran (2002 2Supplements were formulated to provide 330 mg/head/day of Rumensin; 90 mg/head/day of Tylosin. Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 72) suggests that drying distillers grains Table 2. Nutrient composition of distillers grains. may not alter the feeding value in feed- Type of distillers grains1 lot diets, but drying the solubles onto the distillers grains may negatively WDGS DDGS DDG MDGSPre MDGSPost Solubles affect the feeding value of distillers CP, % 33.5 31.8 34.6 31.3 32.3 25.9 Fat, % 12.2 11.5 7.5 12.2 12.8 21.7 grains plus solubles. Distillers grains NDF, % 37.8 36.9 47.1 35.9 36.6 — and distillers solubles are produced as S, % 0.76 0.77 0.63 0.70 0.84 1.26 separate feeds during ethanol produc- 1CON — Control diet with no distillers grains. WDGS — Wet distillers grains included at 35% of Diet tion. Therefore, the objective of this DM. DDGS — Dry distillers grains with solubles added to grains prior to dryer. DDGS+H2O —Dried study was to determine if drying sol- distillers grains with solubles added to grains prior to the dryer and H2O added at time of feeding to ubles onto distillers grains affects the reconstitute DDGS to same DM as MDGSPre and MDGSPost. MDGSPre — Modified distillers grains with solubles added to grains prior to the dryer. MDGSPost — Modified distillers grains with solubles feeding value of distillers grains plus added to grains post dryer. DDG+Solubles — Dried distillers grains with solubles added to grains at solubles included in feedlot diets. time of feeding (~ 80% grains and 20% solubles DM).

CON WDGS DDGS DDGS+H2O MDGSPre MDGSPost DDG+Solubles SEM P-value Performance Initial BW, lb 691 692 690 689 690 692 690 1 0.34 Final BW, lb2 1268a 1370b 1346b 1356b 1370b 1372b 1374b 11 < 0.01 ADG, lb 3.09a 3.63b 3.51b 3.58b 3.64b 3.64b 3.66b 0.06 b < 0.01 DMI, lb/d 20.4a 21.8b 22.5bc 22.4b 22.1b 22.4b 23.4c 0.4 < 0.01 Feed:gain3 6.61a 6.01d 6.40 ab 6.22bc 6.08cd 6.13cd 6.40 ab 0.01 < 0.01 Carcass Characteristics HCW, lb 799a 863b 848b 856b 863b 864b 866b 7 < 0.01 Marbling Score4 509 539 545 539 529 523 551 13 0.32 12th rib fat, in. 0.43a 0.58b 0.56b 0.55b 0.56b 0.55b 0.55b 0.04 0.02 LM, area in.2 12.7 13.0 12.9 12.8 13.0 12.9 13.3 1.2 0.38 a,b,c,dMeans with different superscripts differ (P < 0.05) for treatments. 1CON — Control diet with no distillers grains. WDGS — Wet distillers grains included at 35% of Diet DM. DDGS — Dry distillers grains with soluble added to grains prior to the dryer. DDGS+H2O — Dried distillers grains with solubles added to grains prior to the dryer and H2O added at time of feeding to reconstitute DDGS to same DM as MDGSPre and MDGSPost. MDGSPre — Modified distillers grains with solubles added to grains prior to the dryer. MDGSPost — Modi- fied distillers grains with solubles added to grains post dryer. DDG+Solubles — Dried distillers grains with solubles added to grains at time of feeding (~ 80% grains and 20% solubles DM). 2 Calculated from hot carcass weight, adjusted to a common dressing percentage of 63.0%. 3 Analyzed as gain:feed, reciprocal of feed conversion. 4 Marbling score: 400 = Slight0; 450 = Slight50; 500 = Slight0, etc. pen). Pens were assigned randomly to ing percentage of 63% was used to cal- Cattle on distillers grains diets one of seven treatments. Treatments culate carcass adjusted performance gained more, and as a result had are presented in Table 1 and consisted to determine final BW, ADG, and F:G. heavier HCW (P < 0.01). Cattle fed of: 1) corn-based control (CON); 2) Performance and carcass data were diets containing distillers grains were WDGS; 3) MDGSPre; 4) MDGSPost; analyzed using the MIXED procedure fatter at harvest than CON (P = 0.02).

5) DDGS; 6) DDGS + H2O; and 7) of SAS. The model included block and There were no differences for mar- DDG + Solubles. Distillers grains were dietary treatment. Pen was the experi- bling score or LM area (P > 0.32). included in the diet at 35% of the diet mental unit (6 pens/treatment). Dif- Drying distillers grains had a nega- DM. Water was added to DDGS to ferences were considered significant tive effect on the feeding value. How- bring the ingredient DM equal to the when P < 0.05. ever, contrary to the hypothesis, the MDGSPost. Solubles that were added addition of solubles to dried distillers to DDG were sampled and analyzed for Results grains at the time of feeding did not fat content (Table 2). Solubles inclusion change the feeding value compared level was adjusted according to differ- Cattle growth performance and to DDGS. In addition, drying the ences in fat level between loads so the carcass characteristics are presented in solubles for MDGSPre did not affect fat portion from DDG + Solubles was Table 3. Cattle fed distillers grains were the feeding value when compared to similar to DDGS. Due to difficulties heavier than CON (P < 0.01). Average MDGSPost where the solubles were at the plant at the time of making the daily gain was similar for cattle on not dried onto the grains. products, 100% of the solubles could diets containing distillers grains, These data suggest drying the solu- not be added to WDGS and MDG- but was less for CON (P < 0.01). Dry bles does not alter the feeding value of SPre. Therefore, solubles were added to matter intake was different between distillers grains plus solubles. Adding WDGS and MDGSPre at the time of diets (P < 0.01). Steers fed CON had the water to DDGS did not change F:G feeding and consisted of 32.9% grains lowest DMI, and DDG + Solubles had when compared to DDGS without and 2.1% solubles. Corn consisted of the greatest DMI, but was not different water, suggesting that the increased a 1:1 ratio of high-moisture:dry-rolled from DDGS. There were no differences feeding value of WDGS compared to corn, and all diets contained 4.1% between the remaining distillers grains DDGS is more than just the benefits grass hay, 4.1% sorghum silage, and for DMI. Cattle on WDGS had the of added moisture in the diet. In con- 5.0% supplement. lowest F:G, but were not different from clusion, drying distillers grains plus Steers were implanted on day steers fed MDGSPre or MDGSPost solubles does have a negative impact 1 of the study with Revalor-XS. (P > 0.23). Both MDGSPre and on the feeding value in feedlot diets Cattle were on feed for 187 days and MDGSPost gained as efficiently as when compared to WDGS. Drying the slaughtered at a commercial abbotair DDGS + H2O, but were different from solubles onto distillers grains does not (Greater Omaha Pack, Omaha, Neb.). CON, DDGS, and DDG + Solubles explain this change in feeding value. Hot carcass weights and liver scores (P < 0.03). Feed conversion tended were collected on the day of slaughter. to be greater for CON compared to 1 Brandon L. Nuttelman, research Following a 48-hour chill, USDA mar- DDGS and DDG + Solubles (P = 0.07), technician; Will A. Griffin, research technician; bling score, 12th rib fat depth, and LM but was not different for DDGS and Galen E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. area were recorded. A common dress- DDG + Solubles (P = 0.99). Klopfenstein, professor, University of Nebraska– Lincoln Department of Animal Science.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 49 Comparing Dry, Wet, or Modified Distillers Grains Plus Solubles on Feedlot Cattle Performance

Brandon L. Nuttelman milling process on feedlot cattle per- Basal ingredients consisted of a Will A. Griffin formance by feeding WDGS, MDGS, high-moisture and dry-rolled corn Josh R. Benton and DDGS in the same study. blend (HMC:DRC) fed at a 60:40 ratio Galen E. Erickson (DM basis), 15% corn silage, and 5% Terry J. Klopfenstein1 Procedure dry supplement (DM basis; Table 1). Distillers grains replaced HMC:DRC. Crossbred, yearling steers (n = Steers were adapted to the finishing diet Summary 440; 778 ± 42 lb) were utilized in a by feeding 37.5%, 27.5%, 17.5%, and randomized complete block design. 7.5% alfalfa hay (DM basis), replaced Three types of distillers grains (DG): Treatments were arranged in a 3 x with HMC:DRC for 3, 4, 7, and 7 days, 1) wet distillers grains plus solubles 3 + 1 factorial treatment structure, respectively. The supplements for diets (WDGS), 2) dried distillers grains with three types of distillers grains containing 20% DG contained urea at plus solubles (DDGS), or 3) modified (DG), three inclusions of DG (20%, 0.47% of the diet to ensure there was distillers grains plus solubles (MDGS), 30%, or 40% diet DM), and a nega- not a deficiency in degradable intake included at 3 levels: 20%, 30%, or 40% tive corn-based control (CON). Steers protein. All diets were formulated to the diet DM, and a corn-based control were blocked by BW, stratified within provide a minimum of 13.0% CP, 0.6% compared the effect of drying distillers block, and assigned randomly to Ca, 0.25% P, and 0.6% K. Supplements grains on feedlot performance. Type of pen (55 pens; 8 steers/pen). Pens for all diets were formulated to provide DG had no effect on ADG (P = 0.30), were assigned randomly to one of 10 360 mg/steer daily of monensin (Ru- but DMI increased for MDGS and treatments. The CON treatment was mensin, Elanco Animal Health), 90 mg/ DDGS compared to WDGS (P < 0.01). repeated within replication (10 repli- steer daily of tylosin (Tylan, Elanco Ani- Therefore, F:G was improved for WDGS cations), whereas all other treatments mal Health), and 150 mg of thiamine (P < 0.01) compared to MDGS and had 5 replications. per steer daily. DDGS. Gain was greater and F:G was lower when DG were fed compared to Table 1. Nutrient composition of wet, modified, and dry distillers grains. the corn control. The feeding value of WDGS1 MDGS1 DDGS1 WDGS was 35.4% and 17.8% greater % CP 31.1 31.0 30.9 than DDGS and MDGS, respectively. % Sulfur 0.81 0.70 0.71 The feeding value was 45.7%, 26.5%, % Fat 11.9 12.4 11.9 and 9.3% more than corn for WDGS, % NDF 34.1 34.4 32.3 MDGS, and DDGS, respectively. 1WDGS = wet distillers grains plus solubles; MDGS = modified distillers grains plus solubles; DDGS = dried distillers grains plus solubles. Introduction

Table 2. Main effects of type of distillers grains on cattle performance and carcass characteristics. A University of Nebraska–Lincoln 1 pen mean meta-analysis (2011 Type of Distillers Grains Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 40- WDGS MDGS DDGS SEM P-value 41) determined a feeding value for Performance wet distillers grains plus solubles Initial BW, lb 767 767 768 1 0.83 (WDGS), modified distillers grains Final BW, lb2 1400 1409 1392 10 0.51 a b b plus solubles (MDGS), and dried dis- DMI, lb/day 24.8 26.4 27.1 0.07 < 0.01 ADG, lb 4.11 4.17 4.05 0.3 0.30 tillers grains plus solubles (DDGS) F:G3 6.06a 6.33b 6.67c 0.01 < 0.01 relative to dry-rolled corn (DRC) in feedlot diets. The feeding value for Carcass Characteristics HCW, lb 882 887 877 6 0.52 WDGS is 143 - 130%, 124 - 117% 12th rib fat, in 0.63 0.64 0.60 0.1 0.15 for MDGS, and 112% for DDGS. Marbling Score4 610 599 602 9 0.69 However, little research has been LM area, in2 13.3 13.2 13.4 0.15 0.50 conducted comparing WDGS, DDGS, a,b,cMeans with different superscripts differ (P < 0.05). and MDGS in the same study. There- 1WDGS = wet distillers grains plus solubles; MDGS = modified distillers grains plus solubles; DDGS = fore, the objective of this study was to dried distillers grains plus solubles. 2Calculated from hot carcass weight, adjusted to a common dressing percentage of 63.0%. compare the effects of drying ethanol 3Analyzed as gain:feed, reciprocal of feed conversion (F:G). co-products produced from the dry 4Marbling score: 400 = Slight0; 450 = Slight50; 500 = Slight0, etc.

Page 50 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 3. Main effect of level on cattle performance and carcass characteristics. Level1 With 0 level2 Without 0 level3 0 20 30 40 SEM Lin Quad Lin Quad Performance Initial BW, lb 800 767 799 738 1 0.34 0.18 0.17 0.13 Final BW, lb4 1319a 1396b 1390b 1413b 15 < 0.01 0.05 0.24 0.25 DMI, lb/day 24.6a 26.3b 25.9b 26.2b 0.4 0.01 0.09 0.74 0.36 ADG, lb 3.58a 4.08b 4.05b 4.19b 0.07 < 0.04 0.04 0.26 0.25 F:G5 6.85a 6.41b,x 6.37b,x,y 6.21b,y 0.01 < 0.01 0.04 0.05 0.48 Carcass Characteristics HCW, lb 831 879 876 890 7 < 0.01 0.05 0.22 0.25 12th rib fat, in 0.50 0.62 0.62 0.65 0.02 < 0.01 0.08 0.12 0.40 Marbling Score6 607 609 599 603 11 0.63 0.99 0.70 0.52 LM area, in2 13.3 13.2 13.3 13.4 0.1 0.74 0.17 0.18 0.68 a,bMeans with different superscripts differ (P < 0.05) for main effect of 0, 20, 30, and 40% distillers grains inclusion level. x,y Means with different superscripts differ (P < 0.05) for main effect of 20, 30, and 40% distillers grains inclusion level. 1% inclusion of distillers grains (DM) 2Contrast for the linear and quadratic effect of treatment P – value with main effects of 0, 20, 30, and 40% distillers grains inclusion level. 3Contrast for the linear and quadratic effect of treatment P – value with main effects of 20, 30, and 40% distillers grains inclusion level. 4Calculated from hot carcass weight, adjusted to a common dressing percentage of 63.0%. 5Analyzed as gain:feed, reciprocal of feed conversion (F:G). 6Marbling score: 400 = Slight0; 450 = Slight50; 500 = Slight0, etc.

All three types of DG were pur- Steers were slaughtered on day Orthogonal polynomial contrasts chased and stored in a separate silo 154 at a commercial abattoir (Greater also were constructed to determine a bag at the feedlot prior to the initia- Omaha Pack, Omaha, Neb.). Liver response curve (linear, quadratic, and tion of the trial to eliminate variation scores and HCW were collected on the cubic) to compare the level of distill- in the supply of distillers grains over day of slaughter. Following a 48-hour ers grains against the CON. Proc IML the duration of the study. The DDGS chill, USDA marbling score, 12th rib was used to obtain appropriate coeffi- and MDGS were produced and pur- fat depth, and LM area were recorded. cients for unbalanced inclusion levels. chased from the same plant, and the A common dressing percentage of WDGS was purchased from a differ- 63% was used to calculate carcass ad- Results ent plant. During the bagging process, justed performance to determine final each DG was sampled and analyzed BW, ADG, and F:G. Cattle Performance for CP, fat, S, and NDF (Table 1). The The difference in F:G between the There were no type x level interac- WDGS contained 0.1 percentage units different types of DG was divided by tions (P > 0.16) for the 3 x 3 factorial. more S than either DDGS or MDGS. the F:G of the DDGS treatment and Therefore, the main effects of DG Therefore, calcium sulfate was in- the average inclusion level of DG (30% type, DG level, and DG level com- cluded in supplements for treatments DM) to determine the differences in pared against CON are presented. containing DDGS or MDGS to equal- feeding value between types of DG. ize S intake across treatments that The same calculations were used to Type of Distillers Grains contained distillers grains. calculate the improved feeding value Steers were implanted on day 1 of of each DG compared to the CON Performance and carcass charac- the trial with Component TE-IS, and treatment. teristics for type of DG are presented re-implanted on day 69 with Compo- Data were analyzed using the in Table 2. There were no differences nent TE-S. Cattle were limit fed a com- MIXED procedure of SAS. Pen was observed for ADG (P = 0.30) between mon diet at 2.0% BW that contained the experimental unit and treatments WDGS, MDGS, and DDGS. Steers fed 47.5% wet corn gluten feed, 47.5% al- were analyzed as a randomized com- WDGS had 1.61 and 2.29 lb/day lower falfa hay, and 5.0% supplement for five plete block design. Initially, the 3x3 (P < 0.01) DMI than MDGS and DDGS, consecutive days to eliminate varia- factorial was tested for an interaction. respectively. As a result, steers fed tion due to gut fill. Following the limit If no significant interaction was ob- WDGS had lower F:G (P < 0.01) com- feeding period, steers were individually served, then main effects of distillers pared to steers fed MDGS or DDGS. weighed on day 0 and day 1, and the type were evaluated. Also, orthogonal Cattle fed MDGS tended (P = 0.06) to average of the two weights was used polynomial contrasts were construct- have lower F:G than steers consuming to obtain an accurate initial BW. Feed ed to evaluate a response curve (linear DDGS. There were no differences ob- refusals were collected and weighed, and quadratic) for distillers grains served between type of DG for carcass when needed throughout the trial, and level. If an interaction occurred, then traits (P > 0.15). dried in a forced air oven at 60oC for simple effects of different inclusions 48 hours to calculate DMI. of each distillers type were evaluated. (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 51 Level of Distillers Grains decrease in F:G occurred when DG feeding value of WDGS was 36.0% inclusion increased from 0% to 20% and 17.9% greater than DDGS and Performance and carcass charac- inclusion. Increasing dietary inclusion MDGS, respectively. teristics for level of DG are presented of DG increased HCW quadratically This study agrees with previous in Table 3. First, main effects of 20%, (P = 0.05) and increased fat depth research that found including DG, 30%, and 40% inclusion level are (P < 0.01) linearly when CON was regardless of moisture level, up to discussed and then followed with included. Although there was a dif- 40% of the diet (DM basis) will im- the comparison to CON. There were ference observed in fat depth, the 0% prove F:G compared to corn-based no differences for final BW, DMI, or level had 0.50 in and is a good indica- diets. Also, this study suggests that ADG between 20%, 30%, and 40% tion that all steers achieved acceptable partially or completely drying DG has DG inclusion level (P > 0.24). Cattle feeding endpoints, regardless of treat- a negative effect on its feeding value fed 40% DG had a lower (P = 0.05) ment. There were no effects on mar- compared to WDGS. F:G than 20% DG. Carcass charac- bling score or LM area (P > 0.63). teristics were not different (P > 0.12) Based on F:G, calculated feed- 1 between levels of DG. When compar- Brandon L. Nuttelman, research ing values of DG were greater than ing CON to 20%, 30%, and 40% DG, technician; Will A. Griffin, research technician; HMC:DRC, regardless of type of DG. Josh R. Benton, research technician; Galen there was a linear (P = 0.01) increase The feeding value of WDGS, MDGS, E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, in DMI, quadratic (P = 0.04) increase professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln and DDGS were 45.7%, 26.5%, and in ADG, and linear (P < 0.01) decrease Department of Animal Science. 9.3% greater than HMC:DRC. The in F:G. The increase in ADG and

Brandon L. Nuttelman Table 1. Effects of diet on nutrient intake and digestibility. Kelsey M. Rolfe Treatment1 Galen E. Erickson CON WDGS MDGS DDGS SEM P-value Terry J. Klopfenstein1 DM Intake, lb/day 21.5 20.6 22.1 21.6 1.2 0.83 Digestibility, % 78.0 77.2 76.5 75.2 2.2 0.84 Summary OM Intake, lb/day 20.1 18.7 20.3 19.7 1.1 0.74 Ruminally cannulated steers were Digestibility, % 79.7 79.2 78.4 76.8 2.2 0.81 NDF used in a 4 x 6 unbalanced Latin square. Intake, lb/day 3.4a 4.9b 5.0b 5.4b 0.3 < 0.01 Treatments consisted of a corn-based Digestibility, % 35.8a 55.5b 48.0a,b 51.6b 5.5 0.10 control (CON), wet distillers grains plus Fat solubles (WDGS), modified distillers Intake, lb/day 0.8a 1.5b 1.4b 1.4b 0.1 < 0.01 grains plus solubles (MDGS), or dry Digestibility, % 85.9 89.3 88.2 87.4 2.1 0.73 distillers grains plus solubles (DDGS) 1WDGS = wet distillers grains plus solubles; MDGS = modified distillers grains plus solubles; DDGS = included at 40% of the diet DM. There dried distillers grains plus solubles. a,bMeans with different superscripts differ (P < 0.10) were no differences (P > 0.73) observed for DMI, or for DM, OM, or fat diges tibility. Steers fed diets containing dis- Procedure taken using wireless pH probes placed tillers grains had greater NDF intake in the rumen. Measurements were compared to CON (P < 0.01). There Six ruminally cannulated steers taken every minute and data were were no differences in NDF digestibility (BW = 1,150 lb) were used in a 4 x 6 downloaded at the end of each collec- between WDGS, MDGS, and DDGS unbalanced Latin square to determine tion period. (P > 0.37); however, CON diets had the effects on nutrient metabolism Data were analyzed as a unbal- lower (P < 0.06) NDF digestibility than when distillers grains are dried. An anced Latin square design using the WDGS and DDGS. Average ruminal unstructured treatment design was MIXED procedure of SAS (SAS Insti- pH tended (P = 0.14) to be impacted by used. Treatments consisted of a corn tute, Cary, N.C.). Period was included dietary treatment with steers fed DDGS control and WDGS, MDGS, or DDGS in the model as a fixed effect, and the having a greater pH than steers fed included at 40% of the diet DM. Corn random effect was steer. CON, MDGS, and WDGS, which were fed in all treatments was a 60:40 blend not different from one another. of high-moisture:dry-rolled corn Results and all diets contained 15% corn si- Introduction lage and 5.0% supplement. The feed Data for nutrient intake and di- ingredients were the same source as gestibility are presented in Table 1. Differences in the feeding value the feedlot study previously reported Treatment did not affect DMI or between wet distillers grains plus (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. digestibility of DM or OM (P > 0.73). solubles (WDGS), modified distillers 50-52). Steers fed diets containing distillers grains plus solubles (MDGS), and dry Period duration was 21 days, grains had greater NDF intake com- distillers grains plus solubles (DDGS) including a 14-day adaptation period pared to CON (P < 0.01). There were have been reported (2011 Nebraska followed by a 7-day pH data and a no differences for NDF digestibility Beef Cattle Report, pp. 50-52). The 5-day fecal sample collection period. between WDGS, MDGS, and DDGS previous report indicates the feeding Chromic oxide (7.5g/dose) was dosed (P > 0.37). However, CON diets had value of distillers grains is negatively intraruminally at 0800 and 1600 hour lower NDF digestibility (P < 0.06) impacted during the drying process, daily beginning on day 15 in each compared to WDGS and DDGS. Fat even though the cause of the nega- period to estimate fecal output. Fecal intake was greater for diets containing tive impact of the drying process is samples were collected daily at 0700, DG (P < 0.01); however, fat digestibil- unknown. Therefore, the objective of 1200, and 1600 hour on day 17 to day ity was not different (P = 0.73). this study was to determine the effects 20, composited by period, and ana- Rumen pH data are presented in of drying distillers grains on intake lyzed for chromium content to deter- Table 2. Average ruminal pH tended and digestibility of the DM, OM, mine nutrient digestibility. Steers were to be impacted (P = 0.14) by dietary NDF, and fat, as well as ruminal pH fed once daily at 0800 hours and feed treatment with steers fed DDGS hav- measurements by evaluating WDGS, refusals were collected at this time. ing a greater pH (P < 0.09) than steers MDGS, and DDGS compared to corn. Continuous pH measurements were (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 53 fed CON, MDGS, and WDGS, which Table 2. Effects of diet on ruminal pH. were not different from one another Treatment1 (P > 0.73). Minimum pH was greatest CON WDGS MDGS DDGS SEM P-value for DDGS (P < 0.01). Diets containg WDGS and MDGS were not different, Average pH 5.73 5.70 5.69 5.92 0.08 0.14 Maximum pH 6.53 6.42 6.36 6.87 0.07 0.29 but WDGS was greater than CON Minimum pH 5.05a 5.16b 5.13a,b 5.36c 0.07 < 0.01 (P = 0.06). Maximum pH was not dif- pH Magnitude 1.46 1.29 1.20 1.16 0.13 0.27 ferent between diets (P = 0.29). Time pH Variance 0.139 0.087 0.096 0.097 0.019 0.11 below pH 5.6, pH magnitude, and pH Time < 5.6, min/day 496 695 560 309 127 0.23 a b a a variance were not different between Area < 5.6 106 224 128 106 38 0.02 treatments (P > 0.11). Diets contain- 1WDGS = wet distillers grains plus solubles; MDGS = modified distillers grains plus solubles; DDGS = ing WDGS had a greater area of pH dried distillers grains plus solubles. a,bMeans with different superscripts differ (P < 0.10) below 5.6 compared to CON, MDGS, and DDGS (P = 0.02). The lack of difference for intake Report, pp. 50-52). Minor differences and digestibility of DM, OM, NDF, in pH measurements do not explain and fat intake and digestibility differences in feeding value either. 1Brandon L. Nuttelman, research between WDGS, MDGS, and DDGS Additional research needs to be con- technician; Kelsey M. Rolfe, research technician; Galen E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. does not explain the difference in the ducted to determine why the energy Klopfenstein, professor, University of Nebraska– feeding value observed in the feed- value of DG is negatively affected dur- Lincoln Department of Animal Science. lot study (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle ing the drying process.

Page 54 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Effect of Feeding More Than 70% Wet Distillers Grains Plus Solubles On Feedlot Cattle Performance

Amy R. Rich Procedure Neb.). Hot carcass weights (HCW) Galen E. Erickson and liver scores were collected on the Terry J. Klopfenstein A finishing study was conducted day of slaughter. After a 48-hour chill, Matt K. Luebbe using 336 crossbred steers (BW = 741 LM area, 12th rib fat thickness, and Josh R. Benton ± 20 lb) that were assigned randomly USDA marbling scores were recorded. Will A. Griffin (8 steers/pen) in a randomized com- USDA yield grade (YG) was calculated Darrell R. Mark1 plete block design. Two consecutive from HCW, fat depth, LM area and day individual weights were collected an assumed 2.5% kidney, pelvic, and for initial BW. Cattle were stratified heart fat (KPH). A common dressing Summary by BW within respective weight block percentage (63%) was used to calcu- and assigned randomly to 42 pens. late carcass adjusted performance of A finishing trial evaluated effects of Seven treatments included: 1) control final BW, ADG, and feed efficiency. feeding greater than 70% wet distillers (CON) of 85% dry-rolled corn (DRC), Weekly feed samples were taken grains plus solubles (WDGS) on feedlot 4.7% wheat straw, and 5.0% molasses; for DM analysis using a 60̊ forced air cattle performance. The WDGS was fed 2) (40-5) 40% WDGS, 50.3% DRC, oven for 48-hours. Composite samples at 40, 70, 77, and 85% of diet dry mat- and 4.7% wheat straw, ; 3) (70-8) 70% for each ingredient over the feeding ter (DM), while roughage levels ranged WDGS, 16.8% DRC, and 8.2% wheat period were analyzed for CP, fat, and from 5 to 25% across treatments. Larger straw; 4) (77-9) 77.5% WDGS, 8.4% sulfur (S). ADG and G:F were observed with 40% DRC, and 9.1% wheat straw; 5) (85-10) WDGS and 5% roughage. Higher levels 85% WDGS and 10% wheat straw; 6) Finishing Economics of WDGS were successfully fed with levels (77-17) 77.5% WDGS and 17.5% wheat Budgets were created for all seven of roughage above 8% but the diets were straw; 7) (70-25) 70% WDGS and 25% diets using the average 2008 five-area less profitable than the 40% WDGS diet. wheat straw all on a DM basis. Table 1 yearly weighted direct slaughter steer provides DM, fat, CP, and S of WDGS live price from USDA Market News Introduction used in this trial. All diets contained Service ($93.13/cwt). Initial steer price a supplement at 5.0%, which was to was calculated as the average initial Replacing corn up to 50% of diet keep the Ca:P ratio at a minimum of BW of pens multiplied by $126.39/ DM as WDGS resulted in superior 1.2 to 1. Supplements also were for- cwt to make the CON steers profit performance compared to cattle fed mulated to provide Rumensin at 30 equal zero. The price of corn was set 0% WDGS (2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle g/ton DM , Tylan at 90 mg/steer/day, at $3.50/bu, WDGS price was constant Report, pp. 61-62). The feeding value and thiamine at 130 mg/steer/day. at 85% the price of corn, and wheat was consistently greater for WDGS up An adaptation period of 21 days straw was constant at $72.70/DM ton to 50% of diet DM, compared to corn. was utilized and steers received (delivered and processed). Yardage Incidences of polioencephalomalacia Revelor-XS on day 1 of the feeding was charged at $0.40 per steer daily (polio) increased slightly when cattle trial. Steers on treatments CON, 40-5, with health and processing costs of were fed diets above 0.46% sulfur and 70-8, and 77-17 were fed for 183 days, $20 per steer and a death loss of 1.5%. dramatically increased when greater from November to May, and steers Interest was estimated as 8.0% for than 0.56% with roughages at 5-7% on treatments 85-10, 77-17, and 70-25 feed costs and initial steer cost. Total (2009, Nebraska Beef Report, pp. 79- were fed for 225 days, from November production costs included total feed 80; 2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, to June, to achieve similar final BW. costs with interest; all health, process- pp. 68-69). Polio risk is decreased Steers were harvested at a commercial ing, and death loss costs; and initial when roughage level is maintained or abattoir (Greater OmahPack, Omaha, (Continued on next page) increased in the ration. Another trial (2009, Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. Table 1. Composition of diets. 76-78) determined effects of feeding Corn No corn WDGS with or without corn on feed- Ingredient Con 40-5 70-8 77-9 85-10 77-17 70-25 lot performance. The objectives of our WDGS1 — 40 70 77-5 85 77.5 70 study were to evaluate the effects of DRC2 85 50.3 16.8 8.4 — — — Wheat straw 4.7 4.7 8.2 9.1 10 17.5 25 feeding increased amounts of WDGS % Sulfur 0.11 0.41 0.63 0.68 0.74 0.68 0.63 with typical or increasing levels of % Fat 3.61 7.23 9.66 10.26 10.80 9.90 9.00 roughage on feedlot cattle perfor- 1WDGS = wet distillers grains plus soluble. mance and economics. 2DRC = dry-rolled corn.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 55 steer cost with interest. Cost of gain Table 2. Performance results for treatments. (COG) was calculated by dividing Dietary Treatment1: Con 40-5 70-8 77-9 85-10 70-17 70-25 SEM total finishing cost by average gain Performance per pen. Slaughter breakeven (BE) was DOF 183 183 183 183 225 225 225 — Initial BW, lb 594 595 593 593 595 593 593 9 calculated by dividing the total cost Final BW, lb 1254b 1389a 1261b 1246b 1242b 1282b 1153c 15 of production by the carcass-adjusted DMI, lb/day 22.6b 22.9a 20.2b 19.1c 17.8d 19.1bc 18.2d 0.24 final BW. Profit or loss (P/L) was cal- ADG, lb 3.60a 4.33a 3.65b 3.57b 2.88d 3.07c 2.49e 0.06 F:G 6.25b 5.29a 5.52b 5.35ab 6.17c 6.37c 2.63d — culated by subtracting the total cost of Carcass Characteristics production from the final steer value. HCW, lb 790b 875a 795b 785b 783b 807b 726c 9.62 Marbling score 525a 523a 491b 468bc 457c 467bc 404d 9.12 LM area, in2 12.35ab 12.9a 12.22bc 12.10bc 11.63c 11.75c 11.97bc 0.002 Statistical Analysis 12th rib fat, in 0.42c 0.61a 0.48bc 0.44bc 0.43c 0.5b 0.27d 0.02 YG 3.0de 3.7a 3.4bc 3.2cde 3.3cd 3.6ab 2.5f 0.1 All data were analyzed using 1CON = control diet of 85% DRC; 40-5 = 40% WDGS and 5% wheat straw; 70-8 = 70% WDGS and MIXED procedures of SAS as a ran- 8% wheat straw; 77-9 = 77% WDGS and 9% wheat straw; 85-10 = 85% WDGS and 10% wheat straw; domized complete block design with 77-17 = 77% WDGS and 17% wheat straw; 70-25 = 70% WDGS and 25% wheat straw. pen as the experimental unit. The a,b,c,d,e,fWithin a row, means without common superscript differ (P<0.05). effects of treatment and block were included in the model. Treatment means Table 3. Effect of Inclusion of WDGS on economics when corn is $3.50/bu and WDGS is 85% the price were compared using a protected F- of corn. 1 test and means separation when the Treatments (%DM) F-test statistic was significant. Dietary Treatments1 CON 40-5 70-8 77-9 85-10 77-17 70-25 BE, $/cwt2 93.13 84.18 89.87 89.52 95.42 91.73 101.20 P/L, $/head3 0.00 124.33 54.61 45.02 -28.42 17.97 -93.04 Results COG, $/cwt4 64.00 52.90 55.35 55.94 67.58 61.90 75.02 1CON = control diet of 85% DRC; 40-5 = 40% WDGS and 5% wheat straw; 70-8 = 70% WDGS and Performance Results 8% wheat straw; 77-9 = 77% WDGS and 9% wheat straw; 85-10 = 85% WDGS and 10% wheat straw; 77-17 = 77% WDGS and 17% wheat straw; 70-25 = 70% WDGS and 25% wheat straw. Two steers were pulled from the 2Breakeven (BE) = (initial steer cost ($126.39/cwt) + feed cost5 + interest6 + health&processing7 + trial for respiratory illness, and no yardage8 + deathloss9) / FW. 3 5 steers were diagnosed with polio. Profit/Loss (P/L) = final steer value ($93.13/cwt) – (initial steer cost ($126.39/cwt) + feed cost + interest6 + health & processing7 + yardage8 + deathloss9). Cattle performance data are sum- 4Cost of Gain (COG) = (feed cost5 + interest6 + health&processing7 + yardage8 + deathloss9) / (FW-IW). marized in Table 2. Treatments 85-10, 5Feedcost = DRC($3.50/bu); WDGS ($125/DM ton); Wheat straw ($72.70/DM ton). 6 77-17, and 70-25 were fed for a total of Interest = 8.0% interest applied to initial steer value (initial BW * $126.39/cwt) and to feed costs. 7Health & Processing = $20/steer applied 225 days to achieve similar final BW, 8Yardage = $0.40/steer/d applied where treatments CON, 40-5, 70-8, 9Death loss = 1.5% death loss applied and 77-9 were fed for 183 days. Steers fed the 40-5 had the greatest (P < 0.01) 40-5, least (P < 0.05) for 70-25, and Likewise, COG was greatest for the ADG, F:G, and HCW; however, F: G intermediate for the other treatments. 70-25 treatment, followed by the 85-10, was similar to steers fed the 77-9. Steers Fat depth at the 12th rib was greatest and 77-17 due to these treatments hav- fed 70-25 had the least (P < 0.01) ADG, for the 40-5 treatment, followed by ing lower final BW and extended DOF. F:G, and HCW. DMI was the great- the intermediate treatments and CON The 40-5 treatment has the least COG, est (P < 0.05) for the 40-5 and CON having subtle differences. The lowest followed by the 70-8 and 77-9, which followed by the 70-8 and 77-17 steers, rib fat was observed for cattle fed the were similar, and lastly CON with a 77-9, and lastly the 70-25 and 85-10 70-25 treatment. COG at $64.00/cwt. Treatments with steers. Steers being fed the CON, 70-8, the blend of WDGS and some inclu- and 77-9 had similar ADG, followed Economic Results sion of corn (70-8, 77-9) had greater by steers fed 77-17, then 85-10, which When corn is priced at $3.50/bu and profit, lower COG, and lower breakev- were different (P < 0.01). Steers fed WDGS is 85% the cost of corn, then en prices than the treatments with no CON, 85-10, and 77-17 had similar the 70-25 treatment had the greatest corn (85-10, 77-17, 70-25) or the CON G:F (P > 0.10) but less (P < 0.05) than breakeven value at $101.20. The 40-5 treatment. 40-5, 70-8, and 77-9. However, steers treatment had the lowest breakeven fed 85-10, 77-17, and 70-25 were fed value at $84.18/cwt, followed by the 77- 1Amy R. Rich, graduate student; Galen 42 days longer. Carcass characteristics 9, 70-8, 77-17, CON, and lastly 85-10. E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, also are reported in Table 2. Overall, When CON is equal to zero, the great- professor; Matt K. Luebbe, research technician; 40-5 had the greatest and 70-25 had Josh R. Benton, research technician; Will A. est loss is seen with the 70-25 treatment Griffin, research technician, University of the least marbling scores, LM area, at -$93.04/head followed by 85-10, and Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal th 12 rib fat, and YG when compared to the greatest profit is observed with the Science; Darrell R. Mark, associate professor, the other treatments. Marbling score 40-5 treatment with $124.33 followed UNL Department of Agricultural Economics. was greatest (P < 0.05) for CON and by the 70-8, 77-9, and lastly the 77-17.

Page 56 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Effects Of Feeding A Combination Of Modified Distillers Grains Plus Solubles and Wet Corn Gluten Feed to Adapt Cattle to Finishing Diets

Marco G. Dib for the WDGS treatment initially (2010 brought off pasture following sum- Kelsey M. Rolfe Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 66-67). mer grazing to represent yearlings Jhones O. Sarturi Therefore, the objective of this study that would enter a feedlot. Steers were Galen E. Erickson was to test a combination of modified assigned randomly into one of two Terry J. Klopfenstein distillers grains plus solubles (MDGS) adaptation treatments in a CRD with Ron Lindquist1 and wet corn gluten feed (WCGF), three steers per treatment. One week and evaluate the responses in ruminal before the start of the experiment, pH, intake, H S concentration, in situ the steers were fed 20 lb/day of grass Summary 2 fiber digestibility, and DM digestibil- hay (DM). Table 1 represents diets for Two 39-day metabolism trials were ity when compared to the traditional the SYNERGY and CON treatments. conducted using a combination of modi- forage method of cattle adaptation to SYNERGY steers were fed decreasing fied distillers grains and wet corn gluten finishing diets. The combination of levels of the MDGS and WCGF com- feed (Synergy, ADM) to adapt beef MDGS and WCGF was similar to a bination (87.5% to 30%) while CON cattle to finishing diets (SYNERGY). new feed produced by ADM (Synergy, animals were fed the traditional grain During adaptation, DMI expressed as % Columbus, Neb.). adaptation diets with decreasing forage of BW tended to be greater for steers on from 45% to 7.5%. In both adaptation Procedure traditional grain adaptation with forage schemes, dry-rolled corn increased (up to 57.5%). Cattle were fed ad libitum (CON) compared to SYNERGY during Experiment 1 the first period (steps 1), but was not once daily. Five adaptation diets were different in subsequent adaptation diets Six yearling crossbred steers (BW = used to increase corn with diets fed (steps 2, 3, and 4). Average ruminal pH 891 + 44 lb) with rumen fistula were (Continued on next page) was lower for SYNERGY on steps 1 and 2 compared to CON in Experiment 1 Table 1. Adaptation and finishing diets using a combination of WCGF and MDGS compared to forage with no difference observed in Experi- during the adaptation period. ment 2. No difference in ruminal pH Days fed: 1 to 9 10 to 16 17 to 23 24 to 30 31 to 39 was observed between treatments for Adaptation: Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Finisher steps 3 and 4. Both adaptation methods CONTROL DRC1 20 30 40 50 57.5 resulted in safe ruminal pH and H2S concentrations (<36μmol/L gas). Sig- Alfalfa 45 35 25 15 7.5 MDGS2 18 18 18 18 18 nificant difference was observed for DM WCGF3 12 12 12 12 12 digestibility (DMD) between treatments Supplement3 5 5 5 5 5 during step 1 with higher values for the SYNERGY 1 SYNERGY treatment. DRC 0 14.4 28.8 43.2 57.5 Alfalfa 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 MDGS2 52.5 43.9 35.2 26.6 18 Introduction WCGF3 35 29.2 23.5 17.7 12 Supplement3 5 5 5 5 5 Metabolism and feedlot research 1DRC: Dry-rolled corn. using wet corn gluten feed produced 2MDGS: Modified distillers grains plus solubles. by Cargill (Sweet Bran®; Blair, Neb.) to 3WCGF: Wet corn gluten feed. adapt beef cattle found that decreasing 4Supplement formulated to provide 90 mg/head/day of tylosin, 360 mg/head/day of monensin and 150 Sweet Bran instead of forage is a viable mg/head/day of thiamine. method for adapting feedlot cattle to feedlot finishing diets (2009 Nebraska Table 2. Analyzed nutrient analysis for feeds fed, % DM. Beef Cattle Report, pp. 53-55, 56-58). Analysis MDGS WCGF DRC Alfalfa A metabolism trial has been conducted using wet distillers grains plus DM 62.5 44.1 86.4 87.8 CP 32.5 21.3 7.9 18.6 solubles (WDGS) to adapt cattle, and Ether Extract 11.3 3.3 3.9 0.9 the results suggest WDGS may be used NDF 38.6 54.7 10.4 63.9 instead of forage, but no performance Sulfur 0.81 0.48 0.11 0.29 data are available and DMI was lower Ash 0.06 0.04 0.01 0.09

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 57 Table 3. Experiment1 results for DMI, ruminal pH, H2S production, and total tract DM digestibility for the adaptation period when comparing forage and co-product diets to adapt cattle to a high grain finishing diet. Adaptation 1 Adaptation 2 Adaptation 3 Adaptation 4 Treatments Control Synergy P-value Control Synergy P-value Control Synergy P-value Control Synergy P-value DMI, % BW 2.32 2.05 0.09 2.72 2.37 0.18 2.93 2.67 0.34 2.98 2.79 0.37 Average pH 6.18 5.76 <0.01 6.07 5.75 <0.01 5.89 5.84 0.44 5.62 5.67 0.75 Maximum pH 6.38 6.54 <0.01 6.66 6.32 <0.01 6.52 6.41 0.11 6.27 6.36 0.63 Minimum pH 5.8 5.48 <0.01 5.48 5.4 0.24 5.31 5.36 0.53 5.1 5.26 0.36 pH variance 0.03 0.05 0.23 0.06 0.04 0.17 0.07 0.04 0.02 0.07 0.05 0.04 Area <5.61 6.85 21.44 0.29 6.7 40.3 0.03 51.54 48.8 0.92 191.64 149.04 0.65 Time <5.6, min. 82.3 173.1 0.38 36.55 411.03 0.02 307.29 318.94 0.93 740.43 688.74 0.81

H2S, μmol/L 24.81 13.94 0.2 24.49 6.11 <0.01 31.12 23.51 0.52 36.36 24.05 0.35 DM digestibility, % 57.69 67.96 0.05 1Area under curve (magnitude of pH < 5.6 by minute).

9, 7, 7, 7, and 9 days, respectively. The Table 4. Experiment 1 results for DMI, ruminal pH, H2S production and DM digestibility during last 9-day period consisted of a com- finishing diet. mon finishing diet containing Synergy Treatments Control Synergy SEM P-value at 30% of diet DM. All diets provided DMI, % BW 2.85 2.80 0.11 0.74 320 to 360 mg/steer of Rumensin, 90 Average pH 5.61 5.80 0.19 <0.01 mg/steer of Tylan, and 150 mg/steer Maximum pH 6.23 6.41 0.09 0.13 of thiamine daily. Steers were fed Minimum pH 5.36 5.18 0.06 0.02 pH variance 0.06 0.04 0.006 0.02 once daily at 0800, and feed refusals Area <5.61 170.61 39.67 50.49 0.06 were collected and dried to calculate Time <5.6, min. 731.21 320.29 149.90 0.05 DMI. Intake and pH (wireless pH Area <5.31 26.61 0.18 12.68 0.10 probes) measurements were collected Time <5.3, min. 242.47 8.57 97.67 0.07 H2S, μmol/L 22.44 22.14 12.79 0.98 every minute during the entire study. DMD, % 67.89 70.68 2.77 0.51 Ruminal gas samples were collected 1 eight hours post feeding on the last two Area under curve (magnitude of pH < 5.6 by minute). days of each period, and H2S concentrations were analyzed. Dacron bags (50 Experiment 2 and the residual was used to test for treatment effects. Variables were DMI, mm pore size) containing alfalfa and Six fistulated calf-fed steers (BW ruminal pH, ruminal H S concentra- corn bran were incubated for 24 and 32 = 564 + 30 lb) were used to repeat 2 tion, in situ fiber digestibility and total hours each to determine in situ NDF Experiment 1 for DMI, ruminal pH, tract DM digestibility, for the first digestibility. Chromic oxide (Cr2O3) was and total tract DM digestibility. adaptation diet and the finishing diet. intraruminally dosed at 7.5g at 0700 and The same methods of data collec- 1700 hour daily during the first and last tion and statistical analyses described Results period of the study to determine total for Experiment 1 were applied to tract digestibility. Fecal samples were Experiment 2, except H S concentra- 2 Experiment 1 collected at 0600, 1200, and 1800 hour tion and in situ NDF digestibility were on days 6, 7, 8, and 9 (step 1) and also not measured on Experiment 2. During adaptation, DMI expressed days 36, 37, 38, and 39 (finisher period). Data were analyzed using the as % of BW tended (P = 0.09) to be Fecal composites were analyzed via GLIMMIX procedure of SAS. Steer greater for steers fed CON compared atomic absorption spectrophotometer was considered the experimental unit, to SYNERGY during step 1, but was for quantification of chromium.

Table 5. Experiment 2 results for DMI, ruminal pH, H2S production, and total tract DM digestibility for the adaptation period when comparing forage and co-product diets to adapt cattle to a high grain finishing diet. Adaptation 1 Adaptation 2 Adaptation 3 Adaptation 4 Treatments Control Synergy P-value Control Synergy P-value Control Synergy P-value Control Synergy P-value DMI, % BW 2.33 1.95 0.14 2.68 2.76 0.64 2.93 2.71 0.08 3.15 2.8 0.32 Average pH 6.1 6.61 0.29 6.22 6.15 0.59 6.23 6.13 0.33 6.06 5.95 0.31 Maximum pH 6.75 6.75 0.99 6.88 6.65 0.33 6.92 6.5 0.16 6.87 6.46 0.18 Minimum pH 5.53 6.31 0.19 5.17 5.27 0.88 5.61 5.78 0.13 5.54 5.53 0.95 pH variance 0.24 0.18 0.15 0.27 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.15 0.07 0.27 0.19 0.22 Area <5.61 2.63 5.33 0.49 7.23 4.77 0.71 2 0 0.15 3.54 4.91 0.77 Time <5.6, min. 38.29 108.84 0.28 9.5 6.53 0.73 28.16 0 0.14 52.39 10.22 0.26 DM digestibility, % 57.58 68.64 0.27 1Area under curve (magnitude of pH < 5.6 by minute).

Page 58 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 6. Experiment 2 results for DMI, ruminal pH, H S production and DM digestibility during 2 average ruminal pH (> 5.6). H2S con- finishing diet. centrations observed were always lower Treatments Control Synergy SEM P-value than 36μmol/L gas with the SYNERGY DMI, % BW 3.17 3.08 0.21 0.66 treatment group being less than the Average pH 5.91 6.14 0.06 0.03 CON group. Statistical difference Maximum pH 6.36 6.88 0.05 <0.01 (P < 0.10) was observed for DM digest- Minimum pH 5.47 5.62 0.05 0.05 ibility between treatments for step 1, pH variance 0.18 0.26 0.02 0.03 Area <5.61 6.88 0.96 3.32 0.17 with higher values for the SYNERGY Time <5.6, min. 92.11 19.97 43.87 0.20 treatment, and no difference was DMD, % 56.64 73.07 4.03 0.02 observed during the finishing diet. A 1Area under curve (magnitude of pH < 5.6 by minute). three-way interaction was observed for the in situ DMD for type of feed (alfalfa In situ NDF digestibility (alfalfa) and corn bran), time (24 and 32 hours) and whether incubated in CON or 60 SYNERGY steers. One time was cho- 55 sen (32 hours) to represent the trends 50 observed for NDF digestibility, and it 45 is presented in Figure 1. Corn bran was more digestible during all adaptation 40 periods compared to alfalfa. 35 Con Digestibility, % Digestibility, 30 Syn Experiment 2. 25 DMI expressed as % of BW was 20 greater for steers fed CON compared 1 2 3 4 5 to SYNERGY during the third period, Periods but was not different during other adaptation periods (P > 0.14). Average In situ NDF digestibility (corn bran) pH was only different (P < 0.03) during 60 the finishing period with greater values 55 for SYNERGY (6.14 vs. 5.91). No differ- 50 ence (P > 0.29) was observed between 45 treatments in ruminal pH for adapta- 40 tion 1, 2, 3, and 4. Area and time below 35 Con pH 5.6 were not significantly different

Digestibility, % Digestibility, 30 among treatments during Experiment Syn 25 2 in any of the periods. Variance of pH 20 was significantly different in Adapta- 1 2 3 4 5 tion 3 with higher values for animals Periods fed the CON diets. However, DM digestibility was numerically greater Figures 1 and 2 represent the in situ digestibility during the four adaptation steps and finishing diet for forage and byproduct treatments for alfalfa and corn bran NDF digestibility (32 hour (P < 0.27) for the SYNERGY treatment time frame). compared to CON (68.64 vs. 57.58) during step 1, and significant in the finisher. not different in subsequent adaptation finishing diets containing 30% of the Results suggest that decreasing diets (P > 0.20). Average pH was lower Synergy product. Area and time below inclusio of a combination of distillers (P < 0.01) for SYNERGY on step 1 and pH 5.6 followed the same pattern with grains and gluten feed was as effective 2 compared to CON (5.76 vs. 6.18; greater values (21.44 and 173.10 vs. as the traditional method using forage 5.75 vs. 6.07, respectively). No differ- 6.85 and 82.30) on the second period for adapting feedlot cattle to high- ence (P > 0.44) was observed between (P < 0.03) and lower values (39.67 and concentrate diets. treatments for ruminal pH during 320.29 vs. 170.61 and 731.21) during steps 3 and 4. Average pH was lower the finisher period P( < 0.06) for the 1Marco G. Dib, graduate student; Kelsey (P < 0.01) for CON on the last period SYNERGY compared to CON. Vari- M. Rolfe, research technician; Jhones O. Sarturi, when both treatments were being fed ance of pH was significantly different graduate student; Galen E. Erickson, associate the same diet (5.61 vs. 5.80), suggest- on the last three periods with higher professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor; ing that SYNERGY adaptation treat- values for animals fed the CON diets. University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal Science; Ron Lindquist, ADM, ment may have a positive effect with Both adaptation methods resulted in Columbus, Neb.

Cody A. Nichols pH and ruminal H2S concentration and feed refusal weighed, if present, Kelsey M. Rolfe and concluded that dietary roughage before the 0800 feeding. Wireless pH Crystal D. Buckner level is important in order to mini- probes were inserted before the 0800 Galen E. Erickson mize the risk of polio. The objective of feeding on the first collection day. The Terry J. Klopfenstein1 our study was to determine impact of probes were used to collect continu- source and level of sulfur on ruminal ous ruminal pH measurements every

pH, continuous DMI, and H2S in beef minute. Ruminal pH data were re- Summary cattle finishing diets. corded onto a data logger, which was downloaded before the start of the Five ruminally fistulated steers fit- Procedure 0700 period. ted with rumen gas extraction cannula Gas samples were collected twice plugs were utilized to quantify ruminal Five ruminally cannulated daily (8 and 12 hours post feeding) pH and hydrogen sulfide (H2S) levels crossbred yearling steers (initial on the last three days of each period. produced at different times post feed- BW=739±40 lb) were used in a 5x5 Rumen gas collection was achieved by ing. Diets consisted of 1) 28.5% WDGS, Latin square designed experiment. inserting a 21-inch artificial insemi- 37.5% Sweet Bran®, 4% corn bran, 0% The five diets consisted of 1) 28.5% nation pipette straw into a specially alfalfa hay; 2) 28.5% WDGS, 37.5% wet distillers grains plus solubles equipped cannula plug. Twenty mL Sweet Bran, 7.5% alfalfa, 4% corn bran; (WDGS), 37.5% Sweet Bran (Cargill; of rumen gas was extracted from the 3) 44% WDGS, 44% Sweet Bran, 7.5% Blair, Neb.), 25% dry-rolled corn rumen by use of a 35-mL syringe. Five alfalfa; 4) 50% WDGS, 37.5% DRC, (DRC), and 4% corn bran; 2) 28.5% mL of gas was injected into a 30-mL 7.5% alfalfa; and 5) 87.5% Sweet Bran, WDGS, 37.5% Sweet Bran, 17.5% glass serum bottle with a rubber stop- 7.5% Aafalfa. Dry matter intake was DRC, 7.5% alfalfa, and 4% corn bran; per. The rumen gas samples were later different (P = 0.05) across treatments. 3) 44% WDGS, 44% Sweet Bran, and analyzed for H2S. This process was Steers fed diets containing 44% WDGS 7.5% alfalfa; 4) 50% WDGS, 37.5% replicated six times per animal. and 44% Sweet Bran had greater DRC, and 7.5% alfalfa; and 5) 87.5% Data were analyzed as a 5x5 Latin

(P < 0.01) levels of H2S compared to Sweet Bran and 7.5% alfalfa (DM square using the Glimmix procedure other diets; however, cattle fed 87.5% basis; Table 1). All diets included 5% of SAS (SAS Institute, Cary, N.C.). Sweet Bran produced less (P < 0.05) supplement which provided 30 g/ton Animal was treated as a random effect

H2S compared to the other four dietary Rumensin (Elanco Animal Health; with treatment being a fixed effect. treatments. Greenfield, Ind.), 90 mg/steer daily Tylan (Elanco Animal Health), and Results Introduction 130 mg/steer daily thiamine. Steers were fed for ad libitum intake once Dry matter intake was significantly In past finishing studies, feedlot daily at 0800. Periods were 14 days impacted by dietary treatments cattle fed diets containing corn mill- long with an 11 day adaptation to the (P = 0.05; Table 2). Steers fed Diet 2 ing byproducts with dietary sulfur diet and a 3 day collection period. (28.5% WDGS, 37.5% Sweet Bran, levels of 0.45% (2010 Journal of Ani- Steers were housed in individual 7.5% alfalfa) consumed more feed mal Science, 88:1061-1072) and 0.48% pens with bunks suspended from load (24.8 lb) compared to cattle fed Diet (Wilken et al., 2009 Nebraska Beef cells. Feed amounts were determined 3 (22.5 lb; 44% WDGS, 44% Sweet Report, pp. 76-78) have been shown to induce polioencephalomalacia (polio); however, other diets with Table 1. Diet compositions and dietary sulfur level of experimental diets (DM basis). similar % sulfur did not. A summary Item Diet 1 Diet 2 Diet 3 Diet 4 Diet 5 of byproduct research (Vanness et al., WDGS 28.5 28.5 44.0 50.0 0 2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. Sweet Bran® 37.5 37.5 44.0 0 87.5 79-80) conducted at the University of DRC 25.0 17.5 0 37.5 0 Nebraska–Lincoln concluded cattle Alfalfa 0 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 Corn Bran 4.0 4.0 0 0 0 can tolerate up to 0.46% sulfur with Supplement1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 minimal risk of polio (0.1% polio). Nutrient composition Vanness et al. (2009 Nebraska Beef Sulfur, % DM 0.45 0.46 0.58 0.45 0.46 Cattle Report, pp. 81-83) observed a 1Supplement formulated to provide 30 g/ton Rumensin, 90 mg/head/day Tylan, and 130 mg/head/day negative correlation between ruminal thiamine.

Page 60 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 1 Table 2. Effect of source and level of sulfur on intake, ruminal pH, and H2S . similar diet fed in another experiment Item Diet 1 Diet 2 Diet 3 Diet 4 Diet 5 SEM P-value (Wilken et al., 2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 76-78). Wilken et al. DMI, lb/day 23.5ab 24.8a 22.5b 23.9ab 24.4a 1.56 0.05 Average pH 5.67 5.90 5.96 5.89 6.11 0.13 0.22 (2009) removed four steers from the Maximum pH 6.30 6.55 6.70 6.59 6.69 0.13 0.20 trial due to polio attributed to dietary Minimum pH 5.28 5.38 5.48 5.36 5.61 0.09 0.11 sulfur (0.59%). Similar polio cases pH variance 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.05 0.06 0.58 have been noted for Diets 1 (28.5% Time <5.6, min/day 656.7a 145.1b 150.9b 461.1ab 116.9b 133.5 0.03 Area <5.6, min/day2 90.3 11.3 15.8 84.7 16.8 28.0 0.10 WDGS, 37.5% Sweet Bran, 25% DRC) 3 a a b a c H2S 46.2 48.4 61.1 50.3 32.3 6.81 <0.01 and 4 (50% WDGS, 37.5% DRC). Sulfur, g/day4 48.8 49.9 60.6 49.4 50.3 Both of these diets had similar H2S abcWithin a row means without a common superscript differ (P < 0.05). levels (Diet 1 = 46.2 μmol /L, Diet 4 = 1Diet 1 = 28.5% WDGS, 37.5% Sweet Bran, no Alfalfa; Diet 2 = 28.5% WDGS, 37.5% Sweet Bran 7.5% 50.3 μmol /L); however, Diet 2 (28.5% Alfalfa; Diet 3 = 44% WDGS, 44% Sweet Bran, Diet 4 = 50% WDGS, Diet 5 = 87.5% Sweet Bran. WDGS, 37.5 Sweet Bran, 17.5% DRC, 2 Area under curve is magnitude of pH <5.6. 7.5% alfalfa) also had similar H S 3Values are μmol hydrogen sulfide/L rumen gas collected. 2 4Grams of sulfur consumed per treatment diet per day. levels. No polio cases have been noted for cattle consuming diets similar to Diet 2 (Loza et al., 2005 Nebraska Beef Table 3. Dry matter intake of steer that had to be removed from trial due to polio. Cattle Report, pp. 45-46). Also, the dietary sulfur for Diet 5 (87.5% Sweet Period 3 (Diet 5) Period 4 (Diet 2) Bran) was closely comparable (0.46%) 30.00 to Diets 1, 2, and 4 but produced sig- 25.00 nificantly less H2S (32.2 μmol /L). 20.00 During the course of the study, 15.00 a steer had to be removed from the 10.00 Steer 8435 trial due to polio-related illness. Dur- DMI, lb/day DMI, 5.00 ing Period 4 while the steer was on 0.00 Diet 2 (28.5% WDGS, 37.5% Sweet 4/9 4/10 4/11 4/12 4/13 4/14 4/15 4/16 4/17 4/18 4/19 4/20 4/21 4/22 4/23 Bran, 7.5% alfalfa) the animal began exhibiting signs considered typical of a steer suffering from polio (poor

Bran). Rumen H2S levels were also im- Results from the current study coordination, disoriented, and refus- pacted (P < 0.01) by dietary treatment. indicate H2S level appears to be ing to stand). The steer was removed Diet 5 (87.5% Sweet Bran) produced indicative of the sulfur level of the from the trial, treated for the illness, the lowest (31.6 μmol H2S/L, P < 0.05) diet. However, when steers were fed a and died due to polio (necropsy con- level of H2S compared to the other diet that contained 87.5% Sweet Bran firmed). During Periods 1, 2, 3, and four treatments. Diet 3 (44% WDGS, which had a dietary sulfur level of 4, the steer’s DMI averaged 21.1, 22.5,

44% Sweet Bran) produced the great- 0.46%, the diet promoted lower H2S 24.8, and 12.5 lb respectively. Table est (61.1, P < 0.05) level of H2S com- levels compared to diets that con- 3 represents the steady decline in the pared to the other treatments. Steers tained similar levels of sulfur (Diets 1, steer’s DMI for Periods 3 and 4. Aver- fed Diet 3 (44% WDGS, 44% Sweet 2, and 4). age rumen pH during Periods 1, 2, Bran) ingested 60.6 g/day of sulfur Rumen pH was not affected by and 3 were 5.58, 5.87, and 6.29 respec- which was about 10 g more than that treatment (ave. pH, max pH, and pH tively. Hydrogen sulfide gas was also of the 87.5% Sweet Bran diet (50.3 variance); however, time < 5.6 was collected during periods 1, 2, and 3 g/day). The dietary sulfur level of greater (P = 0.03) for Diet 1 compared and were 72.6, 75.7, and 29.5 μmol/L Diet 3 (44% WDGS, 44% Sweet Bran) to Diets 2, 3, and 5. Diet 1 (28.5% respectively. Unfortunately, H2S mea- was 0.58% (DM basis) compared to WDGS, 37.5% Sweet Bran, no al- surements were not collected at time Diet 5 (0.46%). Treatments 1 (28.5% falfa) was not different for time < 5.6 of polio onset. Also, the diet the steer WDGS, 37.5% Sweet Bran, no alfalfa), compared to diet 4 (50% WDGS). was consuming at the time of the po- 2 (28.5% WDGS, 37.5% Sweet Bran, Area < 5.6 also tended (P = 0.10) to lio insult had not produced polio in 7.5% alfalfa), and 4 (50% WDGS) all be greater for diet 1 (28.5% WDGS, previous feedlot experiments. had the same level (P > 0.05) of H2S. 37.5% Sweet Bran, no alfalfa) com- Dietary sulfur levels were 0.45, 0.46, pared to the other treatments. 1Cody A. Nichols, graduate student; and 0.45% (DM basis) respectively The relatively high H2S measure- for diets 1, 2, and 3. Grams of sulfur ments observed for the 44% WDGS, Kelsey M. Rolfe, research technician, Crystal D. Buckner, research technician; Galen E. Erickson, ingested per day were also relatively 44% Sweet Bran diet may explain professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor similar across the three treatments. some of the polio cases noted for a University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal Science.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 61 Effects of Sulfur Concentration in Distillers Grains With Solubles in Finishing Cattle Diets

Jhones O. Sarturi formulated with wet or dry distillers Cattle were implanted on day 1 with Galen E. Erickson grains with solubles that differ in S Component TE-IS and on day 77 with Terry J. Klopfenstein concentration. Component TE-S, and fed from June Judson T. Vasconcelos 12 to Oct. 12, 2009 (151 days). Cattle Josh R. Benton Procedure were adapted to a high-grain finishing William A. Griffin1 diet over 21 days by increasing intake Cattle Background (starting with 14 lb and increasing 0.5 lb/day until ad libitum ). As levels of Summary One hundred and twenty co-product inclusion were applied, the crossbred beef steers (761 ± 75 lb 4 high (40%) inclusion and control Effect of dietary sulfur on beef BW) previously used in a growth diets were mixed daily, using Roto cattle fed diets containing wet or dry experiment were adapted to electronic mix feed trucks. The control diet distillers grains with solubles (DGS) Calan gates and fed individually the was mixed with the 40% inclusion was evaluated. Sulfur concentration in experimental diets for 110 days. to target the lower (20 and 30%) DGS was either 0.82 or 1.16%. Steers co-product inclusions. Diets and (n = 120; IBW = 761 ± 75 lb) were Feeding and Experimental Design individual ingredients were sampled individually fed ad libitum. Intake weekly. decreased when wet and dry 1.16% S Steers were allocated by weight in DGS were fed. Gain decreased as wet an unbalanced 2x2x3+1 randomized Treatments and Diet Composition DGS that was 1.16% S increased in the block design. Following a five-day diet to 40%. Feeding wet DGS improved limit feeding period (2% BW — Treatments (Table 1) were applied F:G, regardless of sulfur content. Fat bromegrass hay), cattle were weighed as a 2x2x3+1 factorial treatment thickness and HCW decreased as wet on three consecutive days, and design with factor of co-product and dry 1.16% S DGS increased in the stratified by BW based on day -1, and moisture (wet or dry distiller grains), diet. High sulfur DGS reduced DMI and 0. Nine steers were assigned randomly sulfur concentration (0.82 or 1.16% ADG when fed at high levels to cattle, to 1 of the 12 treatments, and 12 steers of DM in the co-product), and co- but it depended on whether fed as wet or were used in a control diet (Table 1). product level of inclusion (20, 30, and dry DGS.

Table 1. Dietary treatments and chemical composition of diets containing wet or dry distillers grains Introduction with solubles, with high or low sulfur concentration in the co-product, and subsequent levels of inclusion. The importance of sulfur levels DDGS1 WDGS1 in beef cattle finishing diets and CONTROL 20% 30% 40% 20% 30% 40% the consequent ruminal hydrogen sulfide (H S) production, due to DDGS from 0.82 or 1.16 % S — 20.0 30.0 40.0 — — — 2 WDGS from 0.82 or 1.16 % S — — — — 20.0 30.0 40.0 the risk of polioencephalomalacia, High-moisture corn 48.0 36.0 30.0 24.0 36.0 30.0 24.0 has been reported (2009 Nebraska Dry-rolled corn 32.0 24.0 20.0 16.0 24.0 20.0 16.0 Beef Cattle Report, pp. 79-80; 2010 Corn silage 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 Supplement 2 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 68- Low-sulfur diet chemical composition, % DM 69). Before dietary sulfur reaches CP 13.1 14.4 14.5 16.1 13.9 13.8 15.1 critical levels for animal health, Fat 4.0 5.6 6.3 7.0 5.9 6.9 7.8 NDF 14.9 19.3 21.5 23.7 18.0 19.5 21.0 animal growth performance also Sulfur 0.13 0.26 0.33 0.40 0.26 0.33 0.40 may be affected. Additionally, since High-sulfur diet chemical composition , % DM dry and wet distillers grains with CP — 15.1 15.7 17.7 14.6 14.9 16.9 Fat — 5.5 6.2 6.9 6.1 7.2 7.6 solubles have different energetic NDF — 18.2 19.8 21.4 17.1 18.1 20.0 values, sulfur effects from these Sulfur — 0.33 0.43 0.54 0.33 0.43 0.54 two co-products may be different. 1DDGS and WDGS = Dry distillers grains with solubles and wet distillers grains plus solubles, respec- Therefore, the objective of our study tively. 2 was to determine the effect of dietary Supplement - There were three supplements for all 13 diets: one for the control, one for 20% DGS inclusion, and one for 30 + 40% DGS. All supplements were formulated to provide 30 g/ton DM sulfur in beef cattle finishing diets Monensin, 90 mg/steer/day of Tylosin, and 150 mg/steer/day of Thiamine.

Page 62 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 28 Measurements and Statistical Analysis 27 Steers were fed individually ad 26 libitum once daily in the morning. 25 Bunks were evaluated prior to feeding and the amount offered adjusted daily. 24 Refusals were removed once a week DMI, lb/day DMI, 23 and subsampled. Dry matter intakes 22 were calculated from DM offered, subtracting DM refused. Final BW 21 was calculated from HCW assuming 20 62% dressing percentage. Cattle were 0 20 30 40 shipped to a commercial packing Co-product inclusion, % DM plant (Greater Omaha, Omoaha, Neb.) where fat thickness and rib eye HIGH DRY LOW DRY HIGH WET LOW WET area were measured through a digital Figure 1. Dry matter intake, lb/day. High and low mean sulfur concentration in the co-product camera device. Since the steers were (1.16 and 0.82%, respectively); wet and dry mean diets based on WDGS and DDGS, fed individually, each animal was respectively. Intake decreased linearly (P < 0.01)when wet 1.16% S DGS (HIGH WET) considered an experimental unit. were fed; decreased quadratically (P < 0.01)when dry 1.16 % S DGS (HIGH DRY) were The factorial evaluation (3x2x2) was fed; and increased linearly (P = 0.02)when dry 0.82% S DGS (LOW DRY) were fed. analyzed using GLIMMIX procedure of SAS. Orthogonal contrasts between the control and other diets also were tested for linear and quadratic effects of DGS level with sulfur concentration and whether wet or dry.

4.2 Results

4.0 Intake linearly increased 3.8 (P = 0.02) when dry 0.82% S DGS was included in the diet, but DMI 3.6 was not affected when wet 0.82%

ADG, lb ADG, S DGS was fed (Figure 1). Greater 3.4 DMI for dry DGS compared to wet DGS suggests dry DGS has lower 3.2 energy content compared to wet DGS. However, regardless of whether fed 3.0 0 20 30 40 wet or dry, high sulfur concentration Co-product inclusion, % DM decreased DMI. Intake decreased linearly (P < 0.01) for wet DGS and quadratically (P < 0.01) for dry DGS HIGH DRY LOW DRY HIGH WET LOW WET that was 1.16% S. Figure 2. Average daily gain, lb. High and low means sulfur concentration in the co-product Gain (Figure 2) decreased linearly (1.16 and 0.82%, respectively); wet and dry mean diets based on WDGS and DDGS, (P = 0.02) when wet 1.16% S DGS respectively. Gain decreased linearly (P = 0.02) when wet 1.16% S DGS (HIGH WET) were fed. was increased in the diet. Feeding greater sulfur decreased DMI and 40% DM basis). A corn control diet either wet or dry DGS. A blend (60:40 ADG for steers fed wet DGS. These (Control: no co-product) was also fed. DM basis) of high-moisture and data suggest drying either changes Co-products were obtained from two dry-rolled corn was replaced as DGS sulfur availability or conversion to different dry mill ethanol plants: as increased. H2S. Other diets did not result in a similar pattern. Steers fed wet DGS had improved F:G with similar ADG (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 63 (Figure 3). A quadratic response 6.9 (P < 0.05) was observed for F:G when wet DGS increased in the diet, with 6.7 the best F:G at 20 and 30%, regardless 6.5 of sulfur content. A linear (P < 0.05) decrease was 6.3 F:G observed for fat thickness as wet and 6.1 dry 1.16% S DGS increased in the diet, while no changes were observed 5.9 for wet and dry 0.82% S DGS diets 5.7 (Figure 4). High sulfur DGS reduces DMI, 5.5 0 20 30 40 ADG, HCW and fat thickness when fed at 40% of inclusion in beef cattle Co-product inclusion, % DM finishing diets, but depends on whether fed wet or dry. Wet DGS HIGH DRY LOW DRY HIGH WET LOW WET improves feed efficiency compared to dry DGS. Figure 3. Feed efficiency. High and low means sulfur concentration in the co-product (1.16 and 0.82%, respectively); wet and dry mean diets based on WDGS and DDGS, respectively; Quadratic (P < 0.05) response for F:G when wet DGS (HIGH WET and LOW WET) were 1Jhones O. Sarturi, graduate student; fed, with the best F:G at 20 and 30%, regardless of sulfur content. Josh R. Benton, feedlot manager; William A. Griffin, research technician; Galen E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor, 0.60 University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal Science; Judson Vasconcelos, former 0.55 assistant professor, Panhandle Research and Extension Center, Scottsbluff, Neb.. 0.50 0.45

Inches 0.40

0.35

0.30

0.25 0 20 30 40 Co-product inclusion, % DM

HIGH DRY LOW DRY HIGH WET LOW WET

Figure 4. Fat thickness, inches. High and low means sulfur concentration in the co-product (1.16 and 0.82%, respectively); wet and dry mean diets based on WDGS and DDGS, respectively; linear decrease (P < 0.05) of fat thickness for wet and dry 1.16% S DGS (HIGH WET and HIGH DRY).

Page 64 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Effects of Adaptation Diets containing Wet Distillers Grains With Solubles or Wet Corn Gluten Feed on Ruminal pH, Intake and Hydrogen Sulfide

Jhones O. Sarturi Therefore, the objective of the cur- a finishing diet containing 35% (DM Galen E. Erickson rent study was to determine impact basis) of each respective co-product. Terry J. Klopfenstein of grain adaptation using strategies In the last period, a common diet Judson T. Vasconcelos based on WCGF or WDGS as mea- containing a 1:1 blend of WDGS and Marco G. Dib sured by ruminal pH, DMI, and ru- WCGF for 35% total co-product in- 1 Kelsey Rolfe minal H2S concentration. clusion was fed (Table 1). Bunks were read once daily prior to feeding, and Procedure steers were fed ad libitum once a day Summary at 0800. Mean sulfur concentrations Cattle Background in the co-products were 0.87% and A grain adaptation metabolism trial 0.49% of DM for WDGS and WCGF, was conducted to compare wet corn Six crossbred beef steers (661 ± 49 respectively. gluten feed (WCGF, Sweet Bran®, Car- lb BW) were received as weaned calves gill) to wet distillers grains with solubles in early February 2009 at the Animal Measurements and Statistical Analysis (WDGS). In both strategies, co-products Science Complex. Animals were ru- were fed at decreasing levels (87.5% to minally fistulated and fed at mainte- Dry matter intakes were calculated 35% of DM). The WCGF step-up strat- nance based on bromegrass hay and based on DM offered after subtract- egy resulted in greater DMI than WDGS a supplement containing macro and ing DM refused. As the bunks were for cattle fed steps 1, 2, and 3. The aver- micro minerals at 2% BW until the equipped with individual load cells, age of ruminal pH was lower for WDGS beginning of the experimental period meal size was also evaluated. On day with steps 2 and 3 compared to WCGF. (May 1). 0, pH probes were calibrated to take

No differences in H2S between treat- measurements at each minute and ments were observed. Both WCGF and Diets, Feeding and Experimental Design introduced into the rumen via rumen WDGS adaptation strategies resulted in cannula, and downloaded at the end safe ruminal pH, DMI, and H2S, even Cattle were stratified and assigned of each period. Ruminal gas samples when S levels were high. to one of the two adaptation strategies were collected on day six and seven in a completely randomized design. of each period, once daily eight hours Introduction The experiment was divided into six post feeding, through devices inserted periods of seven days each. The first via rumen cannula prior to feeding Using co-products containing high four periods consisted of decreasing on day six. Six gas samples were taken energy and low starch content, such as co-products and increasing DRC in from each steer at each time point. wet corn gluten feed (Sweet Bran, Car- the diets. After 28 days, steers were fed (Continued on next page) gill) are a viable adaptation strategy for beef cattle finishing diets 2009( Table 1. Dietary strategy to adapt cattle to finishing diets in a metabolism trial. Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 53-55; Adaptation 2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 56-58) when compared to traditional Ingredients, % Dm Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Finishing Blend 1:1 forage step-up diets. Wet distillers WDGS1 87.50 74.38 61.25 48.13 35.00 17.50 grains with solubles (WDGS) also ap- WCGF 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.50 pear to safely adapt cattle to finishing Dry rolled corn 0.00 13.13 26.25 39.38 52.50 52.50 diets when compared to a traditional Alfalfa hay 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 Supplement2 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 adaptation method (2010 Nebraska WDGS 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.50 Beef Cattle Report, pp. 66-67). How- WCGF1 87.50 74.38 61.25 48.13 35.00 17.50 ever, DMI, ruminal pH, and hydrogen Dry rolled corn 0.00 13.13 26.25 39.38 52.50 52.50 sulfide concentration of cattle man- Alfalfa hay 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 2 aged under WCGF vs WDGS adapta- Supplement 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 tion strategies are unknown, since the 1Adaptation treatment: WDGS and WCGF = decreasing wet distillers grains or wet corn gluten previous studies only compared these feed (Sweet Bran®) to 35% (DM basis) in the finishing diet, and increasing DRC during co-products against traditional adap- adaptation periods. 2Supplement: diets providing 30 g/ton of DM of Monensin, 90 mg/steer/day of Tylosin, and 150 tation methods containing roughage. mg/steer/day of Thiamine.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 65 Hydrogen sulfide concentration was Table 2. Intake, ruminal pH, and hydrogen sulfide during the adaptation period: STEP 1. analyzed with a spectrophotometer. Treatments1 As each period consisted of a different Variables – Step 1 WCGF WDGS SEM P-value diet, adaptation strategies were com- Co-product inclusion, % 87.5 87.5 pared within each period individu- Intake DMI, lb/day 17.28 9.24 1.19 0.02 ally, using GLIMMIX procedure of Meal size, lb DM 3.06 1.61 0.26 0.04 SAS. Data were analyzed with day as Ruminal pH a repeated measure for pH and intake Average 6.11 6.02 0.19 0.75 Variance 0.037 0.049 0.013 0.38 data, and values from the last period Time below 5.6, min 211 371 192 0.58 (Blend) used as a covariant for all Area below 5.6, min*pH 19 35 28 0.71 variables. Ruminal gas sample Hydrogen sulfide, μmol/L 2.43 2.98 1.97 0.85 1 Results Treatment: WDGS and WCGF = decreasing co-products to 35% (DM basis) in the finishing diet, and increasing DRC as steers go through adaptation periods.

Steers fed WDGS adaptation strat- Table 3. Intake, ruminal pH, and hydrogen sulfide during the adaptation period: STEP 2. egy had lower (P < 0.03) DMI for steps Treatments1 1 through 3 (Tables 2, 3, and 4). This Variables – Step 2 WCGF WDGS SEM P-value effect may be partially explained by Co-product inclusion, % 74.37 74.37 the fact that during these initial steps Intake the high inclusion of WDGS (87.5%, DMI, lb/day 21.12 15.10 0.33 < .01 74.8% and 61.3 % of DM, respectively) Meal size, lb DM 2.20 2.40 0.04 0.04 Ruminal pH resulted in high levels of fat and sul- Average 5.69 5.39 0.02 < .01 fur, compared to the WCGF strategy. Variance 0.039 0.027 0.010 0.26 Steers fed WDGS adaptation strategy Time below 5.6, min 372 979 83 0.01 Area below 5.6, min*pH 71 167 30 0.12 also showed lower (P < 0.04) meal size Ruminal gas sample during all steps and when fed the fin- Hydrogen sulfide, μmol/L 0.64 0.45 0.11 0.29 isher diets. 1Treatment: WDGS and WCGF = decreasing co-products to 35% (DM basis) in the finishing diet, and Subtle differences on ruminal pH increasing DRC as steers go through adaptation periods. variables were observed after step 2 (Table 3). Steers on the WDGS adap- Table 4. Intake, ruminal pH, and hydrogen sulfide during the adaptation period: STEP 3. tation strategy had lower pH average Treatments1 (steps 2, 3, 4, and finisher), greater Variables – Step 3 WCGF WDGS SEM P-value time below pH 5.6 (steps 2, 3, and fin- Co-product inclusion, % 61.25 61.25 isher), and greater area below pH 5.6 Intake DMI, lb/day 22.0 19.25 0.46 0.03 (steps 3, finisher, and blend). Albeit, Meal size, lb DM 2.58 2.04 0.51 0.03 both adaptation strategies had safe Ruminal pH pH patterns, as variance was not dif- Average 5.85 5.57 0.02 < .01 Variance 0.041 0.046 0.006 0.49 ferent during the adaptation period. Time below 5.6, min 233 861 78 0.01 Moreover, the pH averages across all Area below 5.6, min*pH 19 153 34 0.08 steps did not deviate much from the Ruminal gas sample average of each respective finisher diet Hydrogen sulfide, μmol/L 10.92 25.45 6.15 0.19 1 (Figure 1), showing a consistent pat- Treatment: WDGS and WCGF = decreasing co-products to 35% (DM basis) in the finishing diet, and increasing DRC as steers go through adaptation periods. tern of ruminal pH for both adaptation strategies. Table 5. Intake, ruminal pH, and hydrogen sulfide during the adaptation period: STEP 4. No differences (P > 0.19) and small Treatments1 concentrations of ruminal H S were 2 Variables – Step 4 WCGF WDGS SEM P-value observed, even for the initial steps of Co-product inclusion, % 48.12 48.12 the WDGS adaptation strategy (Tables Intake 2, 3, 4, and 5), that contained high DMI, lb/day 21.56 19.93 0.68 0.20 inclusion of co-product. Hydrogen Meal size, lb DM 4.28 3.22 0.29 0.02 Ruminal pH sulfide values were not high for the Average 5.67 5.55 0.04 0.07 WDGS strategy during these initial Variance 0.051 0.046 0.005 0.77 steps; because DMI was also relatively Time below 5.6, min 592 858 93 0.14 Area below 5.6, min*pH 81 208 43 0.15 low, S intake was also lower. It is un- Ruminal gas sample clear if S caused the depression in DMI. Hydrogen sulfide, μmol/L 2.42 4.56 2.20 0.57 Regardless, S intake was low despite 1Treatment: WDGS and WCGF = decreasing co-products to 35% DM basis) in the finishing diet, and elevated dietary S concentrations. increasing DRC as steers go through adaptation periods.

Page 66 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 6. Intake, ruminal pH, and hydrogen sulfide during the adaptation period: FINISHER. Both adaptation strategies appear Treatments1 to adapt cattle to finishing diets. Variables – Finisher WCGF WDGS SEM P-value Ruminal pH averages during the Co-product inclusion, % 35 35 adaptation period and the average of Intake the finisher diet of each respective DMI, lb/day 23.30 21.47 0.68 0.16 Meal size, lb DM 4.94 3.57 0.42 < .01 adaptation strategy were similar. Due Ruminal pH to DMI observed in this experiment, Average 5.69 5.49 0.06 0.09 both adaptation strategies showed safe Variance 0.050 0.047 0.003 0.86 Time below 5.6, min 570 996 110 0.07 values of ruminal hydrogen sulfide Area below 5.6, min*pH 92 253 44 0.10 concentration. However, before Ruminal gas sample recommending the WDGS adaptation Hydrogen sulfide, μmol/L 1.73 2.55 1.08 0.68 strategy, this treatment should be 1 Treatment: WDGS and WCGF = decreasing co-products to 35% (DM basis) in the finishing diet, and evaluated in a feedlot experiment. increasing DRC as steers go through adaptation periods.

Table 7. Intake, ruminal pH, and hydrogen sulfide during the adaptation period: BLEND. 1Jhones O. Sarturi, graduate student; Treatments1 Marco G. Dib, graduate student; Kelsey Rolfe, research technician; Galen E. Erickson, professor, Variables – Blend WCGF WDGS SEM P-value University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department Co-product inclusion, % of Animal Science; Judson Vasconcelos, former WCGF 17.50 17.50 assistant professor, Panhandle Research and WDGS 17.50 17.50 Extension Center, Scottsbluff, Neb.; Terry J. Intake Klopfenstein, professor, UNL Department of DMI, lb/day 22.91 23.63 0.35 0.22 Animal Science. Meal size, lb DM 5.20 4.30 0.11 < .01 Ruminal pH Average 5.75 5.72 0.01 0.13 Variance 0.060 0.047 0.013 0.02 Time below 5.6, min 493 414 0.01 < .01 Area below 5.6, min*pH 79 130 8.0 0.01 Ruminal gas sample Hydrogen sulfide, μmol/L 5.66 0.71 0.34 < .01 1Treatment: WDGS and WCGF = decreasing co-products to 35% (DM basis) in the finishing diet, and increasing DRC as steers go through adaptation periods.

7.0

WCGF adaptation strategy Average from finisher diet 6.5

6.0

5.5 pH

5.0 WCGF WDGS adaptation strategy Average from finisher diet 4.5 WDGS

4.0 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Finisher Blend P = 0.75 P < 0.01 P < 0.01 P = 0.07 P = 0.09 P = 0.13 Periods (7 days each)

Figure 1. Daily ruminal pH across all experimental evaluation (42 days). P-values on the “x” axis represent difference between treatments inside of each period.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 67 Effects of Sulfur Content of Distillers Grains in Beef Cattle Finishing Diets on Intake, Ruminal pH, and Hydrogen Sulfide

Jhones O. Sarturi Procedure days for collection. Intakes were cal- Galen E. Erickson culated based on DM offered after Terry J. Klopfenstein Diets, Feeding, and Experimental subtracting DM refused, and analyzed Judson T. Vasconcelos Design for the last seven days of each period. Kelsey Rolfe1 On day eight, pH probes were cali- Six ruminally fistulated crossbred brated to take measures at each min- beef steers (840 ± 68 lb BW) previ- ute, introduced through the cannula ously used in a 42-day adaptation trial Summary into the rumen. Ruminal gas samples were assigned to one of the five treat- were collected on days 12, 13, and 14 ments. A 5x6 unbalanced Latin square A metabolism study was conducted to of each period, once daily, 8 hours design (six steers and five diets) was evaluate dietary sulfur (S) in beef cattle post feeding, through devices inserted used. Steers were fed once daily ad finishing diets formulated with wet and in the ruminal cannula prior to feed- libitum through five periods (14 days dry distillers grains with solubles (DGS) ing on day 12, and H S concentration each), totaling 70 days. Treatments 2 containing low (0.82%) and high analyzed with a spectrophotometer. were arranged as a 2x2+1 factorial (1.16%) S concentration. There was no On day 14, ruminal fluid was col- treatment design, with factors being interaction between moisture and S for lected through a manual vacuum moisture (wet or dry DGS included intake, DM digestibility, or hydrogen pump at 8, 13, and 22 hours post feed- at 40% of diet DM), sulfur (S) con- sulfide (H S). Steers fed low S DGS con- ing, and frozen immediately for VFA. 2 centration (0.82 and 1.16% in the sumed more feed than steers fed high S Chromium oxide (7.5g in gel capsules) co-product for low and high, respec- DGS. Subtle differences were observed was added into the rumen twice daily, tively), and a diet (Match) containing for ruminal pH variables. Propionate every day, and spot fecal samples were wet DGS from high S provided at and butyrate concentrations decreased collected twice daily on the last five 31.44% of diet DM, to match the low S when high sulfur DGS was fed. Sulfur of days of each period to estimate fecal wet DGS treatment (Table 1). DGS impacts intake, VFA, and ruminal output and DM digestibility (DMD). H S concentration. Wet DGS may be Data were analyzed using the GLIM- 2 Measurements and Statistical Analysis more prone to conversion of S to H2S in MIX procedures of SAS. Interaction the rumen than dry DGS. All periods were 14 days, with between sulfur and moisture was test- seven days for adaptation and seven ed. If not significant, the main effects Introduction

In recent growth performance study (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Table 1. Dietary treatments and chemical composition of diets containing wet or dry distillers grains with solubles, and with high or low sulfur concentration in the co-product. Report, pp. 62-64), steers fed high sulfur DGS diets showed lower DMI Ingredients, % DM3 Low Sulfur1 High Sulfur Match2 and ADG, even though total sulfur Wet Dry Wet Dry Wet concentration in the diets was not DDGS — 40.0 — 40.0 — greater than the threshold for polio. WDGS 40.0 — 40.0 — 31.44 A possible hypothesis for this effect High moisture corn 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 29.13 Dry rolled corn 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 19.42 is that ruminal H2S concentration, after being absorbed, can negatively Corn silage 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 Supplement4 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 impact energy metabolism. Likewise, Diet composition, % DM the impact of elevated dietary sulfur CP 16.14 15.12 17.67 16.62 15.62 on ruminal fermentation is unknown. Fat 6.99 7.78 6.89 8.16 6.36 Therefore, the objective of this study NDF 23.67 21.01 21.35 19.12 19.63 Sulfur 0.40 0.40 0.54 0.54 0.40 was to determine the effects of dietary 1 sulfur in beef cattle finishing diets on Low and High sulfur co-products being 0.82 and 1.16% S, respectively. 2Match: Diet containing high sulfur wet distillers grains with solubles, in amount to equal intake, ruminal pH, H2S, and volatile low sulfur diet sulfur content. fatty acids concentration when cattle 3DDGS = Dry distillers grains with solubles and WDGS = wet distillers grains with solubles. are fed wet or dry distillers grains 4Supplements: All supplements were formulated to provide 30 g/ton of DM of Monensin, with solubles. 90 mg/steer/day of Tylosin, and 150 mg/steer/day of thiamine.

Page 68 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. Dry matter digestibility, pH variables and volatile fatty acids of diets containing wet or dry DGS with high or low sulfur concentration. P- values Variables Low Sulfur1 High Sulfur Match2 Main effects Inter. Contrast

Match x Wet Dry Wet Dry Wet Moisture Sulfur MxS Low S Wet Intake, lb/day Dry matter 22.0 24.2 18.9 21.8 19.5 < .01 < .01 0.21 < .01 Hydrogen sulfide concentration, μmol/L of ruminal gas

H2S 7.09 0 17.2 4.95 1.87 0.06 0.13 0.81 0.15 In vivo Digestibility, % Dry matter 70.1 69.3 66.7 69.7 72.4 0.38 0.32 0.16 0.20 pH variables Average 5.72b 5.84a 5.86a 5.75b 5.74 0.37 0.43 < .01 0.86 Variance 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.08 0.1 0.48 0.59 0.16 0.03 Time below 5.63 705a 408b 499b 571a 628 0.76 0.55 < .01 0.48 Area below 5.63 114a 68b 66b 103a 121 0.76 0.55 < .01 0.56 Volatile fatty acids, mMol/100 mMol of total VFA Total, mMol/mL 111.7 115.8 119.5 112.7 119.7 0.50 0.69 0.14 0.19 Acetate 54.3 55.4 55.6 54.7 56.4 0.95 0.89 0.64 0.49 Propionate 22.9 23.9 20.7 21.9 20.2 0.18 0.01 0.92 0.23 A:P ratio 2.41 2.49 2.72 2.60 2.83 0.88 0.13 0.47 0.16 Butyrate 16.9 14.8 18.6 17.0 18.4 0.10 0.08 0.82 0.89 1Low and High sulfur co-products being 0.82 and 1.16% S, respectively. 2Match: Diet containing high sulfur wet distillers grains with solubles, but just in amount enough (31.44%) to target low sulfur diet content. 3Time below pH 5.6, min; Area below pH 5.6, min*pH. were studied. Day was accounted as a of co-product inclusion and more DGS (Table 2), which does not explain repeated measure for pH and intake. corn (8.56%), not dietary S, may cause performance differences. Period was a repeated measure for the DMI effect. No difference was observed for

DMD, and time point for VFA data. A Greater (P = 0.06) H2S concen- acetate molar proportion in ruminal single degree-of-freedom contrast was tration was observed for wet DGS fluid samples. However, steers fed used to compare the Match diet with compared to dry DGS (Table 2). high sulfur diets showed lower low sulfur wet DGS diet. Diets containing wet DGS appear to (P = 0.01) propionate concentration provide greater availability of sulfur and tended (P = 0.13) to show greater Results for microorganism fermentation and A:P ratio compared to low sulfur

subsequent H2S production. This diets. There was no interaction of No interaction (P > 0.16) was ob- observation matches with the lower sulfur x moisture for butyrate concen- served between moisture and S for DMI and ADG observed by steers fed tration. However, steers fed wet DGS

DMI, DMD, or H2S concentration. high sulfur wet DGS in the growth and high sulfur diets showed greater Steers fed dry DGS had greater DMI performance study (2011 Nebraska (P≤0.10) concentration of this VFA (P < 0.01) than steers fed wet DGS. Beef Cattle Report, pp. 62-64). When compared to dry and low sulfur treat- Likewise, steers fed low S DGS con- included at 40% of diet DM, high S ments (Table 2). sumed more (P < 0.01) than steers fed DGS tended (P = 0.13) to increase Sulfur of DGS impacts DMI and high S DGS (Table 2). Similar effects ruminal H2S concentration compared ruminal H2S production, which may for DMI were also observed for steers to low S DGS. be more pronounced with wet DGS. fed identical diets in a growth study An interaction between moisture Ruminal propionate and butyrate (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, and S was observed for average of concentrations were also affected by pp. 62-64). Lower intake observed for ruminal pH (P < 0.01). Steers fed high high sulfur DGS diets. steers fed wet DGS was probably due S wet and low S dry DGS had greater to greater energy for wet DGS com- average pH compared to low S wet and pared to dry DGS. Steers fed high S high S dry DGS. Also, greater time 1Jhones O. Sarturi, graduate student; Kelsey DGS also had lower DMI than steers and area below pH 5.6 were observed Rolfe, research technician; Galen E. Erickson, professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln fed low S DGS. Dry matter intake was for steers fed low S wet and high S dry Department of Animal Science; Judson greater (P < 0.01) when wet low S DGS DGS, but these differences were subtle. Vasconcelos, former assistant professor, at 40% was compared to wet high S at Dry matter digestibility was not affect- Panhandle Research and Extension Center, 31.44% inclusion (Match). Lower level ed by sulfur concentration or types of Scottsbluff, Neb.; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor, UNL Department of Animal Science.

Jhones O. Sarturi Procedure feeder cattle prices were $96.00 and Darrell R. Mark $115.00/cwt, respectively. Death loss Galen E. Erickson Treatments and Experimental Design was assumed to be 1.5% and the cattle Terry J. Klopfenstein and feed interest rate of 7.5% was Judson T. Vasconcelos Data from a growth performance used. A freight cost of $3.50/mile and Virgil Bremer1 study were used for an economic a distance of 35 miles were assumed evaluation. Steers (n = 120; BW = for delivery of DGS. 761 ± 75 lb) were fed in individual Several budget scenarios were cre- Summary bunks (Calan system) for 151 days. ated based on different corn prices They were assigned in a random- ($3.50, $4.00, and $4.50/bu). Co-prod- An economic evaluation of a growth ized complete block design to 1 of uct prices were fixed at 75%, 85%, and performance study (2011 Nebraska Beef the 13 treatments that were based on 95% of the corn price, on DM basis. Cattle Report, pp. 62-64) comparing the combination of: three levels of In each of these scenarios, overall wet or dry distillers grains with solubles DGS inclusion (20%, 30%, and 40% profitability ($/head) and profitability (DGS) containing varying levels of DM basis), fed dry or wet, with low above the control treatment were cal- sulfur was conducted. Diets containing (0.82%) or high (1.16%) sulfur con- culated. As the final BW was different DGS were more profitable than the centration [S] in the DGS. A control among the steers fed different diets, control diets containing no co-product diet was also evaluated with no DGS. the highest average of final BW diet (Control). Wet DGS showed greater All diets contained 5% supplement, was utilized, and extra days calculated profitability than Control and dry 15% corn silage, and a blend of high- to reach this BW were used for all DGS diets. Sulfur content in dry DGS moisture and dry-rolled corn (60:40), cattle. As a result, overall profitability did not affect profitability. Profits were which was replaced by DGS in those and profitability above the control lowest for Control and greatest for wet diets (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle treatment were compared on the same DGS (0.82% S) at 30% inclusion. Low Report, pp. 62-64). final BW. sulfur concentration in wet DGS allows Profit was analyzed using PROC shipment to feedlots further away. Cost Inputs GLIMMIX procedure of SAS (factorial 3x2x2). Orthogonal contrast between Introduction Corn processing cost was assumed the control and other diets was used to be $1.58 and $4.71/ton of DM for to test linear and quadratic effects of Dietary sulfur affected cattle dry-rolled and high-moisture corn, level of DGS. growth performance, even before respectively. Corn silage was based on sulfur levels reached critical levels for corn price (scenario specified below), Results animal health (2011 Nebraska Beef varying from $106.00 to $136.00/ Cattle Report, pp. 62-64). Feedlot ton of DM. Different diets required The Control (no co-product inclu- owners may lose money even when specific supplements for which costs sion) was profitable only when corn polioencephalomalacia incidence is were individually estimated (average price was less than $3.50/bu ($0.86, zero because ADG can be reduced supplement cost = $250.00/ton DM). -$37.55, and -$75.95/head for corn by high sulfur concentration in Yardage cost was assumed at $0.40 price at $3.50, $4.00, and $4.50/bu, distillers grains. The objectives of and $0.45/head/day for steers fed dry respectively). When corn price was our evaluation were to 1) build a and wet diets, respectively (higher for more than $4.00/bu and DGS was deterministic enterprise budget wet diets due to the greater amount priced at 85% or 95% of the corn that evaluates sulfur concentration fed on an as-is basis and more time price, profitability was negative for and level of inclusion of wet or dry feeding). As the treatments did not diets containing dry DGS, regardless distillers grains with solubles for provide any animal health prob- of S content of DGS. Diets containing beef cattle finishing diets, and 2) lems, $25.00/head for processing and wet DGS were profitable in almost all determine how much freight cost can medication was added to the cost for scenarios, except when wet 1.16% S be supported by differences in animal all diets. A typical implant strategy DGS (high S concentration) was fed performance. cost of $5.00/head was used. Fed and at 40% inclusion and corn was priced

Page 70 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Distance (miles) that wet distillers grains with solubles (WDGS) can be shipped to equalize by subtle changes in corn price. profitability of dry distillers grains with solubles (DDGS). Additionally, as expected when 20%1 30% 40% distillers grains price goes up, cattle Sulfur concentration in the co-product Miles Profit3 Miles Profit Miles Profit profit goes down; however, this impact has less importance compared to the Low sulfur (0.82%) 431 4.87 252 21.51 105 34.84 High sulfur (1.16%) 303 15.02 179 24.60 # 2 — effect of corn price. For example, for each 10 percentage units of increase in 120, 30 and 40% = percentage of co-product inclusion (DM basis). co-product price (co-product as a per- 2Wet co-product will not be more profitable than the dry co-product. centage of corn price), around $9.00/ 3 Profit = $/head. head is missed in overall profitability. Again, the shape of the response shown in Figure 1 is not changed, only 80 the magnitude of response. Corn = $3.50/bu DGS = 85% of corn price 70 The greater moisture content of wet DGS influences co-product price 60 at the feedlot due to freight cost. Table 50 1 shows the amount of miles that wet DGS with high and/or low sulfur can 40

$/head be shipped to results in profitability 30 equal to dry DGS. Higher profit- 20 ability can be reached with higher co-product inclusions. The distances 10 in miles that wet DGS can be shipped 0 to provide the same profit of dry DGS 0 10 20 30 40 decrease when high-sulfur wet DGS is utilized, because steers fed high-sulfur Co-product inclusion, % DM diets had lower performance and freight was higher for wet co-products HIGH DRY LOW DRY HIGH WET LOW WET on a DM basis. Figure 1. Overall profit ($/head). Corn price at $3.50/bu and DGS at 75% of corn price. In conclusion, diets containing wet 1.16% S DGS at 40% inclusion was less profitable compared to 0.82% S more than $4.00/bu, and when corn the greatest values were observed wet DGS. High-sulfur content wet was priced at $4.50/bu and DGS at for 20 and 30% inclusion. Steers fed DGS and lower wet co-product inclu- 95% of corn price, in which all diets dry DGS showed linear (P < 0.05) sions (20 or 30%) are still desirable were not profitable. increase in profit above the control as as opposed to using dry DGS. The Based on the assumption that diets the co-product increased in the diet, diet containing wet DGS with 0.82% with no co-product are usually close although lower than wet DGS diets. sulfur at 30% inclusion was the most to the breakeven, due to adjustment Corn price definitely has a large profitable treatment, while the diet of cattle prices, evaluating profit importance on cattle profitability. The containing no DGS inclusion was the above the Control diet may be more exercise using scenarios with increas- least. Low sulfur concentration in wet appropriate. All diets containing ing corn price showed us that each DGS allows shipment to feedlots fur- DGS were more profitable than the $0.50/bu of increase in corn price was ther away from the plant. Control diet. Profit above the Control responsible for $35.00 of decrease in diet for steers fed DGS with 0.82 or overall profitability ($/head). Also, it 1.16% S did not differ (P > 0.05), is important to remember that when 1Jhones O. Sarturi, graduate student; Virgil except when wet 1.16% S DGS at 40% corn price goes up, usually feeder R. Bremer, research technician, University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal inclusion was fed (Figure 1). However, cattle price goes down making posi- Science; Darrell R. Mark, associate professor, in general, steers fed wet DGS were tive adjustments on cattle profit; how- UNL Department of Agricultural Economics; more profitable than steers fed dry ever, the shape of the lines shown in Galen E. Erickson, professor; Judson T. DGS. Feeding wet DGS diets had Figure 1 did not change. Albeit, the Vasconcelos, former assistant professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor, UNL Department of a quadratic (P ≤ 0.05) response for relationship between cattle and corn Animal Science. profit above the Control, in which price usually is not quickly reflected

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 71 Effects of Lactobacillus Acidophilus and Yucca Schidigera on Finishing Performance and Carcass Traits of Feedlot Cattle

Cody A. Nichols Yucca saponins increased ADG (12 steers/pen). Treatments (n = 4; 8 Karla H. Jenkins in feedlot cattle fed high-grain diets replications) were assigned randomly Judson T. Vasconcelos (1982, Western Section, American to pens within weight blocks. Treat- Galen E. Erickson Society of Animal Science, 33:45-46). ments were arranged as a 2x2 factorial Stephanie A. Furman These steroidal saponins come from and consisted of 1) Control (no feed Richard S. Goodall Yucca Schidigera. Other research has additives); 2) Ruma Just (Yucca Schi- Terry J. Klopfenstein1 indicated saponins may increase pro- digera); 3) Nova-Cell (Lactobacillus pionate concentration (1994 Journal Acidophilus NCFM); and Ruma Just of Animal Science, 36:698-709). The and Nova-Cell. Summary purpose of the current study was A 21-day grain adaptation pe- to evaluate the effects of Nova-Cell riod was used, in which incremental A finishing trial evaluated ef- (DFM, Nova Microbial Technologies, percentages of steam-flaked corn re- fects of feeding a direct-fed microbial Omaha, Neb.) and Ruma-Just (Yucca placed alfalfa hay to allow cattle to be- product(Nova-Cell®) and a saponin feed Schidigera, Nova Microbial Tech- come acclimated to the final finishing additive (Ruma Just®) as a 2x2 factorial nologies) alone or in combination on diet. The final diet consisted of 71.9% in steam-flaked corn-based diets con- finishing performance and carcass steam-flaked corn, 7.3% corn silage, taining 11% wet distillers grains (DM characteristics. 3.7% alfalfa hay, 11% wet distillers basis). No interaction was observed grains plus solubles, and 6% liquid between Nova-Cell and Ruma Just (P Procedure supplement (DM basis). The liquid > 0.13). Feeding either Ruma Just or supplement was formulated to provide Nova-Cell had no impact (P = 0.20) on Yearling British x Continental 30 g/ton Rumensin (Elanco Animla final BW, DMI, ADG, or F:G. Neither steers (n = 384; initial BW=721±51 Health; Greenfield, Ind.) and 8.8 g/ Nova-Cell or Ruma Just affected (P = lb) were used in an experiment con- ton Tylan (Elanco Animal Health). 0.10) HCW, 12th rib fat, or LM Area. ducted at the Panhandle Research Diets containing the DFM product Marbling appeared to be improved (P = Feedlot (University of Nebraska– were formulated to provide 500 mil- 0.03) when Ruma Just was added to the Lincoln Panhandle Research and lion CFU/steer daily of Nova-Cell and finishing diet. Extension Center). Prior to the start diets containing Yucca Schidigera were of the experiment, cattle were given formulated to provide 1.0 g/steer daily Introduction Bovi-Shield Gold (Pfizer Animal of Ruma Just. Nova-Cell was stored Health, New York, N.Y.), Vision 7 at 32oF and was applied to the ration Feeding trials evaluating efficacy (Intervet/Shering-Plough, Millsboro, by use of a micro ingredient machine. of direct-fed microbials (DFM) have Del), Ivomec (Merial, Duluth, Ga.), Ruma Just was also added to the diets indicated increases in ADG and Component TE-IS (Elanco Animal during mixing by a micro ingredient decreases in F:G in feedlot cattle, Health; Greenfield, Ind.), electronic machine separate from the machine enhanced milk production in dairy and visual ID along with a UNL hot that applied the DFM product. After cows, and improved health and per- brand. Steers were reimplanted on feeding diets containing Nova-Cell or formance of young calves (2003, Jour- day 55 with Component TE-S. Cattle Ruma Just, the feed truck was loaded nal of Animal Science, 81:E120-E132). were limit fed (2% of BW) a 50% for- with a diet that was to be fed to cattle In the production of DFM, species of age diet for a total of five days before not involved in the current study. This bacteria identified as beneficial to the the initiation of the trial in an effort was done in an effort to eliminate the host animal are extracted from mixed to reduce variation in gut fill at time risk of cross contamination of either cultures of bacteria. Single cultures of weighing. Steers were individu- Nova-Cell or Ruma Just in diets that like Lactobacillus potentially prevent ally weighed two consecutive days were not designated to contain either ruminal acidosis in dairy cows (2002 (day 0 and day 1) after the limit feed- feed additive. Journal of Dairy Science, 85:429-433), ing period to obtain an initial BW. Feed bunks were visually evalu- and reduce fecal shedding of Es- Cattle were stratified by BW within ated each morning and were managed cherichia coli 0157:H7 (2003 Journal of respective weight block (8 blocks) to allow for trace amounts of feed Animal Science, 81:E120-E132). and assigned randomly to 32 pens to remain in each bunk before feed

Page 72 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Finishing performance of steers fed diets containing Nova-Cell and Ruma Just either alone on a live basis which included final or in combination. BW, ADG, or F:G (P > 0.05). Finish- Control Ruma Nova- Ruma Just & Ruma Just Nova-Cell Inter ing performance data analyzed on a Just Cell Nova-Cell SEM P-value P-value P-value carcass-adjusted basis indicated no Pens 8 8 8 8 differences in final BW, ADG, or F:G Steers 96 96 96 96 (P > 0.05). The main effect of Nova- Carcass-adjusted performance3 Cell did not impact (P = 0.20) finish- Initial BW, lb 721 721 722 721 2.03 0.96 0.82 0.52 ing performance characteristics (final Final BW, lb 1357 1370 1366 1368 13.1 0.34 0.87 0.52 BW, ADG, DMI, and F:G). The same DMI, lb/day 23.4 23.6 23.7 23.7 0.30 0.93 0.20 0.88 ADG, lb/day 3.62 3.69 3.67 3.68 0.07 0.27 0.96 0.60 finishing performance data calculated F:G 6.58 6.49 6.57 6.54 0.244 0.304 0.714 on a live basis also indicated no effect Live performance1,2 (P = 0.52) of Nova-Cell on finishing Final BW, lb 1356 1361 1364 1361 13.1 0.97 0.52 0.50 performance. ADG, lb/day 3.61 3.64 3.66 3.64 0.07 0.94 0.57 0.61 F:G 6.59 6.57 6.61 6.63 0.924 0.754 0.474 The addition of Nova-Cell to the finishing diets did not impact P( = 0.86) 1 All BW are shrunk 4% except initial BW. HCW, marbling, or fat depth (Table 2). 2Live performance calculated from live BW on a pen basis collected prior to study initiation and on day of slaughter. However there was a tendency for cattle 3Carcass adjusted performance calculated using 63% dressing percentage for all four treatments. fed Nova-Cell to have slightly larger LM 4P-value calculated form G:F. Area (P = 0.10). Neither Ruma Just nor Nova-Cell impacted calculated YG Table 2. Carcass characteristics of steers fed diets containing Nova-Cell and Ruma Just either alone (P = 0.20). Cattle fed diets containing or in combination. Ruma Just tended to have greater dress- Control Ruma Nova- Ruma Just & Ruma Just Nova-Cell Inter ing percentages (P = 0.06). Feeding Just Cell Nova-Cell SEM P-value P-value P-value Ruma Just had no impact (P = 0.21) on HCW, fat depth, or LM area; however, Carcass characteristics Hot carcass weight, lb 855 863 861 862 8.23 0.32 0.86 0.51 marbling was increased (P = 0.03; 617) Marbling1 605 617 609 620 10.2 0.03 0.92 0.45 for steers in the Ruma Just treatment Fat depth, in 0.58 0.58 0.58 0.57 0.01 0.78 0.89 0.13 group. The difference detected in mar- 2 LM Area in 12.6 12.6 12.8 12.7 0.19 0.21 0.10 1.00 bling due to the supplementation of Calculated YG2 3.55 3.61 3.55 3.56 0.08 0.20 0.27 0.39 Dressing % 63.1 63.4 63.1 63.5 0.32 0.06 0.44 0.96 Ruma Just did not translate to differences in quality grade data. Cattle fed 1500 = Small0, 600 = modest0, etc. 2Calculated as 2.50 + (2.5*fat depth, in) - (0.32*LM Area, in2) + (0.2*2.5 KPH) + (0.0038*HCW, lb) diets containing Ruma Just tended (P = 0.09) to grade better than cattle that did not receive Ruma Just; how- delivery. Cattle were individually quality grades were recorded follow- ever, no significant differences were weighed at the end of the trial. This ing a 48-hour carcass chill. Animal detected. The main effect of Nova-Cell BW (shrunk by 4%) was used to performance and carcass data were also did not impact quality grade calculate live performance. Carcass analyzed using the mixed procedure (P = 0.98). adjusted performance was calculated of SAS (SAS Inst. Inc., Cary, N.C.) as Data from the current study indi- using carcass weights adjusted to a a randomized complete block design cate that Ruma Just and Nova-Cell common dressing percentage of 63%. with pen as the experimental unit. did not significantly impact finishing Blocks 1-4 were on feed for 162 days The Proc Glimmix procedure of SAS performance. However, the addi- while blocks 5-8 were on feed for 189 was used for determining the quality tion of Ruma Just to finishing diets days. grade distribution. appeared to increase marbling. Cattle were slaughtered at a commercial abbatoir (Cargill Meat Solu- Results tions, Fort Morgan, Colo.) on two 1Cody A. Nichols, graduate student; Galen different dates. Carcass data were col- No significant interactions between E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, lected by trained professionals from Nova-Cell and Ruma Just were de- professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln Diamond T Livestock Services (Yuma, tected for the finishing performance Department of Animal Science; Karla H. Jenkins, assistant professor; Stephanie A. Colo.). Hot carcass weight and liver and carcass characteristic data. There Furman, research manager, Panhandle Research score data were collected on the day of were no differences in DMI due to and Extension Center, Scottsbluff, Neb.; slaughter. Carcass 12th rib fat, prelim- the main effect of Ruma Just (Table Judson T. Vasconcelos, former UNL assistant inary yield grade, percentage of KPH, 1). Ruma Just also had no impact on professor; Richard S. Goodall, Nova Microbial Technologies. marbling score, LM area, and USDA finishing performance calculated

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 73 Feeding Strategies of Optaflexx on Growth Performance and Carcass Characteristics of Feedlot Steers

Marco G. Dib compared with a control diet, and Table 1. Diet composition and analyzed nutrient William A. Griffin improved ADG by 0.53 lb/day in feed- analysis for diets fed. Josh R. Benton lot steers. In addition, LM area also Ingredient % of DM Galen E. Erickson was larger for treated animals, with High-moisture Corn 50.0 Terry J. Klopfenstein no effect on fat depth. Additionally, Wet Corn Gluten Feed 40.0 Justin J. Sindt about 87% of the live weight response Ground Wheat Straw 5.0 W. Travis Choat1 has been observed in the first 28 days Dry Supplement 5.0 Analyzed Nutrient Analysis, % DM compared to 42 days when Optaflexx DM 66.3 was fed at 200 mg/steer daily (2006 CP 14.3 Summary Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 72- Ether Extract 4.3 74, 2007 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, Calcium 0.66 Phosphorus 0.54 Live BW and carcass traits of steer pp. 65 - 67). Studies in pigs indicate Potassium 0.74 calves were evaluated after feeding that intermittent use of Optaflexx Optaflexx (200mg/day) for 35 days on increases ADG, F:G, and BW. Our an intermittent basis or continuously. objective was to evaluate the effects steer was weighed on two consecutive The negative control consisted of 63 days of intermittent use of Optaflexx on days after feed restriction (decrease on the same diet without Optaflexx, growth and carcass characteristics of of 2 lb/day of DM during three days). whereas the positive control consisted of feedlot steers. Pens of animals were weighed weekly, Optaflexx supplemented daily during with a 4% shrink factor applied to the the last 35 days prior to harvest. The Procedure BW, throughout the 63 days of the four-day intermittent treatment consist- Optaflexx treatment period and prior ed of feeding Optaflexx for seven days, Crossbred steer calves (BW = 1057 to harvest. followed by four days of no Optaflexx, + 26 lb) were assigned to two blocks Steers were implanted with Compo- while the seven-day intermittent treat- based on reimplant BW. The heavy nent TE-IS initially and re-implanted ment consisted of seven days on Opta- block consisted of 1 replication of with Component TE-S 98 days prior to flexx, followed by seven days off. In both 40 steers, and the light block con- harvest. Steers were fed once per day the four-day and seven-day intermittent sisted of 7 replications of 280 steers. at approximately 0830 hour, and the treatments, cattle received Optaflexx Steers were assigned randomly to a Optaflexx supplement was top dressed for a total of 35 days. Regardless of the pen within block and pens assigned in a supplement at a rate of 0.5 lb per delivery pattern, feeding Optaflexx in- randomly to 1 of the 4 treatments (8 steer to ensure that steers received the creased ADG, DMI, and live BW. Feed- pens/treatment; 10 steers/pen). The amount of 200 mg of Optaflexx per ing 200 mg per steer daily of Optaflexx treatments consisted of no delivery day. The carrier used was fine ground for a total of 35 days in either four-day of Optaflexx (NONE), continuously corn. Steers received 0.5 lb of fine or seven-day intermittent patterns was feeding of Optaflexx throughout the ground corn when not on Optaflexx as effective but no more so as continuous last 35 days prior to harvest (CON- or for the negative control treatment. feeding for a 35-day period. TIN), intermittent seven day feeding Diets were formulated to meet or Optaflexx followed by four days of exceed NRC (1996) requirements for Introduction withdrawal (4-dINT) and intermit- metabolizable protein, Ca, P, and K. tent seven days feeding Optaflexx High-moisture corn was fed at 50% of Ractopamine hydrochloride (Opta- followed by seven days of withdrawal diet DM, wet corn gluten feed (Sweet flexx; Elanco Animal Health, India- (7-dINT). The three treatments with Bran®, Cargill, Blair, Neb.) at 40% of napolis, Ind.) increases live weight Optaflexx resulted in a total of 35 days DM and ground wheat straw at 5% gain and gain efficiency. Optaflexx is of feeding Optaflexx but on different of DM (Table 1). Diets were prepared approved for continuous feeding to days. Steers were managed during the by loading the HMC, WCGF, ground feedlot cattle during the last 28 to 42 pre-trial phase (102 days) in the actual wheat straw, and then by adding dry days prior to harvest at a dose ranging experiment pens after being assigned supplement in the mixer/delivery box from 70 to 430 mg per steer daily or within a block (4 pens for the heavy (Roto-Mix® model 420, Roto-Mix, 9.1 to 27.3 g/ton of DM. Continuous block and 28 pens for the light block). Dodge City, Kan.). Rumensin and Tylan feeding of Optaflexx for 42, 35, and Three animals were removed from were fed to all steers, with consump- 28 days prior to harvest at doses up three different pens prior to Optaflexx tions of 348 and 90 mg/head/daily, to 200 mg per steer increased live BW feeding due to death or health rea- respectively. Feeds and feeding proce- by 16.4, 18.1, and 18.8 lb, respectively, sons. Before the start of the trial, each dures remained the same throughout

Page 74 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. Growth performance of steers fed Optaflexx in continuous vs. intermittent patterns. Results Treatments NONE1 CONTIN2 4-dINT3 7-dINT4 SEM P-value Results for feedlot performance Live Performance Initial BW, lb 1077 1076 1074 1090 8.7 0.28 and carcass characteristics are pre- Live Final BW, lb 1352a 1366b 1365b 1385c 10.7 0.04 sented in Table 2 and Table 3, respec- DMI, lb/day 22.3a 22.0a 22.3a 22.9b 0.31 0.05 tively. Dry matter intake was affected a b b b ADG, lb 4.36 4.61 4.61 4.68 0.09 <0.01 (P = 0.05) by Optaflexx 7-dINT treat- F:G5 5.33 5.14 5.21 5.22 0.09 Carcass Adjusted Performance ment with steers consuming slightly FBW, lb 1347 1356 1351 1371 11.5 0.19 more DM than all other treatments. ADG, lb 4.36 4.45 4.40 4.47 0.12 0.40 Live BW increased (P < 0.04) for 5 F:G 5.32 5.12 5.24 5.23 0.52 all Optaflexx treatments compared 1NONE: treatment did not receive Optaflexx. to NONE. Optaflexx 7-dINT was 2CONTIN: treatment received Optaflexx for 35 days continuously. also significantly different from the 34-dINT: treatment received intermittent seven day feeding Optaflexx followed by four days of withdrawal. CONTIN and 4-dINT. The CONTIN 47-dINT: treatment received intermittent seven day feeding Optaflexx followed by seven days of with- was 14 lb heavier than the NONE, drawal. the 4-dINT was 13 lb (no difference 5Analyzed as G:F, reported as F:G. when compared with the CONTIN) and the 7-dINT was 33 lb heavier than Table 3. Carcass characteristics of steers fed Optaflexx in continuous vs. intermittent patterns. the NONE, and approximately 19 lb heavier than the CONTIN and 4-dINT Treatments NONE1 CONTIN2 4-dINT3 7-dINT4 SEM P-value treatments. Live ADG was also affected Carcass Characteristics positively by the Optaflexx treatments HCW, lb 848 854 851 864 7.3 0.18 Dressing, %a 62.8 62.5 62.4 62.4 0.22 0.25 compared to NONE, providing an in- 12th rib fat, in 0.5 0.48 0.49 0.52 0.03 0.51 crease of approximately 0.29 lb/day. Marbling scoreb 507 485 506 505 14 0.37 On a carcass basis, treatments LM area, in2 14.6 15.1 14.5 14.6 0.2 0.09 were not different when compared c a a b a USDA yield grade 2.73 2.76 2.45 2.78 0.1 <0.01 to NONE, except for the calculated 1NONE: treatment did not receive Optaflexx. yield grade trait that decreased for the 2 CONTIN: treatment received Optaflexx for 35 days continuously. 4-dINT treatment when compared 34-dINT: treatment received intermittent seven day feeding Optaflexx followed by four days of withdrawal. to all other treatments due to differ- 47-dINT: treatment received intermittent 7 day feeding Optaflexx followed by seven days of withdrawal. ences in KPH scores. Positive trends aDressing percentage = carcass weight / average live weight (4% shrink). for carcass adjusted final BW, HCW, b USDA marbling score where 450 = slight50, 500 = small0, and 550 = small50 and LM area were observed mainly for cUSDA calculated yield grade = 2.50 + (2.5*FT, in) – (0.32*LM area, in2) + (0.2*KPH, %) + (0.0038*HCW). the 7-dINT treatment when compared to the others. Efficiency analyses show that steers on Optaflexx treat- the pre-trial and trial phases, except by a University of Nebraska–Lincoln ments had numerically lower F:G than for the use of the top dressing with or research technician, and marbling NONE (values numerically lower and without Optaflexx that occurred only score was assigned by a USDA grader. P values less than 0.20). during the last 63 days prior to harvest. Yield grade was calculated using the Results from this experiment Feed samples were collected from equation (YG= 2.50 + (2.5*FT, in) – indicate that 200 mg/steer daily of each load and each supplement (with (0.32*LM area, in2) + (0.2*KPH, %) + Optaflexx fed intermittently increases or without Optaflexx) every other (0.0038*HCW, lb)). DMI, ADG, and Live BW. Tendencies week, during the mixer discharge in Growth performance was evalu- for a larger LM area on the positive the beginning, middle, and end of each ated on a 4% shrunk weight basis, control and better F:G on all Opta- load. Optaflexx supplements were sam- across and within the Optaflexx flexx treatments were also observed. pled from supplement bags. Samples treatment period. Data from the ran- In conclusion, withdrawing Opta- were processed and analyzed for DM domized complete block design were flexx for seven or four days then content, CP, Ca, P, K, and ether extract. analyzed using a mixed model analy- re-feeding, when compared to continu- All steers were harvested on the sis (Proc Mixed, SAS), with treatment ous, had no effect on live ADG or F:G. same day after 165 days on feed, and and block included in the model as 63 days of Optaflexx treatment pe- fixed variables. Pen was the experi- riod. At harvest, HCW were collected, mental unit. Data were analyzed using 1Marco G. Dib, graduate student; William and after approximately a 48-hour a protected F-test and means sepa- A. Griffin, research technician; Josh R. Benton, research technician; Galen E. Erickson, associate chill, LM area and fat thickness were rated using a bonfevroni t-test when professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor; measured. Bone score, lean score, the F-test variable was significant (i.e., University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department and KPH were subjectively assigned alpha = 0.05). of Animal Science. Justin J. Sindt and W. Travis Choat, Elanco Animal Health, Indianapolis, Ind.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 75 Feedlot Cattle Performance When Fed Silage and Grain From Second-Generation Insect Protected Corn, Parental Line or Reference Hybrids

Barry M. Weber compare the performance and carcass (34.2% DM ± 2.1%) and stored in silo Brandon L. Nuttelman characteristics of finishing steers fed bags by hybrid. Corn was stored in William A. Griffin second generation insect-protected bins by hybrid prior to dry rolling, at Josh R. Benton (Bt) corn (MON 89034) and corn which time the hybrids were stored Galen E. Erickson silage with the nontransgenic paren- in separate commodity bays. Samples Terry J. Klopfenstein1 tal hybrid (DKC 63-78) and the two of all hybrids were collected and sent nontransgenic reference hybrids (DKC to Monsanto Company where the 61-42 and DKC 62-30). presence or absence of the genes was Summary verified. Procedure Steers were adjusted to the final Feed conversion and carcass charac- diet over 21 days, with ground alfalfa teristics of cattle fed second generation Animals hay replacing corn. Alfalfa hay levels insect-protected (Bt) corn and corn were decreased from 37.5%, 27.5%, silage was compared to those fed a British x Continental crossbred 17.5%, and 7.5% for 3, 4, 7, and 7 nontransgenic parental hybrid and two steers (initial BW = 639 ± 31 lb) were days. Final diets are shown in Table commercially available nontransgenic used in a randomized complete block 1 and contained 65.0% DRC, 15.0% reference hybrids. Finishing performance design experiment. Steers (n = 240) corn silage, 15.0% WDGS, and 5.0% and carcass characteristics were not in- were received at the University of supplement. fluenced as a result of corn source. Nebraska Agricultural Research and Prior to initiation of the study, Development Center (Ithaca, Neb.) samples of corn and corn silage were Introduction in the fall of 2009. On arrival, steers collected and sent to a commercial were weighed, vaccinated (Bovishield laboratory (Romer Labs, Union, Mo.) Insect-protected corn hybrids (Bt) Gold 5, Somubac, Dectomax), and to test for the presence of mycotoxins. made up 63% of the total corn acres in treated with Micotil (Elanco Animal Small amounts of Zearalenone and 2009, according to the United States Health). Following a 14-21 day receiv- Deoxynivalenol (Vomitoxin) were Department of Agriculture’s Econom- ing period, steers were limit fed five found in the test hybrid (MON) and ic Research Service. Monsanto has days to minimize variation in rumen the nontransgenic parental hybrid developed MON 89034 as a second fill. The limit fed ration contained a (PAR) corn silage. Small amounts of generation insect protection product 1:1 ratio of wet corn gluten feed and Deoxynivalenol were also detected in to provide enhanced benefits for the alfalfa hay fed at 2% BW. Steers were all samples of whole corn, as well as control of lepidopteran insect pests. weighed individually on two consecu- Zearalenone and Fumonisin B1 and MON 89034 produces Cry1A.105 and tive days in the morning before feed- B2 in DKC 62-30 (REF2). In all sam- Cry2Ab2 proteins derived from Ba- ing to obtain an accurate initial BW. ples, the levels of mycotoxins detected cillus thuringiensis, which are active Steers were blocked by BW, stratified were well below the level of concern. against Ostrinia species such as Euro- within block, and assigned randomly Ingredient and diet samples were col- pean corn borer and Asian corn borer, to pens (10 steers/pen) based on day 0 lected weekly, composited by month, Diatraea species such as southwestern BW. Pens were assigned randomly to and sent to a commercial laboratory corn borer and sugarcane borer, and one of four treatments. (Dairy One, Ithaca, N.Y.) for nutrient helps control fall armyworm and corn analysis. earworm. Since the mode of action of Treatments Individual BW was collected on Cry1A.105 and Cry2Ab2 are different, day 0 and day 1 of the trial. Steers the combination of the two proteins Treatments consisted of two refer- were implanted with Revalor-IS on provides a much more effective insect ence hybrids, a genetically related day 1 and reimplanted with Revalor-S resistance management tool. With a nontransgenic hybrid, and the second on day 84. All steers were slaughtered high percentage of the corn being fed generation Bt hybrid (MON 89034). on day 175 at Greater Omaha (Oma- directly to cattle in feedlots, it is vital All corn was grown at the Agricul- ha, Neb.). Hot carcass weight (HCW) for producers to know if cattle fed tural Research and Development Cen- and liver abscess data were recorded MON 89034 will perform similarly to ter near Ithaca, Neb. under identity on the day of slaughter. After a 48- cattle fed nontransgenic hybrids. preserved methods. All hybrids were hour chill, USDA marbling score, 12th The objective of this study was to cut for silage at similar moisture levels rib fat thickness, and LM area were

Page 76 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Diet ingredient and nutrient composition (% DM). Institute, Cary, N.C.). Pens were the Ingredient1 MON PAR REF1 REF2 experimental unit (6/treatment). Block was treated as a fixed effect in Corn W 65.0 Corn X 65.0 the model. Only 1 replication was Corn Y 65.0 included in heavy block, with 5 rep- Corn Z 65.0 lications in the other weight block. Corn Silage W 15.0 Therefore, data were analyzed and Corn Silage X 15.0 Corn Silage Y 15.0 statistics are based on this analysis. Corn Silage Z 15.0 However, least square means are not WDGS 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 presented due to adjustment for un- Supplement equal replication of blocks. Arithme- Fine Ground Milo 2.300 2.300 2.300 2.300 tic means are presented by treatment. Limestone 1.681 1.681 1.681 1.681 Salt 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 The study was blind to feedlot Urea 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.400 personnel. Each hybrid was assigned Potassium Chloride 0.099 0.099 0.099 0.099 a letter before beginning the trial. All Tallow 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 treatments, silage bags, commodity Trace Mineral 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.050 Vitamin A-D-E 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 bays, pen assignments, feed sheets, Rumensin-80 0.019 0.019 0.019 0.019 and observation documents were Tylan-40 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011 designated by letter to limit possible Nutrient Composition partiality to treatment. CP 13.4 13.3 12.3 13.6 NDF 15.5 16.6 14.9 16.5 Ca 0.58 0.64 0.56 0.62 Results P 0.35 0.36 0.32 0.36 K 0.53 0.56 0.55 0.58 Performance and carcass data 1REF1 = reference hybrid DKC 61-42, REF2 = reference hybrid DKC 62-30, PAR = nontransgenic are shown in Table 2. No significant parental hybrid, MON = corn and corn silage containing Cry1A.105 and Cry2Ab2 proteins (MON differences in ADG, F:G, or carcass 89034). characteristics were observed among Table 2. Animal performance1. treatments. Due to a statistical difference in initial BW (3 lb difference), Variable MON 89034 Parental Reference 1 Reference 2 P-value initial BW was used as a covariate of Performance analysis and unadjusted treatment Initial BW, lb 638 640 637 639 0.02 means are reported. The average Final BW, lb2 1294 1290 1293 1287 0.94 DMI, lb/day 22.3 22.6 21.9 22.5 0.96 across all treatments for ADG and F:G ADG, lb 3.74 3.71 3.75 3.70 0.31 were 3.73 and 6.00, respectively. Steers Feed:Gain3 5.97 6.09 5.85 6.07 0.13 fed MON and REF1 had numerically Carcass Characteristics better F:G ratios, with a tendency HCW, lb 815 813 815 811 0.93 Marbling score4 573 561 581 565 0.55 (P = 0.13) for more efficient feed con- 12th rib fat, in 0.51 0.49 0.53 0.52 0.82 version in steers fed REF1. LM area, in² 13.0 13.1 13.0 12.9 0.70 The source of corn, whether trans- 5 Calculated YG 3.21 3.13 3.24 3.22 0.78 genic or nontransgenic, had no sig- % Choice 79.6 71.7 74.1 68.3 0.41 nificant effect on the performance or 1REF1 = reference hybrid DKC 61-42, REF2 = reference hybrid DKC 62-30, PAR = nontransgenic carcass characteristics of the cattle in parental hybrid, MON = corn rootworm resistant hybrid MON 89034. this trial. These data indicate perfor- 2Final weight calculated as hot carcass weight divided by 0.63. 3Analyzed as gain:feed, reported as feed:gain. mance and carcass characteristics of 4500 = Small 0, 600 = Modest 0. cattle fed MON 89034 were not dif- 5YG calculation = 2.50 + (2.5 * 12th rib fat thickness) – (.32 * LM area) + (.2 * KPH (2.5)) + (.0038 * ferent from cattle fed nontransgenic HCW). corn. MON 89034 is nutritionally equivalent to nontransgenic corn. collected. Hot carcass weights were treatment (MON) and one from DKC used to calculate adjusted final BW by 61-42 (REF1) treatment died from dividing HCW by a common dress- non-treatment related illnesses during 1Barry M. Weber, graduate student; ing percentage of 63%. Average daily the trial. One steer from REF1 was re- Brandon L. Nuttelman, research technician; gain and G:F were determined from moved from the study for a reason not William A. Griffin, research technician; Josh R. adjusted final BW. Data were analyzed related to the treatment. Benton, previous research technician; Galen E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, as G:F and reported as F:G. Data were analyzed using the professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln One steer from the transgenic test MIXED procedures of SAS (SAS Department of Animal Science.

Justin P. Moore Table 1. Finishing diet composition (% DM basis). Stephanie A. Furman Glycerin Galen E. Erickson Ingredient 0% 3% 6% 9% Judson T. Vasconcelos Will A. Griffin Steam-Flaked Corn 79.29 75.93 72.58 69.22 1 Soybean Meal 3.14 3.69 4.24 4.80 Todd Milton Alfalfa Hay 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 Corn Silage 7.20 7.20 7.20 7.20 Glycerin1 0.00 3.00 6.00 9.00 Summary NaCl 0.59 0.40 0.20 0.00 Supplement2 6.18 6.18 6.18 6.18 Glycerin was fed at 0%, 3%, 6%, and 1DM 85%; NaCl 7% (DM basis); methanol < 0.005% 2 9% (DM basis) in a steam-flaked, corn- Liquid supplement formulated to supply: Rumensin 30 g/ton and Tylan 9 g/ton based (SFC) diet to determine the effects on performance and carcass charac Table 2. Finishing diet nutrient analysis (% DM basis)1. teristics. Glycerin linearly increased Glycerin (P = 0.02) final BW, ADG linearly increased (P = 0.02), and F:G linearly Nutrient 0% 3% 6% 9% decreased (P < 0.01) by 7.1%. The data DM, % 72.1 72.5 74.0 71.4 suggests glycerin can be added up to 9% TDN, % 91.1 90.4 91.4 90.4 NE , MCal/lb 1.03 1.02 1.04 1.02 inclusion to improve performance. m NEg, MCal/lb 0.72 0.71 0.72 0.71 CP, % 13.2 13.5 12.8 12.8 Introduction Ca, % 0.90 0.78 0.79 0.73 P, % 0.30 0.28 0.28 0.25 Biodiesel is derived from vegetable Ca:P 3.0:1 2.8:1 2.8:1 2.9:1 oils and animal fats. The primary 1Analyses conducted by Servi-Tech Laboratories, Hastings, Neb. byproduct from biodiesel production is glycerin, which accounts for approximately 10% of the initial oil. (12 – 13 steers/pen). Treatment diets ride. Finishing diets were balanced Glycerin is gluconeogenic and has (n = 4; Table 1) were assigned ran- for sodium with decreasing sodium been used as an energy source in the domly to pens. Treatments were glyc- chloride with increasing glycerin poultry and swine industries, as well erin inclusions of 0%, 3%, 6%, and inclusion. Soybean meal was included as dairy cattle industry; however, 9% (DM basis; Table 1). The initial to make the finishing diets isonitro there are limited data in beef cattle. processing consisted of vaccinations genous (Table 2). The liquid supple- We hypothesized that glycerin would and de-worming. Adaptation diets, ment (6.18% diet DM) contained be comparable to SFC in feedlot diets. which consisted of three periods of Rumensin (30 g/ton) and Tylan (9 g/ The objective of this study was to seven days each, had the roughage ton). On day 0, which occurred after evaluate the effects of different levels level decreased while the concentrate the 21-day adaptation period, cattle of glycerin on the performance and level increased. Corn silage was de- were individually weighed for initial carcass characteristics of feedlot steers creased (30%, 23%, and 17% [DM ba- trial BW, implanted with Component fed a steam-flaked, corn-based diet. sis], respectively) and alfalfa hay was TE-200, and began the finisher diet. decreased (15%, 12%, and 8.5% [DM Diets were fed once daily throughout Procedure basis], respectively) while corn (dry- the trial. rolled corn in step 1 and SFC for steps Cattle were fed 85, 118, or 126 British x Continental cross steers 2 and 3) was increased (41%, 51%, and days by BW block and harvested at (n = 515; BW = 939 ± 81 lb) were 62.7% [DM basis], respectively). Cattle a commercial packing plant (Cargill used in a complete randomized block were limit fed during step 3 at 2% of Meat Solutions, Fort Morgan, Colo.). design. Upon arrival, individual BW BW. Supplemental glycerin was not Carcass data were collected (Diamond were collected, steers were stratified used during the adaptation period. T Livestock Services Inc., Gunnison, by BW, assigned to 10 blocks, and Glycerin contained less than 0.005% Colo.) and calculated yield grade. To assigned randomly to one of 40 pens methanol and 7% (DM) sodium chlo- account for any gut-fill, the final BW

Page 78 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 3. Effects of glycerin on performance. onal contrasts were used for linear, Glycerin P-value1 quadratic, and cubic relationships for glycerin inclusion. Chi-square was Item 0% 3% 6% 9% Linear Quadratic used for USDA quality grade distribu- Initial BW, lb 939ab 942ab 946b 935a 0.84 0.06 tion. Pen was the experimental unit. Final BW, lb2 1331d 1340de 1349e 1349e 0.02 0.57 DMI, lb/day 23.8b 24.0b 24.0b 23.1a 0.04 0.05 ADG, lb 3.45d 3.52de 3.59e 3.59e 0.02 0.74 Results F:G 6.90c 6.80bc 6.67b 6.41a < 0.01 0.25 1Orthogonal contrasts; no cubic response (P > 0.18). When glycerin inclusion increased, 2HCW / 63% average dressing percentage. final BW increased linearly P( = 0.02); a,b,cMeans within rows differ (P < 0.05). Table 3. A quadratic response d,e Means within rows differ (P < 0.10). (P = 0.05) was observed for DMI as glycerin increased with the 3% and Table 4. Effects of glycerin on carcass characteristics. 6% inclusion being greater than the Glycerin P-value1 0% or 9%. Gain increased linearly (P = 0.02) with increased glycerin and Item 0% 3% 6% 9% Linear Quadratic F:G decreased linearly (P < 0.01). The HCW (lb) 836a 838ab 847b 845b 0.03 0.55 only carcass difference was a linear Dressing (%) 62.8 62.7 62.9 62.7 0.95 0.87 (P = 0.03) increase in HCW, where 6% 12th rib fat (in) 0.46 0.45 0.44 0.45 0.83 0.37 LM area (sq in) 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.4 0.09 0.12 inclusion had the heaviest carcasses USDA YG2 3.29 3.23 3.22 3.28 0.80 0.24 (Table 4). There tended to be a linear Marbling3 560 558 568 554 0.92 0.36 (P = 0.09) increase in LM area with Chi-Square increased glycerin inclusion. In summary, when replacing SFC Choice and above (%) 4 86.1 83.1 85.7 82.5 0.82 Prime (%) 4 1.6 0.0 2.4 0.0 0.14 with glycerin up to a 9% inclusion Upper choice (%) 4 7.8 3.9 5.6 2.4 0.22 (DM basis), no adverse effects were Mid choice (%) 4 22.4 30.0 33.3 23.0 0.14 observed for carcass characteristics, Lower choice (%) 4 54.2 49.2 44.4 57.1 0.19 while ADG was improved up to 4.1%, 4 Select (%) 14.0 16.9 14.3 17.5 0.82 and F:G was improved up to 7.1%. 1Orthogonal contrasts; no cubic response (P > 0.18). These data suggest glycerin is a suit- 2 2 Calculated Yield Grade = 2.5 + (2.5*12th rib fat, in) + (0.0038*HCW, lb) – (0.32*LM area, in ) + able energy replacement in finishing (0.2*KPH, %). 3400 = slight 0; 500 = small 0. diets containing steam-flaked corn. 4Analyzed by chi-square. a,bMeans within rows differ (P < 0.10). 1Justin P. Moore, graduate student; Galen E. Erickson, professor; Will A. Griffin, research was adjusted to a common dressing MIXED procedure of SAS (Version technician, University of Nebraska–Lincoln percentage of 63% and calculated 9.1, SAS Inc., Cary, N.C.). The factors Department of Animal Science; Stephanie from HCW. The carcass adjusted final included in the model were glycerin R. Furman, research technician; Judson T. Vasconcelos, former assistant professor, BW was used to calculate ADG and inclusion and block, where the weight Panhandle Research and Extension Center, F:G. block was a fixed variable and initial Scottsbluff, Neb.; Todd Milton, Midwest PMS, Data were analyzed using the BW was used as a co-variate. Orthog- Firestone, Colo.

Jennifer A. Walker soil, and their early maturity date Chicory Karla H. Jenkins (July-August) complements fall wheat Chicory is grown primarily for its Terry J. Klopfenstein1 planting nicely. inulin content. Inulin is a fructose- based sweetener used as a flavoring for Dry Edible Beans Summary coffee or as a coffee substitute. Inulin Nebraska is one of the leading also has been reported to improve Field peas, dry edible beans, pump- states in the nation in dry edible bean intestinal health in humans. Addi- kins, chicory, beets, and beet pulp grown production. In particular, the North tionally, the leaves can be added as in western Nebraska were analyzed for Platte River Valley is known for its greens in salads. Occasionally, chicory their salvage value in beef cattle diets consistently high quality bean pro- is available for livestock consumption. when they do not meet specifications for duction, and is responsible for over While chicory is commonly added to human consumption. The digestibilities 85% of the Great Northern beans pro- pet food diets, its use in livestock diets of all the crops were high (61-88%). duced in the nation. Not all the beans has been more limited. Beet pulp, beet root, and chicory root produced are suitable for human con- were low in CP (< 7%) while all other sumption. Broken or discolored beans Whole Sugarbeet Roots, Tops, and Beet crops were greater than 9%. Neutral and as well as frost damaged, diseased, or Pulp acid detergent fiber were ≤ 50%. Lectins high moisture beans are available for Nebraska is ranked 6th in U.S. in raw dry edible beans force them to be livestock consumption. Typically, cull sugarbeet production. The sugarbeet limited to < 2% of diet DM. Palatability beans are used as a binder and pro- industry makes a substantial con- of chicory root can reduce intake. tein source in range supplements for tribution to the western Nebraska grazing cattle. Previous research has economy. Occasionally however, Introduction shown cull beans can be fed without environmental conditions prevent adversely affecting performance up harvesting the beets prior to ground- Several unique crops are grown in to 2% of diet DM. The adverse effects freezing conditions and just as with western Nebraska primarily for hu- associated with feeding cull beans are chicory, questions arise concerning man consumption. However, weather thought to be due to proteins called grazing unharvested fields of sug- conditions, markets, or other factors lectins that interfere with protein arbeets. Beet pulp is by definition a may cause them to be unsuitable for digestion and cause watery diarrhea. co-product of the sugar production human consumption and alternative Apparently the heat required for pel- industry. However, it is a readily uses or a salvage value is required for leting is insufficient to denature these available product approximately five the crop. Livestock feeding is often a proteins. months out of the year and can be logical solution for crops deemed un- stored for later use. It is consistently acceptable for human consumption. Pumpkins available whereas whole sugarbeets More specifically, since beef produc- Pumpkins are grown in western typically are not. Therefore, its value tion accounts for approximately 50% Nebraska for decorative purposes to the beef cattle industry warrants of western Nebraska’s economy, the in the fall as well as for human con- discussion. value of these crops for cattle feeding sumption. Pumpkins with blemishes becomes important. This information are typically discarded and many Procedure could be used to determine how to in- pumpkins are broken or damaged clude these crops in beef cattle rations during harvest, making them unac- Field peas and dry edible beans should the opportunity arise. Crops ceptable for market. Furthermore, were subsampled after the crops selected for analysis included field after October 31, the market for deco- were harvested. Whole bean plants peas, dry edible beans, pumpkins, rative pumpkins plummets and many (black beans) were randomly selected chicory, whole beets, and beet pulp. pumpkins are left to rot in the fields. from a test plot after it was deter- Some producers have grazed pumpkin mined the beans were not going to Field Peas fields in conjunction with cornstalk be acceptable for harvest. Pumpkins Field peas are becoming increas- fields, but little is known about the were randomly selected from a lo- ingly popular in western Nebraska nutritive value of pumpkins for beef cal producer’s farm after October as an alternative to fallow in dryland cattle. 31, when no more pumpkins would wheat production rotations. As a be sold from the field. Chicory and legume, peas add nitrogen to the beets were randomly selected from

Page 80 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Nutrient content of field peas, pumpkins, sugarbeet pulp, dry beans, and chicory. the palatability of the chicory root. Item DM IVDMD1 CP NDF ADF Average quality analysis for both roots and leaves of four varieties of chicory Field Peas 87.0 82.7 15.1 9.5 8.0 Carving Pumpkin 11.9 71.4 14.3 36.8 25.6 are presented in Table 1. The chicory Pie Pumpkin 16.5 61.0 14.4 38.6 32.5 root is high in DM digestibility, but Sugarbeet Pulp 26.1 76.1 6.6 45.4 27.4 very low in CP, NDF, and ADF. The Whole Sugarbeet Root 23.8 86.8 3.3 15.4 6.7 leaves however, contain moderate DM Whole Sugarbeet Leaves 36.7 65.2 10.9 50.8 24.0 digestibility, NDF, and ADF, and ade- Black Beans 96.9 83.5 15.4 14.3 4.7 quate CP. Typically, tops are destroyed Great Northern Beans 98.2 88.0 15.0 7.2 3.7 and left in the field for organic matter Pinto Beans 98.3 84.6 14.5 12.0 5.9 at harvest and are not available to feed Total bean plant (black beans) after frost 90.4 66.3 9.0 38.6 32.4 to cattle. Questions occasionally arise Chicory Roots 26.1 88.9 3.7 8.6 5.3 about grazing unharvested fields and Chicory Leaves 17.6 67.3 8.5 23.6 21.4 therefore quality analysis of the tops 1IVDMD values were adjusted based on the average of 5 in vivo forage standards. would be meaningful; however, the risk of cattle choking on small up- the fields prior to harvest, while basis). The analysis for this report rooted chicory roots is an issue to be the beet pulp was subsampled from only ranged from 14.5-16% (Table 1). considered. Western Sugar in Scottsbluff, Neb. as Great Northern beans were lower in the beets were being processed. Dry NDF and ADF than pintos or black Whole Sugarbeet Roots, Tops, and Beet matter was then determined on all beans while digestibility and CP were Pulp crops in a 100oF oven for 48-72 hours. similar for all beans analyzed. Analy- Analyzed whole sugarbeet plants Samples were ground and analyzed sis was also conducted on whole bean were similar in DM digestibility, CP, in triplicate for CP, natural detergent plants after frost to determine the and ADF to whole chicory (Table 1). fiber (NDF), and acid detergent fiber feeding value of the whole plant if it The NDF, however, was higher in (ADF), and in vitro dry matter digest- were to be baled rather than harvested whole sugarbeets. The removal of the ibility (IVDMD, similar to TDN). The at all. The CP was much lower and the sugar increases CP, NDF, and ADF IVDMD procedure included a 48- NDF and ADF much higher (Table 1), content as compared to the whole hour incubation in rumen fluid fol- but the high percentage of raw beans root. However, beet pulp has a high lowed by a 24-hour pepsin digestion. would still warrant feeding with cau- IVDMD, moderate NDF and ADF Samples were analyzed with five for- tion. with a fairly low CP value (Table 1). age samples of a known in vivo value. Therefore, it is typically included in On average, the in vitro method over- Pumpkins growing calf rations at < 30% (dry estimated the known forage samples The analysis presented in Table 1 matter basis). Additional research 5%. Therefore, the test samples were indicates DM digestibility and CP to is currently being conducted on the adjusted 5% as well. be high (61-71% and 14.3% DM, re- use of beet pulp in gestating cow and spectively) and the fiber to be moder- feedlot finishing diets. Results and Discussion ate (25-38% DM). Carving pumpkins tended to be lower in DM and ADF Implications Field Peas and have greater digestibility than pie Previous research indicated field pumpkins. CP and NDF were similar All crops analyzed in this study peas can be fed whole or processed for both types of pumpkins. These were highly digestible with low to with an optimum inclusion level of data suggest pumpkins are a good moderate protein content and could 20% DM. Field peas are highly di- source of energy and adequate in pro- be included in beef cattle diets to gestible, high in CP, and low in fiber tein. decrease ration costs. (Table 1). Previous research (2010 Ne- braska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 107-108) Chicory indicated they are palatable, maintain 1Jennifer A. Walker, graduate student; Past research (1999 Nebraska Beef performance, and enhance carcass Karla H. Jenkins, assistant professor, University Report, pp. 37-39) has included the of Nebraska–Lincoln Panhandle Research and tenderness. ground root in growing diets as a Extension Center, Scottsbluff, Neb.; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor, UNL Department of replacement for silage at <30% (DM Dry Edible Beans Animal Science. basis). Results were comparable to Previously reported CP values for using beet pulp to replace silage, but beans have ranged from 22-24% (DM with lower intakes, probably due to

Terry L. Mader1 profiles, algorithms were derived to used. Bedding was charged out at $60/ estimate maintenance energy require- ton. Manure hauling and additional ments based on mud depth and envi- pen cleaning charges associated with Summary ronmental conditions. bedding were prorated on a per head To counter effects of mud, bedding basis at $6/wet ton. Weight of bedding Estimated mud depth and benefits can be used to absorb excess moisture. removed from the feedlot was estimat- of bedding were simulated under winter Therefore, a subsequent submodel of the ed to be four times the original bed- environmental conditions. In general, first model was developed to determine ding weight, which would include the providing greater pen area per animal the effects of bedding on cattle perfor- bedding, absorbed water, and attached decreased mud depth. At lower tempera- mance. Performance assessments were mud and manure particles. tures (16oF), 250 or 350 ft2 of pen space based on amounts and type of bedding produced similar depths of mud and ap- used, environmental conditions, and Results proximately 1 inch less than with the 150 estimates of feedlot pen conditions as ft2 allocations. Under the coldest (16oF) defined from the previous model used For simulation purposes, a con- and wettest (6 inches total precipita- for determining feedlot mud depth. stant daily dry matter intake (DMI) of tion) conditions, cost of gain (COG) was Bedding quantities needed to absorb 22 lb was used. Under colder condi- 56.1% ($1.07/lb) greater than with no excess moisture can be calculated based tions, intakes would be expected to be precipitation falling at 26oF, while use of on water holding capacity of the soil and greater; however, under muddy and/ bedding reduced COG to $0.80 /lb or just potential for run-off. However, quan- or adverse feeding and pen condi- 17.3% greater than COG under more tity of bedding (lb/head/day) needed is tions, DMI would be expected to be ideal conditions at 26oF. comparable to the potential mud depth. lower. The first data column indicates Thus, approximately 1 lb of bedding is what the performance and cost of gain Introduction needed daily to overcome impacts of (COG) are under ideal (68oF) feeding 1 inch of mud. conditions. Percent changes in winter Managing cattle in periods of Model simulations were conducted maintenance energy requirements adverse weather can be challenging. based on feedlot pen soil profiles that (NEm) and COG were determined Winter cold and wind, combined with were composed of predominantly clay- based on those ideal conditions. In precipitation, can increase the main- based soils, reasonably clear of manure, general, providing greater area per tenance requirement of feedlot cattle with a 3% slope. A 120-day feeding pe- animal decreases mud depth (Table and decrease performance. While cold riod was simulated for cattle averaging 1). However, at lower temperatures stress alone can reduce profits, it is most 1,000 lb. Pen densities of 150, 250, and (16oF), 250 or 350 ft2 of pen space detrimental when combined with mud. 350 ft2/animal were compared. Aver- produced similar depths of mud with Cattle in mud have a tendency to eat less age winter temperatures of 16oF, 26oF, mud depths approximately 1 inch frequently at a time when the muddy and 36oF were compared under low less than with the 150 ft2 allocations. hair coat reduces insulation. Thus, (2 inches) and high (6 inches) quanti- The difference may be largely due to cattle performance can be reduced for ties of total precipitation between precipitation coming in the form of multiple reasons. The objectives of this December 1 and April 1. Temperature snow, and the effects of total precipi- study were to develop models to predict and precipitation varied by week and tation combined with urinary output mud effects and related mitigation strat- month to simulate variable winter begin to diminish in the winter with egies for feedlot cattle. conditions. Estimates of daily water in- greater pen space allocations. Thus, take were used to determine moisture at temperatures approaching 10oF Procedure accumulations attributed to urinary below freezing or more, the potential output. Environmental conditions, in for mud depth does not increase as Data from cattle feeding studies conjunction with feedlot and animal pen space increases from 250 to 350 conducted in Canada, California, variables, were used to determine pen ft2/animal. As a result of snow accu- Colorado, Nebraska, North Dakota, surface conditions and bedding re- mulation, snow/mud depth increases and South Dakota (references avail- quirements. Mud depth is an estimate until temperatures warm up and snow able upon request) were used to assess of the depth of mud or mud and snow begins to melt, allowing moisture effects of mud and bedding on feedlot mix. Simulations were based on 50% of to leave the pen through run-off. cattle. An initial model was developed all snowfall blowing out of pens (50% In general, at temperatures that are to assess effects of muddy conditions remaining) with snow compaction below freezing, animals continue on feedlot cattle feed intake and daily rates varying, depending on stocking to disturb the snow/soil interface, gain. Estimates of mud depth were densities. Cost of gain was based on which increases snow/mud depth. The determined based on quantity of rain performance estimates. Feed ($150/ impact of body heat from animals and snowfall, feedlot layout, feedlot dry ton), yardage ($0.35/head/day), lying on the ground also contributes soil and surface properties, and stock- and other costs comparable to those to snow melting and/or mixing with ing densities. From performance found in Nebraska feedyards were surface soil particles. This phenome-

Page 82 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Estimated mud depth, change in net energy for maintenance (NEm), and cost of gain for feedlot cattle under different simulations. Pen space, ft2/animal: 250 150 150 150 150 250 250 250 250 350 350 350 350 120-day precipitation, inches: 0 2 2 6 6 2 2 6 6 2 2 6 6 Mean temperature,oF: 68 36 16 36 16 36 16 36 16 36 16 36 16 Mud depth, inches 0.00 1.96 3.47 3.95 8.48 0.40 2.52 2.38 7.52 0.02 2.51 1.72 7.52 NEm, % change1 — 25.6 48.7 37.1 91.3 17.8 41.9 27.9 82.2 16.1 41.9 24.3 82.2 DMI, lb/day 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 ADG, lb 3.71 3.23 2.78 3.01 1.94 3.37 2.91 3.18 2.12 3.41 2.91 3.25 2.12 F:G 5.93 6.82 7.91 7.32 11.32 6.52 7.55 6.91 10.36 6.46 7.55 6.77 10.36 Cost of gain/ lb, $ 0.61 0.70 0.82 0.76 1.17 0.67 0.78 0.71 1.07 0.67 0.78 0.70 1.07 % change2 — 15.1 33.5 23.5 91.1 10.0 27.5 16.6 74.8 8.9 27.4 14.2 74.8 1Change (%) in NEm; at 26oF with no mud, NEm is approximately 20% greater than at 68oF. 2Compared to ideal feeding conditions averaging 68oF (first numerical column).

Table 2. Projected effects of mud and bedding on feedlot cattle. may not be practical or recommend- Space, ft2/animal: 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 ed. In addition, with low average mud 120 days precipitation, in: 0 2 2 2 6 6 6 depths, the probability of having some o Mean temperature, F: 26 36 26 16 36 26 16 dry places in the pen would be high. Estimated mud depth, inches 0.00 0.40 2.01 2.52 2.38 6.63 7.52 Nevertheless, the benefits of bedding, NEm, % change — 1.8 11.2 16.0 11.9 43.9 56.2 Intake, lb 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 22.00 as determined by the percentage Without bedding change in COG, were much greater ADG, lb 3.31 3.37 3.10 2.91 3.18 2.47 2.12 under high versus low moisture con- Change, % — 1.8 -6.4 -12.1 -4.0 -25.6 -35.9 ditions. Under the coldest (16oF) and Feed/gain 6.64 6.52 7.10 7.55 6.91 8.92 10.36 Cost of gain, $/day wettest conditions, COG was 56.1% Yardage and interest 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 ($1.07/lb) greater than with no precip Health and feed 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 itation falling at 26oF, while the use of Total 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.27 bedding reduced the COG to $0.80/ Cost of gain/lb 0.68 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.71 0.92 1.07 Change, % — -1.8 6.9 13.8 4.1 34.4 56.1 lb or to just 17.3% greater than COG With bedding1 under more ideal conditions at 26oF. ADG, lb 3.31 3.41 3.31 3.22 3.41 3.31 3.22 Based on results of studies con- Change, % — 2.9 0 -2.9 2.9 0 -2.9 Feed/gain 6.64 6.45 6.64 6.83 6.45 6.64 6.83 ducted primarily in the western and Change, % — -2.8 0 3.0 -2.8 0 3.0 northern plains, the impacts of mud Cost of gain, $/day on feedlot cattle are substantial, but the Subtotal (less bedding) 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.27 2.27 use of bedding can help minimize the Bedding 0.00 0.01 0.06 0.08 0.07 0.20 0.23 Scraping and adverse effects. If bedding prices and/ hauling, prorated 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.09 or cost of handling the bedding or han- Total 2.27 2.29 2.35 2.38 2.37 2.55 2.59 dling and hauling the resulting waste Cost of gain/lb 0.68 0.67 0.71 0.74 0.70 0.77 0.80 increase, the cost/benefit ratios may Change, % 0 -2.1 3.7 7.4 1.5 12.3 17.3 change. In addition, applied bedding 1Bedding cost is $60/ton; scraping and hauling cost is $6/wet ton. Hauled weight is assumed to be four times original dry bedding weight. does not have to be equally distributed throughout the pen, but initially needs to provide comfortable space (20 to 40 non is enhanced as pen space declines. directly impacts NEm. ft2/animal) for each animal to avoid Although these mud depths may Table 2 displays the COG for vari- competition. Bedding will generally not always be fully realized, the ous simulated mud depth, with and be distributed by the cattle. It should potential for mud depth (or a com- without bedding. In all instances, be noted that if bedding is used heav- parable effect) increases under condi- benefits of bedding were observed. ily, the dynamics of pen drying may tions in which precipitation comes Under lower precipitation conditions, differ in bedded versus non-bedded- as snow rather than as rain. Thus, even a small amount of bedding was pens when environmental conditions snow remaining in pens will provide a useful, although the amount required for drying improve. This is due to the constant source of moisture, keeping per head per day ranged from 0.4 to enhanced water-holding capacity of cattle wet and mixing with pen sur- 2.5 lb under these conditions. soil containing more fiber. However, in face particles, with the same effect as Even though simulations indicated virtually every bedding study in which increasing mud depth. Precipitation a benefit for adding even a small an economical analysis was reported, that comes as rain (warmer tempera- amount of bedding, it is unlikely that a benefit to bedding was found during tures) can easily run off and contrib- bedding amounts less than 1 lb could prevailing winter weather. ute less to muddy conditions or wet be effectively distributed daily to cattle. Costs of gain are greater under absorb the moisture needed to pro- colder conditions due to the effects of duce these results. Thus, for average 1Terry Mader, professor, Animal Science, increased mud depth, which contrib- mud depths of less than 1 to 2 inches, Haskell Agricultural Laboratory, Concord, Northeast Research and Extension Center. utes to wetter and colder cattle and depending on pen design, bedding

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 83 Effect of Pen Cleaning Frequency and Feeding Distillers Grains and Wheat Straw on Nutrient Mass Balance and Performance of Feedlot Steers

Amy R. Rich used to increase the C:N ratio on the WINTER dietary treatments consisted Galen E. Erickson pen surface through the manure. of 1) 85% dry-rolled corn, 5% molas- Terry J. Klopfenstein Corn bran was effective in reducing ses, 5% wheat straw, 5% supplement Matt K. Luebbe N losses (2000 Nebraska Beef Cattle (CON), or 2) 70% WDGS and 25% Josh R. Benton Report, pp. 54-57), but cattle perfor- wheat straw, 5% supplement (WDGS Will A. Griffin1 mance suffered. When steep was add- + straw). For the 21-day adaptation ed to the corn bran treatment (2004 period, alfalfa hay was replaced by Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 61-63; dry-rolled corn in the CON treat Summary 2005 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. ment. Wheat straw was kept constant 54-56), ADG and F:G improved while through the adaptation period and Two experiments, calves fed Novem- N losses were reduced. Feeding wet WDGS replaced alfalfa hay. A supple- ber to May (WINTER) and yearlings DGS increased the amount of OM and ment contained Rumensin, Tylan, and fed May to September (SUMMER), N in the manure (2008 Nebraska Beef Thiamine at 30 g/ton DM, 90, and 130 were conducted to evaluate the effects Cattle Report, pp. 53-56) but not to the mg/steer daily, respectively, in both of feeding a high level of wet distillers same extent as corn bran. Pen clean- experiments. grains plus soluble (WDGS) and wheat ing frequency reduces the amount of Steer calves in the WINTER trial straw or a corn control diet (CON) time manure is exposed to the envi- were implanted on day 1 with Syn- on average daily gain (ADG), feed- ronment, therefore, reducing amount ovex Choice (Fort Dodge Animal to-gain (F:G), manure nitrogen (N), of N lost through volatilization. Health) followed by a re-implant on and N losses. In both experiments, the Cleaning pens approximately every day 85 with Synovex Choice. Yearling CON treatment had greater dry matter 28 days has been reported to increase steers on the SUMMER trial were intake (DMI), ADG hot carcass weight the amount of DM, OM, and N in implanted with Revalor-S (Intervet (HCW), marbling and fat depth. There the manure as well as decrease the N Schering-Plough Animal Health) on was greater N intake and N excretion loss compared to cleaning at the end day 35 of the feeding period. Due to for both the WINTER and SUMMER of the feeding period (2004 Nebraska the goal of harvesting steers at similar experiments on the WDGS. However, Beef Cattle Report, pp. 72-73). Effects BW, the WINTER CON treatment for the WINTER experiment there was of feeding either a high level of wet was slaughtered on day 173 and the no difference in the amount of N in the distillers grains plus solubles with WDGS + straw treatment was slaugh- manure due to diet or pen cleaning fre- added fiber from wheat straw or a tered on day 229. For the SUMMER, quency. In the SUMMER experiment, corn-based diet and pen cleaning the yearling steers were slaughtered cleaning pens monthly almost doubled frequency on cattle performance and on day 144 for the CON and day 159 dry matter (DM), organic matter (OM), nutrient mass balance were evaluated for the WDGS + straw of the feeding and N removed in manure. There was in our study. experiment. Steers were harvested at a a tendency for the WDGS treatment commercial abattoir (Greater Omaha) to have greater N loss than the control Procedure and hot carcass weight and liver scores treatment in the WINTER experiment were recorded on day of slaughter. and a significant increase in N losses for Cattle Performance Fat thickness, lean matter area, and the WDGS treatment in the SUMMER USDA called marbling score were experiment, despite the greater amount Two experiments were conducted collected after a 48-hour chill. Final of manure N removed. using 128 steers each, calves (686 +/- BW, ADG, and G:F were calculated 22 lb) fed for 173 days from November based on HCW adjusted to a common Introduction to May (WINTER) and yearlings (805 dressing percentage of 63%. Feed ef- +/- 11 lb) fed for 145 days from May to ficiency data were analyzed as G:F and One method that reduces N losses October (SUMMER) to evaluate the reported as F:G. from feedlots is the addition of car- effect of feeding high levels of both bon (C) to the pen surface to increase distillers grains and wheat straw com- Nutrient Mass Balance C:N. Research at UNL has used either pared to a corn-based diet. Steers were direct or indirect methods to increase stratified by body weight (BW) and Runoff N was determined using the C:N ratio. Corn milling byprod- assigned randomly to 16 pens 12 open feedlot pens with reten- ucts are a common indirect method (8 steers/pen). The SUMMER and tion ponds to collect runoff from

Page 84 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Growth performance and carcass characteristics for steers fed during the WINTER trial. rainfall. When runoff did occur, it was collected in the retention ponds Dietary Treatments1 CON WDGS + straw SEM P-value2 and they were drained, sampled, and WINTER3 quantified. Pens that were randomly Performance assigned to the 28-day pen clean- DMI, lb 22.6 18.5 0.3 <0.01 ing schedule were scraped and the ADG, lb 3.57 2.36 0.4 <0.01 Feed: Gain 6.33 7.81 .002 <0.01 manure was piled on a cement apron SUMMER4 and sampled for nutrient analysis Performance while being loaded. Pens that were DMI, lb 23.6 21.1 0.3 <0.01 assigned to the end-of-the-feeding- ADG, lb 3.15 2.62 0.05 <0.01 Feed: Gain 7.47 8.00 0.003 0.04 period cleaning were subjected to this cleaning after the steers were 1Dietary treatments: CON = Control corn-based diet, WDGS + straw = 70% WDGS, 25% wheat straw. removed for harvest. Manure was 2 F-test statistic for dietary treatment. then weighed before it was hauled to 3 CON – fed for 173 days, WDGS – fed for 229 days. 4 CON – fed for 144 days, WDGS – fed for 156 days. the University of Nebraska compost yard, where treatments were kept separated. Manure samples were then 1 2 Table 2. Effect of dietary treatment on nitrogen mass balance during WINTER trial. freeze dried for nutrient analysis and Dietary treatment3 CON WDGS + straw SEM P-value4 oven dried for DM calculation. Ingre- dients were sampled weekly, and feed N intake 76.3 123.1 1.1 <0.01 refusals were analyzed to determine 5 N retention 12.1 11.9 0.3 0.25 nutrient intake using a weighted com- N excretion6 64.2 111.4 1.1 <0.01 Manure N7 23.6 26.2 3.5 0.63 posite on a pen basis. Individual steer N Run-off — — — — N retention was calculated using the N Lost 40.4 85.1 4.2 <0.01 NRC net energy and protein equations 8 N loss% 62.9 76.4 5.1 0.08 (NRC, 1996). Nutrient excretion was

DM removed 4776 5257 672 0.62 determined by subtracting nutrient OM removed 1114 1418 170 0.23 retention from intake. Total N lost (lb/ steer) was calculated by subtracting 1 N mass balance analyzed for equal days across treatments. manure N and runoff N from excreted 2Values are expressed as lb/steer over entire feeding period (WINTER – fed for 173 days, SUMMER – fed for 144 days). N. Percentage of N loss was calculated 3Dietary treatments: CON = Control corn-based diet, WDGS + straw= 70% WDGS, 25% wheat straw. as N lost divided by N excreted. 4F-test statistic for dietary treatment. Animal performance and nutrient 5 Calculated using the NRC net protein and net energy equations. balance data were analyzed using the 6Calculated as N intake – N retention. 7Manure N with correction for soil N. MIXED procedures of SAS as a 2 X 2 8Calculated as N loss divided by N excretion. factorial design with the factors being dietary treatments and timing of pen cleaning. Table 3. Effect of pen cleaning frequency on nitrogen mass balance1 during WINTER2 trial.

Pen cleaning frequency3 End Monthly SEM P-value4 Results

N intake 100 99 1.103 0.39 Cattle Performance N retention5 12.13 11.90 0.27 0.91 N excretion6 88.42 87.10 1.13 0.41 Manure N7 21.83 28.00 3.5 0.24 There was no interaction between N Run-off — — — — dietary treatments or pen cleaning N Lost 66.37 59.10 4.19 0.21 frequency (P > 0.24) for either N loss%8 73.5 65.5 5.1 0.29 SUMMER or WINTER trials; there- DM removed 3837 6194 670 0.03 fore, only main effects will be dis- OM removed 1005 1526 170 0.05 cussed. In the WINTER, cattle fed the WDGS + straw had lower DMI 1N mass balance analyzed for equal days across treatments. 2Values are expressed as lb/steer over entire feeding period (WINTER – fed for 173 day, SUMMER – fed (18.5 lb/day versus 22.6 lb/day). Aver- for 144 days). age daily gain was also lower in the 3Pen cleaning frequency: end = cleaned at end of feeding period, monthly = cleaned every 28 days. WDGS + straw treatment (2.36 versus 4 F-test statistic for dietary treatment. 3.57 lb), which resulted in a greater 5Calculated using the NRC net protein and net energy equations. 6Calculated as N intake – N retention. F:G (P < 0.01) compared to the cattle 7Manure N with correction for soil N. consuming the CON treatment. 8Calculated as N lost divided by N excretion. (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 85 Cattle fed during the SUMMER Table 4. Effect of dietary treatment on nitrogen mass balance1 during SUMMER2 trial. trial had similar performance results Dietary treatment3 CON WDGS + straw SEM P-value4 as the WINTER calf-feds. Intake was lower for the WDGS + straw treatment N intake 63.8 115.1 1.1 <0.01 (P < 0.01) as well as ADG (P < 0.01), N retention5 8.8 8.4 0.1 0.02 6 which resulted in a higher F:G (8.00 lb N excretion 55.0 106.7 1.1 <0.01 Manure N7 17.4 31.7 1.7 <0.01 versus 7.47 lb (P = 0.04)). This lower N Runoff 1.9 2.3 0.63 0.64 performance (Table 1) for the WDGS N Lost 33.5 69.9 2.2 <0.01 + straw treatment is most likely due to N loss%8 60.9 65.5 2.5 <0.01 the high inclusion of wheat straw in the DM removed 7784 12287 947 <0.01 OM removed 1160 2317 98 <0.01 diet, which was added to help increase the amount of OM on the pen surface 1N mass balance analyzed for equal days across treatments. and prevent sulfur-related polio 2Values are expressed as lb/steer over entire feeding period (WINTER – fed for 173 days, SUMMER – encephalomalacia (2009 Nebraska Beef fed for 144 days). 3Dietary treatments: CON = Control corn-based diet, WDGS + straw= 70% WDGS, 25% wheat straw. Cattle Report, pp. 79-80). 4F-test statistic for dietary treatment. 5Calculated using the NRC net protein and net energy equations. Nutrient Balance 6Calculated as N intake – N retention. 7Manure N with correction for soil N. 8Calculated as N loss divided by N excretion. There was no interaction between dietary treatments or pen cleaning frequency (P > 0.10) for either SUM- Table 5. Effect of pen cleaning frequency on nitrogen mass balance1 during SUMMER1. MER or WINTER trials; therefore, Pen cleaning frequency2 End Monthly SEM P-value3 only main effects will be discussed. Steers fed during the WINTER N intake 90 89 0.68 0.68 had greater N intake and N excretion N retention4 8.56 8.60 0.79 0.91 5 when consuming the WDGS + straw N excretion 81.21 80.50 0.13 0.79 Manure N6 16.82 32.26 1.70 <0.01 treatment (P <0.01, Table 2). How- N Run-off 3.51 5.76 1.39 0.28 ever, manure N was similar for the N Lost 60.92 42.47 2.21 <0.01 CON and WDGS + straw treatments. N lost%7 164.6 114.06 5.53 <0.01 Therefore, because WDGS + straw DM removed 6090 13981 941 <0.01 OM removed 1252 2225 98 <0.01 calves excreted more N with the same amount in manure as the CON calves, 1Values are expressed as lb/steer over entire feeding period (WINTER – fed for 173 days, SUMMER – the calves consuming the WDGS + fed for 144 days). 2 straw had greater N losses (P < 0.01). Pen cleaning frequency: end = cleaned at end of feeding period, monthly = cleaned every 28 days. 3F-test statistic for dietary treatment. There was a tendency (P = 0.08) for 4Calculated using the NRC net protein and net energy equations. the WDGS + straw steers to have 5Calculated as N intake – N retention. a greater N loss (76.4% vs. 62.9%) 6Manure N with correction for soil N. 7 when expressed as a percentage of N Calculated as N lost divided by N excretion. excreted. There was not enough precipitation during the WINTER trial amount of manure N, DM, and OM 2.2% for the WDGS + straw. to generate runoff. The dry matter removed for the steers consuming the These data indicate feeding 70% and OM removed were similar across WDGS + straw compared to the CON WDGS with 25% wheat straw does dietary treatments (P > 0.10). Amount (P < 0.01). Table 5 reports the pen decrease DMI, ADG, and F:G year of DM removed was greater for pens cleaning frequency results. Monthly around. Feeding WDGS at 70% diet cleaned monthly compared to those pen cleaning also almost doubled DM increased N intake and N excretion cleaned at the end of the feeding pe- (P < 0.01) the amount of N, DM, due to the high concentration of CP in riod (P = 0.03) (Table 3). and OM removed in the manure. the byproduct. Cleaning feedlot pens Steers on trial in the SUMMER Despite increases in manure N, N monthly does increase total amount consuming the WDGS + straw had losses were greater (P < 0.01) for the of manure removed, but there is also a greater (P<0.01) N intake and N WDGS + straw compared to the CON greater amount of OM and N removed. excretion, due to excess CP with the treatment. Cleaning pens monthly WDGS + straw treatment compared decreased (P < 0.01) N losses by 8.4 to the CON treatment (24% versus lb or 50.5% compared to cleaning at 1Amy R. Rich, graduate student; Galen 12%, Table 4). Runoff N was not the end of the feeding period. Runoff E. Erickson, professor; Terry J. Klopfenstein, professor; Matt K. Luebbe, research technician; impacted (P = 0.28) by either dietary N did not constitute much of what Josh R. Benton, research technician; Will A. Griffin, treatments or pen cleaning frequency; was excreted, resulting in 3.5% of N research technician, University of Nebraska– however, there was almost double the excreted for the CON treatment and Lincoln Department of Animal Science.

Galen E. Erickson negatively impacted compared to ing 30 cattle each with individual DMI Virgil R. Bremer steers contracting BRD at receiving or collected using Calan gates. Each ani- Terry J. Klopfenstein early in the feeding period. Therefore, mal had access to an individual bunk David R. Smith the objective of this compilation of and a common water source within Kathy J. Hanford research is to determine the impact barn. Individual cattle performance Robert E. Peterson of BRD on ADG, DMI, and F:G of was also analyzed with a third dataset Luis O. Burciaga-Robles finishing cattle using both pen and of 1,940 individual finishing cattle with Dan B. Faulkner individual feeding trials. 10% average incidence of BRD fed over Clint R. Krehbiel1 four years at the University of Illinois- Procedure Urbana GrowSafe facility. Steers were housed on indoor slatted pens of 8-40 Summary Data from two commercial feedlots steers each with common bunks and in Alberta, Canada (Western Feedlots) water sources within pen. Categories Five datasets from Canada, Okla- were obtained to evaluate impact of in all three datasets included no treat- homa, Illinois, and Nebraska were used BRD on performance. Incidence of ment, BRD treatment < 30 days on to determine the impact of bovine respi- BRD across these lots varied from 0 to trial, and BRD treatment > 30 days on ratory disease (BRD) on performance, 70% throughout the entire feeding pe- trial. An individual animal could only with emphasis on dry matter intake riod. The effect of percentage of cattle be classified in one of the categories. (DMI) and feed to gain ratio (F:G). in a pen treated for BRD on lot close- Category priority was given to the Data included pens and individually fed out DMI, ADG, and F:G were evalu- treatment closest to completion of the cattle. In general, cattle treated for BRD ated with n = 978 lots (276, 116 cattle) trial. Initial BW was used as a covari- had lower DMI and average daily gain finished at two Alberta, Canada ate, and the random effects of dietary (ADG) with little to no effect on F:G. feedlots in 2007 and 2008. Lots in the treatment within trial and pen effects When BRD occured early in the feeding dataset had 0 to 70% pen incidence also were accounted for. The categori- period (<30 days), little change in per- of BRD, and all lots contained greater cal data were analyzed with the Proc formance was observed. than 100 cattle. Lots were categorized GLIMMIX procedures of SAS (SAS by < 5%, 5-10%, 10-15%, 15-20%, Inc., Cary, NC). Feed efficiency (G:F) Introduction 20-25%, 25-30%, 30-35%, or > 35% was used for statistical analyses, but of cattle in the lot treated for BRD has been converted to F:G in data sum- A common perception is that and analyzed for linear and quadratic maries. Because of unequal replica- bovine respiratory disease (BRD) response in lot performance as BRD tions within BRD categories, standard causes a depression in ADG and incidence increased. A subset of these errors are reported by category instead presumably feed efficiency. Pen level cattle (n = 33,074 cattle) had individ- of pooled errors. When appropriate research supports the conclusion that ual carcass data linked to individual (i.e., differences in significance are cattle within pens treated for BRD steer within each lot so performance observed), initial BW was used as a have lower ADG compared to healthy and BRD treatment could be matched covariate to correct for differences in pen mates and lighter carcasses when with carcass data. The carcass data performance due to lighter starting the pen is marketed at one time. These were used to evaluate effects of cattle BW and isolate the impact of BRD on cattle also tend to be leaner and have being treated zero, one, or two or performance. less marbling. However, it is not clear more times for BRD on linear and when ADG is decreased whether DMI quadratic responses of cattle gain and Results is impacted because individual DMI is carcass characteristics. not measured within feedlot pens. It The effect of days on feed at BRD When cattle were categorized for is also unclear whether feeding those treatment on individual animal DMI, BRD incidence by lot in commercial cattle treated for BRD longer would ADG, and F:G was evaluated with feedlots, DMI and ADG of the lot were improve carcass weight and quality to three datasets. Two datasets included impacted (P < 0.001) by the percentage match healthy pen mates. Likewise, individually fed growing (n = 900; 16% within the pen that had been treated whether the cause of decreased carcass BRD treatment) and finishing for BRD (and presumably contracted quality is due to BRD or depressed (n = 987; 19% BRD treatment) cattle BRD). This impact was independent ADG is unknown. It seems reason- fed at the University of Nebraska– of initial BW, which was used as a co- able that cattle contracting BRD later Lincoln ARDC Feedlot. Cattle were variate. Table 1 illustrates that as more in the feeding period would be more housed in confinement barns contain- (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 87 Table 1. Bovine respiratory disease (BRD) impact on performance when categorized by incidence at two commercial feedlots in Alberta, Canada that included over 276,000 head and 978 lots of cattle. Respiratory disease incidence within the lot1 P-Value2 0 - 5 5 - 10 10 - 15 15 - 20 20 - 25 25 - 30 30 - 35 > 35 F-test Linear Quadratic

Steers, n 19,938 36,195 44,056 46,382 47,010 34,374 22,088 26,073 Lots, n 131 162 161 151 140 90 69 74 Morbidity, % 3.1 7.6 12.6 17.5 22.3 27.5 32.4 42.3 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 Initial BW, lb 620 610 617 622 614 612 602 612 0.05 0.08 0.60 DMI, lb/day 19.6 19.4 19.2 19.0 18.9 19.0 18.7 18.7 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 ADG, lb 3.50 3.45 3.46 3.39 3.40 3.40 3.35 3.39 <0.001 <0.001 0.03 F:G 5.61 5.64 5.55 5.64 5.57 5.59 5.59 5.53 0.03 0.08 0.53 1Respiratory disease incidence categorized by percent of cattle identified as morbid. 2P-value for F-test statistic and linear effect of BRD percentage within lots of cattle. cattle within the pen get sick, DMI Table 2. Impact of respiratory disease (BRD) on individual BW, ADG, and carcass characteristics of decreased linearly (P < 0.001; and qua- 33,073 steers fed in commercial pens linked with carcass data by individual that is categorized by zero, one, and two or more treatments for BRD. dratically). The decrease in DMI was about 1 lb less for cattle with 35% inci- Respiratory disease treatment1 P-value2 dence compared to lots with less than 0 1 2+ SEM F-test Linear Quadratic 5% and most of this decrease in DMI Steers, n 30,911 1,823 339 occurred in pens that went from 5% or DOF3, day 260.4 260.6 260.7 21.4 0.52 0.41 0.95 less to 15% or more BRD. Likewise, as Initial BW, lb 630.8 632.6 640.3 29.3 0.10 0.04 0.34 BRD incidence increased within a lot, Final BW, lb 1377.4 1374.6 1331.2 62.5 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 ADG decreased linearly (P < 0.001; and ADG, lb 3.12 3.10 2.94 0.12 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 quadratically) with about a 0.10 to 0.15 HCW, lb 826.4 824.7 798.7 37.5 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 4 lb/day lower ADG for lots with 30% or Marbling 516.8 503.0 489.8 13.0 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 LM area, in2 12.7 12.7 12.4 0.2 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 more of cattle treated compared to low Fat depth, in 0.42 0.40 0.37 0.03 <0.001 <0.001 0.49 incidences of BRD. While significant, USDA Choice, % 51.3 42.1 36.9 0.07 <0.001 <0.001 0.25 the impact on F:G was sporadic and USDA YG5 3.17 3.10 3.04 0.11 <0.001 <0.001 0.74 difficult to interpret. In general, no 1Respiratory treatment number that includes no treatments (0), 1 treatment, and 2 or more treatments clear trend was observed for F:G. (2+). A subset of these lots had indi- 2P-value for F-test statistic and linear or quadratic effects of BRD treatment number. 3DOF is days on feed at the feedlot. vidual carcass data matched with 4Marbling score where 500 = small0. individuals within lots; however, 5USDA Yield Grade. individual DMI response is not possible as these are unknown in pen situa- decrease when cattle were treated two of disease onset. It should be noted tions. A quadratic decrease (P < 0.001) or more times compared to only once. that 139 of 900 head were treated for in final BW and ADG was observed as Marbling, fat depth, USDA Choice, BRD prior to starting the growing BRD treatments increased (Table 2). and USDA YG all decreased linearly period (i.e., sick during a receiving A quadratic decrease (P < 0.001) was (P < 0.001) as number of BRD treat- period prior to start) and DMI, ADG, observed in HCW as number of ments increased. or F:G were not impacted (Table 3). A BRD treatments increased with a Performance of individually fed small number of cattle were treated 1.7 lb decrease for one treatment com- cattle fed growing diets was impacted either in the first 30 days (3 of 900) pared to none and an additional 26 lb by BRD, but depended on the timing or treated after the first 30 days (5

Table 3. Growing cattle performance of individually fed cattle categorized by respiratory disease incidence at UNL. Respiratory disease treatment1 None Prior to Trial < 30 dof > 30 dof P-value2 Mean SE Mean SE Mean SE Mean SE Treatment Initial BW Cattle, n 753 139 3 5 Initial BW, lb 608 5.5 604 6.8 612 30.7 587 23.8 0.69 DMI, lb/day 14.7b 0.27 14.5b 0.31 14.2b 1.12 12.9a 0.87 0.10 < 0.01 ADG, lb 1.88b 0.065 1.84b 0.071 1.73a,b 0.232 1.29a 0.183 < 0.01 0.60 G:F 0.125 0.0028 0.124 0.0035 0.117 0.0155 0.080 0.012 < 0.01 < 0.01 F:G 8.00 8.06 8.55 12.50 1Respiratory treatment history includes cattle that were not identified as sick (None), pulled and treated prior to finishing beginning (Prior to Trial), pulled and treated within the first 30 days on finishing diets (< 30 dof), and pulled and treated after the first 30 days on finishing diets (> 30 dof). 2P-value due to respiratory treatment history and the p-value for using initial BW as a covariate.

Page 88 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 4. Impact of respiratory disease on finishing performance and carcass characteristics of individually-fed cattle at UNL. Respiratory disease treatment1 None Prior to Trial < 30 dof > 30 dof P-value2 Mean SE Mean SE Mean SE Mean SE Treatment Initial BW Cattle, n 799 160 9 19 Initial BW, lb 816b 9.5 825b 10.4 758a 21.7 809b 16.9 0.01 DMI, lb/day 22.0 0.23 22.3 0.28 21.4 0.78 21.3 0.58 0.22 < 0.01 ADG, lb 3.33 0.042 3.43 0.058 3.22 0.193 3.20 0.141 0.16 0.67 G:F 0.152 0.0013 0.154 0.0020 0.152 0.0072 0.155 0.0052 0.66 < 0.01 F:G 6.58 6.49 6.58 6.45 Carcass Weight, lb 801 5.6 808 6.5 789 16.8 794 12.6 0.21 < 0.01 Fat Thickness, in 0.44 0.007 0.43 0.011 0.40 0.042 0.40 0.031 0.40 < 0.01 Marbling Score3 506 4.0 497 6.9 498 31.4 509 18.8 0.67 0.48 1Respiratory treatment history includes cattle that were not identified as sick (None), pulled and treated prior to finishing beginning (Prior to Trial), pulled and treated within the first 30 days on finishing diets (< 30 dof), and pulled and treated after the first 30 days on finishing diets (> 30 dof). 2P-value due to respiratory treatment history and the p-value for using initial BW as a covariate. 3USDA marbling score with 500 = small0

Table 5. University of Illinois performance data categorized by respiratory disease of steers with individual intake measured using the GrowSafe system. Respiratory disease treatment1 None Prior to Trial < 30 dof > 30 dof P-value2 Mean SE Mean SE Mean SE Mean SE Treatment Initial BW Head 1748 46 66 80 Initial BW, lb 731b 6.4 667a 13.9 690a 13.0 721b 11.1 < 0.01 DOF, d 3 165a 1.3 172b 2.4 170b 2.3 168a,b 2.0 < 0.01 DMI, lb/day 23.0b 0.14 23.1b 0.36 23.4b 0.33 21.9a 0.28 < 0.01 < 0.01 ADG, lb 3.65b 0.019 3.62b 0.071 3.72b 0.062 3.43a 0.054 < 0.01 < 0.01 G:F 0.160 0.0009 0.159 0.0025 0.161 0.0023 0.157 0.0019 0.51 < 0.01 F:G 6.25 6.29 6.21 6.37 HCW, lb 838b 2.8 838b 7.5 845b 6.8 819a 5.8 < 0.01 < 0.01 Fat thickness, in 0.50b 0.005 0.57c 0.021 0.50b 0.018 0.46a 0.016 < 0.01 < 0.01 Marbling score 4 560b 2.7 554a,b 12.1 545a,b 10.3 531a 9.2 0.01 < 0.01 1Respiratory treatment history includes cattle that were not identified as sick (None), pulled and treated prior to finishing beginning (Prior to Trial), pulled and treated within the first 30 days on finishing diets (< 30 dof), and pulled and treated after the first 30 days on finishing diets (> 30 dof). 2P-value due to respiratory treatment history and the p-value for using initial BW as a covariate. 3DOF is days on feed at the feedlot. 4USDA marbling score with 500 = small0. of 900). While a small number of treatment history on performance. are likely affected in terms of observations are available, cattle treat- Steers that were treated after 30 days depressed DMI and ADG for a short ed after the first 30 days had depressed on finishing diets had lower DMI period. If BRD occurs early, cattle DMI, and ADG and greater F:G. (P < 0.01), lower ADG (P < 0.01), but can likely recover and little impact With 987 finishing cattle that were similar F:G (P = 0.51) to steers never is observed even on DMI and ADG. individually fed at UNL, there was no treated, treated during receiving, or Despite lower DMI and ADG, F:G significant effect of BRD treatment his- treated during the first 30 days on feed is not impacted in finishing studies tory on DMI, ADG, or F:G (P > 0.16; (Table 5). No differences (P > 0.10) summarized but may be negatively Table 4). However, the 28 head treated were observed for DMI, ADG, or F:G impacted in growing situations. during the feeding period had numeri- for steers treated the first 30 days of the cally lower DMI and ADG, but very feeding period, during receiving, or 1Galen E. Erickson, professor; Virgil R. similar F:G. It is unclear whether BRD not treated for BRD. Carcass charac- Bremer, technician; Terry J. Klopfenstein, incidence was too low to distinguish teristics followed a very similar trend professor; Kathy J. Hanford, associate professor, performance differences due to BRD as performance with steers treated University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal Science; David R. Smith, professor, treatment history. Carcass weight, fat after 30 days on finishing diets having UNL School of Veterinary Medicine; Robert E. depth, and marbling also were not af- lower HCW, less fat thickness, and less Peterson and Luis O. Burciago-Robles, Feedlot fected (P > 0.21). marbling (P < 0.01) compared to steers Health Management Services, Okotoks, Alberta, With 1,940 finishing steers with either treated earlier than 30 days on Canada; Dan B. Faulkner, professor, University of Illinois, Urbana, Ill.; Clint R. Krehbiel, individual intakes from the University feed or not treated for BRD. professor, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, of Illinois, there was an impact of BRD Cattle that get respiratory disease Okla.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 89 Effects of a Dietary Antioxidant on Performance and Carcass Characteristics of Feedlot Cattle With or Without WDGS

Justin P. Moore receiving finishing diets, with or with- When approximately 60% of steers Stephanie A. Furman out a dietary antioxidant (ethoxyquin within a block were expected to grade Galen E. Erickson and tertiary-butyl-hydroquinone), in USDA Choice, the steers were sent Karla H. Jenkins dry-rolled, corn-based diets with or to a commercial abattoir. Half of the Judson T. Vasconcelos without WDGS. weight blocks were fed 145 days and Martin A. Andersen the other half for 160 days. On the Casey N. Macken1 Procedure day of slaughter, hot carcass weights (HCW) were recorded. Following a Four hundred eighty British x Con- 24-hour chill, 12th rib fat thickness, Summary tinental yearling steers (BW = 779 lb) lean muscle (LM) area, marbling were acclimated to the feedlot for five score, USDA QG And USDA YG were Effect of a dietary antioxidant or six days, respectively, prior to ini- recorded. To account for any gut-fill, in diets with or without wet distill- tial processing, which included: 1) ear the final live BW was adjusted using a ers grains plus solubles (WDGS) was tags; 2) vaccinations; 3) de-worming; common dressing percentage of 63% evaluated for performance and carcass 4) implanting with Component TE-IS calculated from HCW. The carcass- characteristics. The 2 x 2 factorial design with Tylan® (Vetlife/Elanco, Over- adjusted final BW was used to calcu- consisted of 1) an antioxidant at 0 or land Park, KS); and 5) individually late ADG and F:G. 150 ppm (Agrado Plus) and 2) WDGS weighing on two consecutive days Performance and carcass char- at 0 or 30%, which replaced dry-rolled for an average initial BW. Cattle were acteristics were analyzed as a 2 x 2 corn. Feeding the antioxidant did not re-implanted with Component TE-S factorial using the PROC MIXED affect performance (P > 0.31) or car- with Tylan® on day 71. procedure of SAS (Version 9.1, SAS cass characteristics (P > 0.25). Feeding Cattle were stratified by BW, Inc., Cary, N.C.). Pen was used as the WDGS increased (P < 0.01) final body assigned to eight weight blocks and experimental unit. The factors includ- weight (BW), dry matter intake (DMI), assigned randomly to 32 pens. Four ed in the model were WDGS inclusion and average daily gain (ADG) while treatment diets were assigned ran- and dietary antioxidant inclusion, decreasing the feed to gain (F:G) ratio domly to pens within each block, with with weight block as a fixed variable (P < 0.01). Carcass characteristics were eight pens per treatment and 15 steers and initial BW as a covariate. PROC affected (P < 0.01) by feeding WDGS, per pen. A 21-day adaptation period FREQ was used in the Chi-square which increased HCW and fatness. consisted of three periods, each seven analyses of USDA QG distribution. days, where roughage was replaced Introduction with an equal amount of concentrate. Results Two diets consisted of dry-rolled corn Feeding wet distillers grain plus (DRC) (78%), soybean meal/urea No WDGS level x AOX level inter- solubles (WDGS) is becoming a pellet (1.86:1; 4%), corn silage (12%) action was observed for performance common practice. However, WDGS and a liquid supplement (6%) with or (P > 0.32) or carcass characteristics contains high levels of unsaturated without a dietary antioxidant (AOX) (P > 0.34); therefore, only main fatty acids that are prone to oxidation, (0 or 150 ppm Agrado Plus, Novus effects were evaluated. Main effects which may increase oxidative stress International, Inc., St. Louis, MO) of dietary antioxidant are reported in (2007 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, and two diets consisted of DRC (52%), Table 2 and were not significantly dif- pp. 39-42; 2008 Nebraska Beef Cattle WDGS (30%), corn silage (12%), and ferent for performance (P > 0.30) or Report, pp. 108-109; 2009 Nebraska a liquid supplement (6%) with or carcass characteristics (P > 0.24). Beef Cattle Report, pp. 110-111; 2010 without a dietary antioxidant Performance and carcass charac- Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 97- (0 or 150 ppm Agrado Plus). The teristics for WDGS main effects have 98). Dietary antioxidants may control liquid supplement contained Rumen been summarized in Table 3. Initial excessive lipid oxidation and decrease sin (345 mg/hd/day) and Tylan BW was lighter (P < 0.01) for steers negative effects by reducing the perox- (90 mg/hd/day). Diets containing receiving the 30% WDGS; however, idation of fatty acids (2009 Nebraska WDGS had a CP level of 14.8%, com- the difference was only 2 pounds. Beef Cattle Report, pp. 113-115). pared to 13.4 % in the corn-based Final BW increased (P < 0.01) with The objectives of our study were diets (Table 1). Fat level was greater WDGS inclusion (1387 lb to 1483 lb). to evaluate live performance and car- for the WDGS compared to the corn- Daily intake increased (P < 0.01) cass characteristics of feedlot cattle based diets. from 24.0 lb/day to 24.7 lb/day with

Page 90 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Finishing diet nutrient analysis (% DM basis)1. WDGS inclusion. Gain increased Treatment (P < 0.01) when including WDGS in the diet (3.95 lb to 4.59 lb). WDGS Nutrient Control Agrado Plus WDGS + WDGS Agrado Plus inclusion resulted in a decrease (P < 0.01) in F:G (6.08 lb to 5.37 lb). DM, % 78.9 78.9 62.4 62.4 CP, % 13.4 13.4 14.8 14.8 Carcasses were heavier (P < 0.01), th Fat, % 3.73 3.73 5.74 5.74 12 rib fat increased (P < 0.01), and S, % 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.25 USDA YG increased (P < 0.01) with Vit A, IU/lb 4914 4730 4775 4959 WDGS inclusion. Percentage USDA Vit D, IU/lb 140 121 121 140 Vit E, IU/lb 13 13 16 16 Choice and above tended to increase (P = 0.14), and percentage USDA 1 Calculated from Nutrient Requirements of Beef Cattle: Seventh Revised Edition: Update 2000. Select tended to decrease (P = 0.13) Table 2. Main effects of Agrado Plus on performance and carcass characteristics. when including WDGS. No differ ences were observed between treat- Treatment ments for LM area (P = 0.21) or Item 0 ppm 150 ppm SE P-value marbling scores (P = 0.35). Initial BW, lb 779 779 0.6 0.94 Inclusion of a synthetic dietary Final BW, lb1 1434 1436 5.2 0.84 antioxidant (ethoxyquin and tertiary- DMI, lb/day 24.3 24.4 0.08 0.31 butyl-hydroquinone) at 150 ppm (DM ADG, lb 4.27 4.28 0.04 0.90 F:G 5.71 5.74 0.04 0.70 basis) had no significant effect on per- HCW, lb 903 905 3.3 0.81 formance or carcass characteristics. 12th rib fat, in 0.60 0.60 0.01 0.68 Conversely, WDGS inclusion resulted LM area, in2 14.2 14.2 0.13 0.70 in a typical response on performance USDA YG2 3.32 3.28 0.05 0.60 Marbling3 550 542 4.8 0.25 (2008 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp.35-36; 2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle 1 HCW / 63% average dressing. Report, pp. 61-62) and increased car- 2Calculated Yield Grade = 2.5 + (2.5*12th rib fat, in) + (0.0038*HCW, lb) – (0.32*LM area, in2) + (0.2*KPH, %). cass fatness (2007 Nebraska Beef Cattle 3400 = slight 0; 500 = small 0. Report, pp. 33-35). When WDGS was included at 30% diet DM, in a dry- rolled, corn-based diet, WDGS had a Table 3. Main effects of WDGS on performance and carcass characteristics. feeding value of 142% based on F:G, Treatment with a 16% increase in ADG and a Item 0% WDGS 30% WDGS SE P-value 12% decrease in F:G. Initial BW, lb 780 778 0.6 <0.01 Final BW, lb1 1387 1483 5.7 < 0.01 1 DMI, lb/day 24.0 24.7 0.09 < 0.01 Justin P. Moore, graduate student; Galen ADG, lb 3.95 4.59 0.04 < 0.01 E. Erickson, professor, University of Nebraska– F:G 6.08 5.37 0.05 < 0.01 Lincoln Department of Animal Science; HCW, lb 873 934 3.6 < 0.01 Karla H. Jenkins, assistant professor; Judson 12th rib fat, in 0.52 0.68 0.01 < 0.01 T. Vasconcelos, former assistant professor, LM area, in2 14.3 14.1 0.15 0.21 Stephanie R. Furman, University of Nebraska USDA YG2 2.93 3.67 0.06 < 0.01 Panhandle Research and Extension Center, Marbling3 542 550 5.3 0.35 Scottsbluff, Neb.; Martin A. Andersen, Novus International, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; Casey N. 1HCW / 63% average dressing. Macken, Performance Plus, Palmer, Neb. 2Calculated Yield Grade = 2.5 + (2.5*12th rib fat, in) + (0.0038*HCW, lb) – (0.32*LM area, in2) + (0.2*KPH, %). 3400 = slight 0; 500 = small0.

Siroj Pokharel fatty acids (PUFA) which are respon- 36oF for a retail display. Steaks from Chris R. Calkins sible for increased rancidity in meat four days were analyzed for oxidative Amilton S. de Mello Jr. and decreased color stability (2009 rancidity (TBARS) and steaks from Lasika S. Senaratne Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 107- seven days were analyzed for color Jeremy B. Hinkle 109). This research was conducted to and TBARS analysis. Timothy P. Carr determine if meat quality continues For this experiment, TBARS were Galen E. Erickson1,2 to change when very high levels of run to measure the rancidity of the WDGS (> 50%) are fed with straw to muscle as explained by Senaratne et maintain rumen pH and manage any al., 2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, Summary sulfur related challenges. pp. 113-115. Fatty acid composition in a steak was determined by follow- Cattle (n = 336; 595 ± 20 lb) were Procedure ing the same procedures as described fed one of seven diets (corn/5% straw; by de Mello Jr. et al (2008 Nebraska 40% distillers grain (DG)/5% straw; Cattle (n = 336; 595 ± 20 lb) were Beef Cattle Report, pp. 108-109). Sub- 70% DG/8% straw; 70% DG/25% assigned randomly to one of the 36 jective color evaluation was done by straw; 77.5% DG/9% straw; 77.5% pens. Pens were assigned randomly three to four trained panelists from DG/17% straw, and 85% DG/10% to one of seven dietary treatments the Department of Animal Science at straw – DM basis) to measure effects of (corn/5% straw; 40% DG/5% straw, the University of Nebraska–Lincoln. feeding high levels of DG on shelf life 70% DG/8% straw, 70% DG/25% Color evaluation was based on the of aged beef. Except for 70% DG/25% straw, 77.5% DG/9% straw, 77.5% discoloration percentage that ranges straw, strip loins were cut into three DG/17% straw, and 85% DG/10% from 0 to 100%. The objective color ® steaks each after 20 days of postmor- straw – DM basis) as described by was read with the Hunter Lab Mini tem aging for 0, 4, and 7 days of retail Rich et al. (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Scan XE Plus (Model 45/0-L, Hunter display. The treatment having 70% Report, pp. 84-86). Steers on corn/5% Laboratory Associates, Inc., Reston, DG/8% straw had the greatest oxidation straw, 40/5, 70/8, and 77.5/9 diets were Va.) a portable colorimeter equipped status. Trans fatty acids and polyunsat- fed up to 183 days and the remaining with a 1-inch aperture and using illu- urated fatty acids increased significantly 70/25, 77.5/17 and 85/10 diets were fed minant D65 at 10o standard observer. in the strips of cattle fed high levels of 225 days so as to attain similar final Color was read on the strip loin steaks WDGS and straw. Treatments with the BW. Strip loins (m. Longissimus lum- (m. longissimus lumborum) that were highest levels of DG (85% DG/10% borum), 9-15 per treatment (all USDA kept for seven days in a retail display. straw) or straw (77.5% DG/17% straw) Choice), (IMPS # 180 PSO2; NAMP, In colorimeter readings, the average had the most discoloration and were 2007) were collected from Greater darkest at day three and four of retail Omaha Packing Co. (except that no display. loins were obtained for the 70/25 Table 1. Amount of malondialdehyde mg/kg (oxidative rancidity) from strips (m. treatment) and cut into three steaks longissimus lumborum) of steers fed Introduction (1 inch thick) after 20 days of post- high level of WDGS with straw. mortem aging. The first steak of each Treatment Amount Wet distillers grains plus soluble muscle was vacuum packaged using 1 b (WDGS) can be used as a replacement nylon-polyethylene vacuum pouches Control 5 St 0.30 40 DG 5 St2 0.31b for corn and provide supplemental (3 mil STD barrier, Prime Sources, St. 70 DG 8 St3 2.43a protein. Feeding WDGS decreases Louis, Mo.) on a Multivac Packaging 77.5 DG 9 St4 1.76ab the feed to gain ratio (F:G) in cattle machine (MULTIVAC C500, Multivac 77.5 DG 17 St5 2.28ab 6 ab and is very economical to use in Ne- Inc., Kansas City, Mo.) and frozen 85 DG 10 St 1.75 braska (2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle for laboratory analyses of fat content, LS-means with the different letters a,b are signifi- Report, pp. 42-43 and 61-62). Previ- 0 day oxidative rancidity (TBARS), cantly different at P < 0.05. 1 ous research has shown an increase fatty acids and proximate analysis. Control 5 St: corn diet and 5% straw. 240 DG 5 St: diet with 40% WDGS and 5% straw. in discoloration of steaks when cattle The second and third steaks of each 370 DG 8 St: diet with 70% WDGS and 8% straw. are fed with high levels of distill- muscle were packaged on Styrofoam 477.5 DG 9 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 9% ers grain (2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle trays (Styro-Tech, Denver, Colo.), straw. 5 R e p o r t , pp. 99-101). Beef from cattle overwrapped with oxygen permeable 77.5 DG 17 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 17% straw. fed high levels of WDGS contains polyvinyl chloride film and placed on 685 DG 10 St: diet with 85% WDGS and 10% large amounts of polyunsaturated a table in a cooler maintained at 32- straw.

Page 92 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 2. Amount of fat and moisture percentage from USDA Choice grade strips (m. longissimus lumborum) of steers fed high levels of WDGS with straw. Treatments Contrasts Attribute Control 40 DG 70 DG 77.5 DG 77.5 DG 85 DG Control vs. Non-straw 5 st1 5 St2 8 St3 9 St4 17 St5 10 St6 P-Value WDGS vs. straw Marbling Mt 42abc Mt 64a Mt 52ab Mt 22bc Mt 61a Mt 21c 0.02 0.85 0.12 Fat content (%) 9.25bc 10.38ab 9.25bc 7.53d 10.79a 8.68dc 0.0003 0.87 0.06 Moisture content (%) 71.95a 71.62a 71.53ab 71.47ab 70.72b 69.87c < 0.0001 0.002 0.08 a,b,c, dMeans in the same row having different superscripts are significantly different atP < 0.05. 1Control 5 St: corn diet and 5% straw. 240 DG 5 St: diet with 40% WDGS and 5% straw. 370 DG 8 St: diet with 70% WDGS and 8% straw. 477.5 DG 9 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 9% straw. 577.5 DG 17 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 17% straw. 685 DG 10 St: diet with 85% WDGS and 10% straw. Mt in marbling refers to modest 500-599 in Choice grade.

Table 3. Weight percentage1 of fatty acids of strip (m. longissimus lumborum) steaks from steers fed high levels of wet distillers grains with straw.

Dietary Treatments (% WDGS – DM basis)

Control1 40 DG 5 70 DG 8 77.5 DG 9 77.5 DG 17 85 DG 10 Fatty acids 5 St St2 St3 St4 St5 St6 P- value

14:1-(n-5) - Myristoleic 0.75a 0.55b 0.43bc 0.43bc 0.46bc 0.42c <0.01 15:0 - Pentadecanoic 0.55a 0.53ab 0.47bc 0.47bc 0.38d 0.46c <0.01 ISO 16:0 - Isopalmitic 0.43a 0.26c 0.44a 0.39ab 0.31bc 0.39ab <0.01 16:0 - Palmitic 26.23a 24.44b 23.56c 22.68cd 22.48d 23.39cd <0.01 16:1- (n-7) - Palmitoleic 3.85a 2.54b 2.31bc 2.08c 2.47bc 2.25bc <0.01 17:0 - Heptadecanoic 1.52a 1.46a 1.18b 1.21b 0.84c 1.00c <0.01 ISO 18:0 - Isosetearic 0.29bc 0.23c 0.43a 0.38ab 0.36ab 0.42a <0.01 17:1- (n-7) - heptadecenoic 1.30a 0.86b 0.68c 0.68cd 0.52d 0.56cd <0.01 18:0 - stearic 12.70d 14.94c 16.42b 16.35bc 17.86ab 18.74a <0.01 18:1T- Elaidic 2.14c 4.74b 6.73a 7.51a 5.60b 5.49b <0.01 18:1- (n-9)- Oleic 38.38a 35.90b 31.74c 32.21c 34.75b 32.25c <0.01 (18:1 n-7)- Vaccenic 1.49a 1.06b 1.39a 1.47a 0.81b 0.94b <0.01 18:1 Δ 13 0.11d 0.21b 0.24ab 0.27a 0.17c 0.22b <0.01 18:1 Δ 14 0.04b 0.07ab 0.07ab 0.07ab 0.08a 0.08a 0.11 18:2T- Linoelaidic 0.08c 0.19b 0.2ab 0.23ab 0.23a 0.20ab <0.01 19:0- Nonadecanoic 0.07c 0.24b 0.26ab 0.28ab 0.30a 0.28a <0.01 18:2- (n-6)- Linoleic 3.27d 5.45c 6.83a 6.69a 5.85a 6.30ab <0.01 20:0- Eicosanoic 0.04b 0.11a 0.11a 0.13a 0.14a 0.14a <0.01 18:3- (n-3)- Linolenic 0.12b 0.21a 0.21a 0.25a 0.22a 0.25a <0.01 20:1- (n-9)- Eicosenoic 0.25c 0.35bc 0.29bc 0.41ab 0.52a 0.31bc <0.01 CLA c9, t11 0b 0.01a 0b 0b 0b 0b 0.1 CLA c12, t10 0.01c 0.05b 0.06ab 0.10a 0.09ab 0.10a <0.01 20:2- Eicosadienoic acid 0.07a 0.08a 0.05a 0.03a 0.04a 0.10a 0.33 20:3- (n-6)- Homogamma Linolenic 0.26ab 0.21b 0.30a 0.30a 0.23b 0.26ab 0.02 20:4- (n-6)- Arachidonic 0.83a 0.57b 0.91a 0.82a 0.60b 0.80a <0.01 22:4- Adrenic acid 0.02a 0.03a 0.03a 0.02a 0.03a 0.03a 0.96 22:5- (n-3)- Docosapentaenoic 0.02a 0a 0.02a 0.04a 0.02a 0.01a 0.61 Trans 2.37d 5.28c 7.31ab 8.20a 6.18bc 6.09c <0.01 PUFA 4.67d 6.80c 8.62a 8.50a 7.32bc 8.06ab <0.01 OMEGA 3 0.15c 0.21bc 0.23ab 0.29a 0.25ab 0.26ab <0.01 OMEGA 6 4.37d 6.26c 8.07a 7.84a 6.70bc 7.40ab <0.01 OMEGA6:3 29.39a 30.49a 32.52a 28.21a 28.28a 29.13a 0.77

1Weight percentage values are relative proportions of all peaks observed by gas chromatography. a,b,c,dMeans in the same row having different superscripts are significant at P ≤ 0.05. 1Control 5 St: corn diet and 5% straw. 240 DG 5 St: diet with 40% WDGS and 5% straw. 370 DG 8 St: diet with 70% WDGS and 8% straw. 477.5 DG 9 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 9% straw. 577.5 DG 17 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 17% straw. 685 DG 10 St: diet with 85% WDGS and 10% straw.

(Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 93 of L* (measure of darkness to light- 43 ness), a* (measure of redness), and b* (measure of yellowness) were 41 taken. Data were analyzed using the GLIMMIX procedure of SAS (Version 1 9.2, SAS Institute Inc. 2009). Where 39 Control 5 St significance P( ≤ 0.05) was indicated 40 DG 5 St2 by ANOVA, means separations were 37 performed using the LSMEANS and L* 70 DG 8 St3 DIFF functions of SAS. 77.5 DG 9 St4 35 Results 77.5 DG 17 St5

33 6 Oxymyoglobin becomes stable 85 DG 10 St when there is high partial pressure and concentration of oxygen (O2). 31 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 High concentration of O2 and O2- permeable film ultimately leads to Days at Display higher lipid oxidation. There was no 1Control 5 St: corn diet and 5% straw. significant treatment-by-day effect for 240 DG 5 St: diet with 40% WDGS and 5% straw. oxidative rancidity in the strip steaks 370 DG 8 St: diet with 70% WDGS and 8% straw. of steers; however, oxidative rancid- 477.5 DG 9 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 9% straw. 577.5 DG 17 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 17% straw. ity was significantly different among 685 DG 10 St: diet with 85% WDGS and 10% straw. dietary treatments (Table 1). Steaks from cattle fed 70% DG/8% straw Figure 1. L* values of strips steaks (m. longissimus lumborum) from steers fed corn, high level were more prone to oxidation than WDGS, and straw. steaks from cattle fed corn or 40% DG/5% straw. Although the amount of straw added in the diet (77.5% DG/17% straw) was almost double in 30 Control 5 St1 comparison to other diets, there were 2 no statistical differences among treat- 40 DG 5 St ments containing straw. 25 70 DG 8 St3 The steaks for the research were 4 USDA Choice; their marbling data, 77.5 DG 9 St 20 fat content, and moisture content 77.5 DG 17 St5 are shown in Table 2. The effects of 6 these treatments on overall grade and 85 DG 10 St

a* 15 marbling are shown elsewhere in this Beef Cattle Report (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 55-56). As 10 shown in Table 3, strips from cattle fed high levels of WDGS and straw had significantly greater levels of 5 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) and trans fatty acids in comparison to the corn-fed group whereas there was 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a significant decrease of 18:1 n-7 fatty Days at Display acid in cattle fed high levels of WDGS and straw. Camfield et al. (1997, 1Control 5 St: corn diet and 5% straw. Journal of Animal Science 75:1837- 240 DG 5 St: diet with 40% WDGS and 5% straw. 1844) reported that PUFA are respon- 370 DG 8 St: diet with 70% WDGS and 8% straw. sible for discoloration of meat whereas 477.5 DG 9 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 9% straw. 5 lower levels of 18:1 n-7 fatty acid are 77.5 DG 17 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 17% straw. 685 DG 10 St: diet with 85% WDGS and 10% straw. associated with off flavor production. de Mello Jr. et al. (2008 Nebraska Beef Figure 2. a* values of strips steaks (m. longissimus lumborum) from steers fed corn, high level WDGS, Cattle Report, pp. 110-111) reported and straw.

Page 94 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 100 had the lowest discoloration (Figure 3). It should be noted that animals 90 receiving these treatments were fed 80 42 days longer than most of the other treatments in order to reach an appro- 70 Control 5 St1 priate slaughter endpoint. Senaratne 60 et al. (2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle 40 DG 5 St2 R e p o r t , pp. 116-117) demonstrated 50 70 DG 8 St3 that 40% of distillers grains with sol- 40 ubles resulted in greater discoloration 4 77.5 DG 9 St regardless of aging period.

Percentage Discoloration Percentage 30 77.5 DG 17 St5 In summary, meat from cattle fed 20 high levels of WDGS had significantly 85 DG 10 St6 greater values of oxidation, trans- 10 fatty acids, and PUFA compared to corn/5% straw and 40% DG/5% straw. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The treatments with the highest levels of WDGS (85% DG/10% straw) or Days at Display straw (77.5% DG/17% straw) had the 1Control 5 St: corn diet and 5% straw. lowest color stability (lower L* values) 2 40 DG 5 St: diet with 40% WDGS and 5% straw. and highest discoloration. There did 370 DG 8 St: diet with 70% WDGS and 8% straw. 477.5 DG 9 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 9% straw. not seem to be any changes to beef 577.5 DG 17 St: diet with 77.5% WDGS and 17% straw. quality with added straw when high 685 DG 10 St: diet with 85% WDGS and 10% straw. levels of WDGS are fed, but adding straw dramatically changed perfor- Figure 3. Visual discoloration of strips steaks (m. longissimus lumborum) from steers fed corn, high level WDGS, and straw. mance (Rich et al., 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. 84-86). increases in PUFA and trans fatty acid %DG/17% straw) were darkest at day levels from feeding WDGS. Similar 3 and day 4. The a* (redness) values 1Siroj Pokharel, graduate student; Chris results were shown by de Mello Jr. et decreased from day 0 to 7. Steaks from R. Calkins, professor, University of Nebraska– Lincoln Department of Animal Science; Amilton al. (2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, cattle fed corn were superior in red- S. de Mello Jr., graduate student; Lasika S. pp. 107-109) and Senaratne et al., ness from four to seven days of retail Senaratne, graduate student; Jeremey B. Hinkle, (2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, pp. display in comparison with the steers graduate student; Timothy P. Carr, professor, 110-112). fed high levels of WDGS (Figure 2). Nutrition and Health Sciences, Lincoln; and Galen E. Erickson, professor, UNL Department The L* (lightness) values decreased Discoloration percentage increased of Animal Science, Lincoln. then increased from day 0 to 7 of with retail display time. Meat from 2This project was funded, in part, by the retail display for all treatments (Figure cattle fed 85% DG/10% straw and Nebraska Beef Council. 1). The treatments with the most DG 77.5% DG/17% straw had the greatest (85% DG/10% straw) or straw (77.5 discoloration whereas cattle fed corn

Asia L. Haack Procedure illuminant D65 and a 2o standard Amilton S. de Mello Jr. observer, L* (brightness), a* (redness) Siroj Pokharel Ninety-six feedlot crossbred year- and b* (blue to yellow) values were Lasika Senaratne ling steers were allocated to three recorded. Six different readings were Jerilyn Hergenreder different finishing diets: LFWDG, taken from each steak and averaged. Kim Varnold traditional wet DG with solubles Subjective color was also measured Chris R. Calkins (TWDGS), and a corn-based diet and every day for seven days in which the Galen E. Erickson were fed for 131 days (2011 Nebraska score was based upon percent oxida- Timothy P. Carr Beef Cattle Report pp. 44-45). The tion; 0% indicating no discoloration, D. Dwain Johnson1,2 TWDGS diet contained distillers 100% indicating discoloration of the solubles and was 6.91% fat, while entire steak. the solubles were omitted from the Summary LFWDG diets, which contained 4.72% Oxidation fat. Forty-five carcasses grading USDA A low-fat (4.72%) wet distillers grain Choice, 15 from each treatment, were Steaks were removed from freezer (LFWDG) diet was compared to a tra- randomly selected and their respec- storage and cut into small pieces while ditional wet distillers grain with solubles tive strip loins collected, vacuum partially frozen. The pieces were then (WDGS) diet and a corn-based diet. All packaged, and shipped to the Loeffel flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and wet distillers diets increased polyunsatu- Meat Laboratory at the University of powdered in a grinder. Powdered rated fatty acids in comparison to the Nebraska–Lincoln. After aging at 33oF samples were then analyzed using the control. The LFWDG diet caused greater for 12 days post-mortem, the strip loins TBARS standard protocol. oxidative rancidity and had a decreased were fabricated. Seven steaks were cut shelf life; however, there was no change from the strip loin. Four 1-inch steaks Warner-Bratzler Shear Force and in sensory properties. The LFWDG diet were cut for taste panels and Warner- Cooking Loss evaluated in this study caused decreased Bratzler Shear Force (WBSF) testing. oxidative stability of the muscle com- The remaining loin sections were cut Steaks for the Warner-Bratzler pared to the TWDGS and the control into ½-inch steaks and oxidation mea- Shear Force testing were thawed diets. sured with the Thiobarbituric Acid As- overnight in a cooler and then grilled say (TBARS) test. Day zero steaks were on Hamilton Beach Indoor/Outdoor Introduction vacuum packaged and immediately grills. Steaks were weighed and the frozen in -20oF freezer. temperature was taken before steaks Previous studies found inclusion Day 4 and day 7 steaks were placed were placed on the grill and then of WDGS in the diet increases the into Styrofoam trays and over- once again when they reached 160oF. amount of oxidation in beef. Feeding wrapped with oxygen-permeable film. A thermocouple was placed in the WDGS diets to cattle elevated levels of Steaks were randomly placed into two geometric center of each steak; this polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), retail display cases (37 ± 2oF) to simu- allowed for a more accurate reading decreased shelf life, and increased late retail display conditions. In this of temperature. Steaks were cooked oxidative rancidity (2009 Nebraska simulation, the steaks were exposed on one side until the center tempera- Beef Cattle Report, pp. 107-109 and to continuous 1,000-1,800 lux warm ture reached 95oF and then turned 110-112). This occurs because of the white fluorescent lighting. At the end over until it reached 160oF. The steak fat in WDGS that is not biohydroge- of their assigned aging period, steaks was then removed from the grill and nated (saturated) in the rumen. Many were removed from the retail display weighed. Cooking loss was calculated. ethanol plants are either partially case and frozen in a -20oF freezer un- Steaks were covered with oxygen- removing oil or evaluating methods to til further testing. permeable film and placed in a cooler. remove oil from the WDGS for other Twenty-four hours later, the cooked uses than cattle feed. If the amount of Objective and Subjective Color steaks were cored into ½-inch cores oil (fat) in WDGS is reduced, oxida- and sheared to test Warner-Bratzler tion may be decreased. The hypoth- Objective color measurements Shear Force. esis of this project was feeding low-fat were collected each day for seven wet DG (LFWDG) would minimize days. Using a Minolta Chromameter Taste Panel oxidation problems, thereby retaining CR-400 (Minolta Camera Com- shelf life of the product. pany, Osaka, Japan) with an 8 mm Steaks from days 0 and 7 of retail diameter measurement area and a display were shipped to the University 11 mm diameter illumination area, of Florida for consumer evaluation.

Page 96 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 26 (8 = extremely tender; 1 = extremely 24 tough), connective tissue (8 = none detected; 1 = abundant amount), and 22 A off-flavor (1 = extreme off-flavor, 6 A 20 = no off-flavor detected). Along with B A objectively scoring off-flavor, if an off- 18 B B flavor was noticed, the panelists were a* Value a* 16 B asked to describe or characterize the B off-flavor to the best of their ability. 14 Corn TWDGS C 12 Fatty Acid Profile LFWDG 10 Gas chromatography was used to 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 determine the fatty acid profile of all Day the beef samples and the feed samples Corn, TWDGS (traditional levels of fat wet distillers grains with solubles), LFWDG (low-fat wet distill- as well. A Chrompack CP-Sil 88 (0.25 ers grains). mm x 100 m) was used. Injector A,B,CMeans having different superscripts are different within days of display P ≤ 0.05. temperature was set at 518oF and the detector temperature was set at 572oF. Figure 1. a* (redness) values for strip loin (M. longissimus lumborum) steaks from steers traditional levels of WDGS, low-fat WDG and corn-based diets in retail display. Head pressure was 40 psi and the flow rate was at 1.0 mL/min.

40 A Mineral Analysis

35 Frozen, powdered meat samples 30 were sent to a commercial laboratory 25 A (Ward Laboratories, Inc., Kearney, Neb.) to be tested for mineral com- 20 B position using atomic adsorption Corn 15 spectroscopy. The amount of Ca, P, % Discoloration TWDGS K, Mg, Zn, Fe, Mn, Cu, S, and Na. Ca, 10 B LFWDG P, K, Mg, S, and Na was expressed as A 5 C a percentage of dry matter, while Zn, A,B C 0 Fe, Mn, and Cu were reported in ppm B 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 on a dry matter basis. Day Results

Corn, TWDGS (traditional levels of fat wet distiller grains with solubles), LFWDG (low-fat wet distiller Compared to the other treatments, grains). the objective a* values (redness) A,B,CMeans having different superscripts are different within days of display P ≤ 0.05. of steaks from cattle fed LFWDG declined at a faster rate and to a Figure 2. Percent discoloration of strip loin (M. longissimus lumborum) steaks from steers traditional levels of WDGS, low-fat WDG, and corn-based diets in retail display. greater degree (Figure 1). This decline started at day 4 of retail display. Steak discoloration data (Figure 2) corre- Prior to cooking, steaks were thawed evaluated six samples; two sample lated strongly with the objective color for 18 hours at 39oF. Steaks were cubes that were 1.27 cm3 per sample, data. Moreover, the lipid oxidation cooked on grated, nonstick electric served in warmed, covered containers. tests (TBARS) have the same trend grills that were preheated for 20 min- Sensory sessions were conducted once (Figure 3). The lipid oxidation values utes. Steaks were cooked in the same or twice daily in a positive pressure were significantly larger at days 4 and manner as the steaks for the Warner- ventilated room with lighting and 7 in the LFWDG diet when compared Bratzler Shear Force testing steaks. cubicles designed for objective meat to TWGDS and the corn-based diets. Internal temperatures were monitored sensory analysis. Each sample was There were no day by dietary and placed in the geometric center evaluated for juiciness (8 = extremely treatment interactions for any of each steak. Upon reaching 160oF, juicy; 1 = extremely dry), flavor (8 = attribute (P > 0.05). There were steaks were served to 7-11 trained extremely intense beef flavor; 1 = ex- day effects for overall tenderness panelists while still warm. Panelists tremely bland beef flavor), tenderness (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 97 [(<0.0001) 0 day = 5.65 and 7 day = 4.5 5.86], connective tissue [(0.0006) 0 4 a day = 6.09 and 7 day = 6.29] and off- flavor [(0.04) 0 day = 5.54 and 7 day 3.5 = 5.04]. As days of aging increased, 3 tenderness scores increased. Similarly, as days of aging increased, off-flavor 2.5 b Corn was also more apparent. Sensory pan- 2 els and WBSF test results did not yield a TWDGS many significant differences, and the 1.5 differences that were present favored LFWDG 1 b c the TWDGS diet, which was equal or of tissue mg of Malonaldhyde/kg superior to the control diet (Table 1). 0.5 c There was no significant difference 0 in shear force values among the treat- 0 4 7 ments. Days of Display Steaks from cattle fed TWDGS Corn, TWDGS (traditional levels of fat wet distillers grains with solubles), LFWDG (low-fat wet distill- contained significantly more Ca and ers grains). Na than controls, which likely came a,b,cMeans having different superscripts are different within days of display P ≤ 0.05. from the solubles fraction of the diet (Table 2). In contrast, steaks from cat- Figure 3. Lipid oxidation values for strip loin (m. longissimus lumborum) steaks from steers traditional levels of WDGS, low-fat WDG and corn-based diets. tle fed LFWDG contained less Mn and Cu than the controls. None of these differences would be expected to support greater oxidation of the meat. Table 1. Sensory attributes of strip loin steaks from steers fed high and low fat WDG(S). The percentages of PUFA and Dietary treatments 1 transfatty acids were significantly Attributes2 Corn TWDGS LFWDG P-value higher in beef from cattle fed distillers Juiciness 5.24 5.18 5.08 0.15 grain-based diets compared to the Beef Flavor Intensity 5.61 5.63 5.65 0.88 corn control. Most of the increase in Overall Tenderness 5.71b 5.89a 5.67b < 0.01 PUFA occurred as a result of increased Connective Tissue 6.20 6.21 6.16 0.74 concentrations of C 18:1 fatty acids. Off-flavor 5.46b 5.59a 5.42b 0.02 WBSF (kg) 2.79 2.81 2.93 0.59 A difference in PUFA of 0.40 (about 10%) was found between LFWDGS 1Corn, TWDGS (traditional fat WDGS), LFWDG (low-fat WDG). 2 (4.86) and TWDGS (4.46), and this Juiciness (1 extremely dry – 8 extremely juicy); beef flavor intensity (1 extremely bland – 8 extremely intense); overall tenderness (1 extremely tough – 8 extremely tender); connective tissue (1 abundant difference, while not significant, amount – 8 none detected); Off-flavor (1 strong/extreme off-flavor – 8 none detected). would support the increased amount a, bMeans in the same row having different superscripts are different at P ≤ 0.05. of discoloration and lipid oxidation, especially toward the end of the retail display period. Fat percentage and moisture content were not affected by Table 2. Least square means of mineral composition of strip loins (m. longissimus lumborum) from cattle fed different dietary regimes. the dietary treatments (P = 0.9707 and P = 0.9839, respectively). Diet Composition1 Although the LFWDG diet con- Corn TWDGS LFWDG P-value tained less fat on a percentage basis Ca2 0.027b 0.039a 0.031a,b 0.023 than the TWDGS diet (4.72% vs P2 0.184 0.188 0.187 0.423 6.91%), all of that fat was found in the K2 0.391 0.396 0.398 0.873 grains portion of the wet DG. Much of Mg2 0.031 0.035 0.033 0.194 3 the fat in the TWDGS diet came from Zn 35 35 34 0.899 Fe3 41a,b 50a 36b 0.072 the distillers solubles. We hypothesize Mn3 1.47a 1.00a,b 0.47b 0.076 that fats in the distillers soluble are Cu3 2.44a 1.80a,b 1.54b 0.046 hydrogenated in the rumen, while S2 0.187 0.189 0.191 0.651 2 b a b those contained within the grains Na 0.050 0.055 0.051 0.041 fraction are more protected from bio- 1 Corn, TWDGS (traditional levels of fat wet distillers grains with solubles), LFWDG (low-fat wet dis- hydrogenation. This would explain tillers grains). 2 % on dry matter basis. why beef from cattle fed the LFWDG 3 ppm on dry matter basis. diet tended to have more PUFA, and a, b Means in same rows having different superscripts are different at P ≤ 0.05.

Page 98 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 3. Weight percentage of fatty acids1 and fat content of strip loin steaks (m. longissimus lumborum) it may explain decreased shelf life and from steers fed high and low fat WDG(S). increased oxidative rancidity of the Dietary Treatments2 samples from the LFWDG diets. In Fatty Acid Corn LFWDG TWDGS P-value summary, LFWDG decreased shelf life and increased oxidative rancidity 10:0 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.41 12:0 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.83 in retail displayed strip loin steaks. 14:0 2.82 2.62 2.59 0.27 14:1 (n-5) 0.65 0.63 0.61 0.68 15:0 0.53a 0.46b 0.41b 0.01 1Asia L. Haack, graduate student; Amilton iso 16:0 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.86 S. de Mello Jr., Ph.D.; Siroj Pokharel, graduate 16:0 24.67a 23.50b 23.01b 0.01 student; Lasika Senaratne, graduate student; 16:1 (n-7) 3.12a 2.84ab 2.72b 0.03 Jerilyn Hergenreder, graduate student; Kim 17:0 1.65a 1.37b 1.43b 0.0001 Varnold, graduate student; Chris R. Calkins, iso 18:0 0.08 0.10 0.11 0.20 professor; Galen E. Erickson, professor, 17:1 (n-7) 1.50a 1.22b 1.22b <0.0001 University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department 18:0 13.02 13.12 13.98 0.12 of Animal Science; Timothy P. Carr, professor, 18:1 trans 2.46b 3.68a 3.49a 0.01 Nutrition and Health Services, Lincoln, Neb; 18:1 (n-9) 42.55 41.55 42.19 0.58 D. Dwain Johnson, professor, Meat Science, 18:1 (n-7) 1.11 0.85 0.92 0.24 University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. 18:1 d13 0.15 0.18 0.16 0.81 2This project was funded in part by The 18:1 d14 0.14b 0.19a 0.18a 0.03 Beef Checkoff. 18:2 trans 0.04b 0.07a 0.08a 0.0003 19:0 0.06 0.08 0.07 0.75 18:2 (n-6) 2.16c 3.81a 3.43b <0.0001 20:0 0.43b 0.52a 0.48ab 0.05 18:3 (n-3) 0.07b 0.11a 0.10a 0.02 20:1 (n-9) 0.07 0.04 0.06 0.21 18:2 cis 9 trans 11 0.03 b 0.07 a 0.06 ab 0.02 18:2 cis 10 trans 12 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.29 20:3 (n-6) 0.12b 0.17a 0.17a 0.0013 20:4 (n-6) 0.39 0.45 0.44 0.44 20:5 (n-3) 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.66 22:4 (n-6) 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06 22:5 (n-3) 0.09 0.10 0.09 0.70 PUFA 2.99b 4.86a 4.46a <0.0001 MUFA 51.76 51.17 51.54 0.79 Total Trans 2.50b 3.75a 3.57a 0.01 SFA 43.51 42.00 42.33 0.19 Others 1.74b 1.97a 1.67b 0.01 Omega 3 0.19b 0.23a 0.22ab 0.10 Omega 6 2.72b 4.48a 4.09a <0.0001 Omega 6: Omega 3 16.99 20.15 19.29 0.50 1Weight percentage values are relative proportions of all peaks observed by Gas Chromatography. 2Corn, TWDGS (traditional levels of fat in wet distillers grains with solubles), LFWDG (low-fat wet distillers grains). a, b, cMeans in the same row having different superscripts are significant at P ≤ 0.05.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 99 Shelf Life of m. longissimus lumborum from Beef Fed Antioxidants and Wet Distillers Grains

Lasika S. Senaratne al. 2010 Proceedings 43rd Midwestern days retail display shear force analysis

Chris R. Calkins Sectional Animal Science Meetings, pp. under OW and HiO2-MAP packaging Judson T. Vasconcelos 86) have reported AGRADO®PLUS systems, respectively. Surface discol- Amilton S. de Mello, Jr. supplementation affects neither oration ratings were determined on M. A. Andersen performance nor carcass charac- steaks assigned for seven days retail Stephanie A. Furman teristics of feedlot cattle. Feeding display shear force analysis. All steaks Siroj Pokharel1,2 AGRADO®PLUS may increase the assigned for OW retail display were antioxidant level of muscles. Our packaged (oxidation as four pieces study evaluated the antioxidant effects per tray, shear force as two steaks Summary of feeding AGRADO®PLUS with per tray) on Styrofoam trays and WDGS diets on color and lipid stabil- overwrapped with oxygen permeable Crossbred steers (n = 483) were fed ity, and tenderness of beef m. longissi- polyvinyl chloride film. All steaks dry-rolled corn based finishing diets mus lumborum during its shelf life. assigned for HiO2-MAP retail display containing 0 or 30% wet distillers were packaged (steaks arrangement grains with the synthetic antioxidants, Procedure was similar to OW packaging system) ethoxyquin and tertiary butyl hydro- on high foam-barrier polypropylene ® quinone (AGRADO PLUS). Synthetic Crossbred (British × Continental) trays with a gas mixture (80% O2: antioxidants reduced lipid and color yearling steers (n = 483; initial BW 20% CO2) and mechanically sealed deterioration of strip steaks at the end = 942 kg ± 2.2 lb) were randomly with oxygen impermeable film. Over- of the retail display period under high assigned to one of four dry-rolled wrapped and HiO2-MAP packaged or atmospheric oxygen packaging corn-based diets, contained 0%, or 8 and 29 days aged steaks, placed on conditions. 30% (DM basis) wet distillers grains a table in a cooler (at 0 ± 36oF) were plus solubles (WDGS) with or with- exposed to continuous 1,000-1,800 Introduction out AGRADO®PLUS (AG; 150 ppm/ lux warm white fluorescence lighting steer/day) supplementation. Steers to provide simulated retail display de Mello Jr. et al. (2008 Nebraska were fed a total of 145 (at first trial) or conditions. Steaks (8 and 29 days Beef Cattle Report, pp. 116-117) and 160 days (at second trial) and slaugh- aged) assigned for four and seven days Senaratne et al. (2009 Nebraska Beef tered. Carcasses were chilled for 48 of retail display were removed from Cattle Report, pp. 110-111) have shown hours before grading. After grading, tables accordingly for oxidation and that WDGS increase polyunsaturated both sides of the beef loin, short loins shear force analysis, and immediately fatty acids (PUFA) in beef. Elevated (IMPS # 174; NAMP, 2007) from a vacuum-packaged and stored at -4oF. levels of PUFA in beef may affect color total of 80 (40 from each trial) USDA A six-person trained panel subjec- and flavor of beef, eventually affect- Choice carcasses (10 from each dietary tively evaluated the percentage surface ing consumer appeal at retail. Feed- treatment) were vacuum-packaged discoloration. Discoloration ratings ing vitamin E, an antioxidant, with and transported under refrigera- were made on each steak from 0 to 7 WDGS has shown to be a promising tion. After aging for either 8 or 29 days of retail display at 24-hour inter- strategy to mitigate detrimental ef- days at 36oF, m. longissimus lumbo- vals. fects on beef due to feeding WDGS rum muscles were removed from the The 2-thiobarbuteric acid reactive (Senaratne et al. 2009 Nebraska Beef beef loins. Each strip loin was cut substance (TBARS) assay was used to Cattle Report, pp. 113-115), but it may into six 1-inch-thick steaks from the measure the oxidation status of 8- and increase the feeding cost. anterior to the posterior. The first (for 29-day aged steaks in both packaging Feedlot studies with a mixture of oxidation; 0 day retail displayed) and systems displayed for 0, 4 and 7 days synthetic antioxidant, ethoxyquin, fourth (for shear force; 0 day retail in simulated retail display. and tertiary butyl hydroquinone displayed) steaks were immediately Tenderness evaluations were per- (AG; AGRADO®PLUS) have shown vacuum-packaged and stored at -4oF. formed by Warner-Bratzler shear improvement in average daily gain The second and third steaks were split force testing (WBSF). and a decrease in morbidity and mor- into halves and assigned for four and Data were analyzed by ANOVA in tality of cattle by improving the anti- seven days oxidation analysis either the GLIMMIX procedure of SAS (ver- oxidant capacity at the ruminal and under overwrapped (OW) or high- sion 9.2, Cary, N.C., 2009) as a split- postruminal stages of digestion (Han oxygen modified atmospheric packag- split-split-plot design with dietary et al. 2002 Journal of Animal Science, ing (HiO2-MAP) systems. Fifth and treatments as the whole-plot treat- 80, pp. 1117-1123). Others (Moore et sixth steaks were allotted for seven ment, aging period as the first split-

Page 100 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Table 1. Means of percentage discoloration of overwrapped (OW) and high oxygen (HiO2-MAP) packaged strip loins (m. longissimus lumborum) aged for 8 and 29 days, during 7 days of simulated retail display conditions. Retail display (days) Contrasts (P-value) Corn vs. WDGS vs. No AG Corn vs. Corn + WDGS vs. Aging (days) Treatments 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 WDGS AG + AG AG

b b b b b b b a HiO2-MAP 8 Corn 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.47 3.12 0.68 0.20 0.18 0.06 30%WDGS 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.23 0.64 2.23 Corn+AG 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.04 0.21 0.76 30%WDGS+AG 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 0.28 c c c c c c b aA HiO2-MAP 29 Corn 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.93 8.42 17.07 0.73 0.43 0.89 0.64 30%WDGS 0.00c 0.00c 0.00c 0.00c 0.00c 0.30c 5.16b 18.12aA Corn+AG 0.00c 0.00c 0.00c 0.00c 0.00c 0.49c 4.42b 11.42aB 30%WDGS+AG 0.00c 0.00c 0.00c 0.00c 0.04c 0.65c 6.65b 17.99aA OW 8 Corn 0.00d 0.09d 0.09d 0.33d 1.65 d 5.20 c 12.12 b 24.06 aA 0.34 0.65 0.09 0.39 30%WDGS 0.00d 0.00d 0.00d 0.32 d 1.53 d 5.46 c 12.61 b 27.71 aA Corn+AG 0.00d 0.00d 0.00d 0.32 d 1.94 d 6.63 c 13.52 b 26.24 aA 30%WDGS+AG 0.00d 0.00d 0.00d 0.01d 1.62 cd 3.79 c 8.44 b 15.72 aB OW 29 Corn 0.00 f 0.00f 0.24f 2.53e 9.73dA 19.57cA 28.38bA 39.49aA 0.56 0.14 0.98 0.29 30%WDGS 0.00 e 0.00 e 0.06 e 1.18 e 5.73dAB 15.68cAB 27.30bA 42.86aA Corn+AG 0.00 e 0.00e 0.03e 0.74e 4.80dB 11.69cB 19.33bB 29.13aB 30%WDGS+AG 0.00 e 0.00e 0.15e 1.25e 5.01dB 14.65cB 28.03bA 43.08aA a-fComparison within a row, means lacking a common superscript were different at P < 0.05. A-BComparison within a column by aging, means lacking a common superscript were different at P < 0.05. WDGS – Wet distillers grains plus solubles, AG – AGRADO®PLUS. P-value for treatment×packaging×aging×day < 0.0001. plot treatment, packaging systems as of myoglobin into stable oxymyo- aged steaks from cattle fed different the second split-plot treatment, and globin (cherry red color). Steaks (29 diets. The only significant P( < 0.05) retail display time (repeated mea- days aged in both packaging systems) difference in dietary treatments could sures) as the third split-plot treatment, from cattle fed corn plus AG had sig- be seen in 29-day aged steaks at the with the animal as the experimental nificantly P( < 0.05) less discoloration end of retail display. Similar to discol- unit. Separation of means was con- at the end of the retail display period oration results, steaks from corn plus ducted using LSMEANS procedure (P < 0.05) than steaks from cattle AG diets had the lowest oxidation. with PDIFF and SLICEDIFF options fed any other diet/treatment. The Steaks from AG supplemented cattle at P ≤ 0.05. In addition, the CON- effectiveness of AG supplementation had significantly P( < 0.05) lower lipid TRAST statements in SAS were used in reducing discoloration was promi- oxidation compared to steaks from to compare the effects of feeding Corn nent when meat was aged longer. cattle not on AG supplementation. vs. WDGS, Corn vs. Corn+AG, WDGS Although the trends were the same, Feeding AG helped reduce oxida- vs. WDGS+AG, and No AG vs. AG. anti-discoloration effect of AG supple- tion of increased PUFA content when mentation was not statistically signifi- cattle were fed WDGS. As expected, Results cant when cattle were fed WDGS. The TBARS analysis did not show signifi- reason for high discoloration even cantly higher lipid oxidation on steaks

Four-way interaction effects of after adding AG into the diet is likely from HiO2-MAP systems compared treatment × packaging × aging × due to the increase of easily oxidiz- to steaks from OW packaging systems day on steaks surface discoloration able, polyunsaturated fatty acids in (although, numerically higher). This were significant (Table 1; P < 0.0001). beef from feeding WDGS. de Mello might be due to the dilution effect of Discoloration increased during Jr. et al (2008 Nebraska Beef Cattle oxidized lipid on the surface of the retail display time in both packag- Report, pp. 116-117) and Senaratne et thick steaks when preparation for ing systems and both aging periods. al. (2009 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, TBARS analysis. However, steaks in the OW packag- pp. 110-111) reported that feeding The WBSF values of steaks sig- ing system were significantly more WDGS increased PUFA level in beef nificantly P( = 0.03) decreased discolored compared to steaks in compared to corn control diets. when aging and retail display time

HiO2-MAP system (less than 20% There were significant (Table 2; increased. Steaks from HiO2-MAP surface discoloration). Similar results P = 0.04) three-way interaction effects systems after seven days retail display have been reported by de Mello Jr. et of treatment × aging × day on lipid had significantly P( < 0.0001) higher al. (2010 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, oxidation. As aging and retail display WBSF values (by 1.01 lbs) compared pp. 99-101). A possible reason for less time increased, lipid oxidation also to steaks from OW packaging systems discoloration when beef is exposed to increased. However, there were no sig- (data not shown). The main effect higher levels of oxygen is conversion nificant differences among eight day (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 101 of dietary treatments significantly Table 2. Means of thiobabituric acid reactive substances values of overwrapped (OW) and high oxygen (HiO -MAP) packaged strip loins (m. longissimus lumborum) aged for 8 and 29 days, during influenced WBSF, with no confound 2 7 days of simulated retail display conditions. effects from aging time (Table3; P = 0.02). Steaks from corn plus AG Treatments Contrasts (P value) fed cattle were significantly less ten- 30% Corn Corn WDGS No AG der compared to steaks from other Aging Day 30% Corn WDGS vs. vs. vs. vs. diets. When comparing steaks from (days) (days) Corn WDGS + AG + AG WDGS Corn+AG WDGS+AG AG AG fed cattle and steaks from AG 8 0 0.09b 0.02b 0.09 0.05b 0.18 0.83 0.66 0.64 nonsupplemented diets, steaks from 4 0.10b 0.22b 0.15 0.19ab 0.32 0.64 0.80 0.87 7 0.44a 0.67a 0.37 0.38a 0.39 0.70 0.14 0.19 AG supplemented cattle were signifi- 29 0 0.01c 0.32c 0.16c 0.18c 0.11 0.32 0.37 0.95 cantly (P = 0.04) tougher. Complete 4 1.00b 1.06b 0.66b 0.69b 0.76 0.13 0.11 0.03 understanding for decreasing tender- 7 2.07Aa 2.17Aa 1.11Ba 1.62ABa 0.18 0.003 0.09 0.001 ness of steaks from AG supplemented A-BComparison within a row by treatment, means lacking a common superscript were different at cattle is still lacking, although protein P < 0.05. oxidation and polymerization are a-cComparison within a column, means lacking a common superscript were different at P < 0.05. ® suspected. WDGS – Wet distillers grains plus solubles, AG – AGRADO PLUS P-value for treatment×aging×day = 0.0388. Feeding feedlot cattle with a mixture of antioxidants (ethoxyquin and tertiary butyl hydroquinone) con- Table 3. Means of Warner-Bratzler shear force value (lb) of overwrapped (OW) and high oxygen ® (HiO -MAP) packaged strip loins (m. longissimus lumborum) aged for 8 and 29 days, during tained within AGRADO PLUS shows 2 7 days of simulated retail display conditions. positive antioxidant effects against myoglobin and lipid oxidations of Treatments Contrasts (P value) beef strip loins toward the end of the Corn 30% Corn 30%WDGS Corn vs. Corn vs. WDGS vs. No AG retail display period. However, the WDGS + AG +AG WDGS Corn+AG WDGS+AG vs. AG ® antioxidant effect of AGRADO PLUS 6.11B 6.06B 6.57A 6.15B 0.06 0.01 0.62 0.04 in reducing lipid and color oxida- A-BComparison within a row, means lacking a common superscript were different at P < 0.05. tions of strip loin steaks is reduced WDGS – Wet distillers grains plus solubles, AG – AGRADO®PLUS. with feeding wet distillers grains. The P-value for treatment = 0.0200. AGRADO®PLUS feed supplementation appears as a viable means to increase lipid and color stability of beef during retail display.

1Lasika S. Senaratne, graduate student; Chris R. Calkins, professor, University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal Science; Judson T. Vasconcelos, assistant professor, Panhandle Research and Extension Center, Scottsbluff, Neb.; Amilton S. de Mello Jr., graduate student; M. A. Andersen, Novus International, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; Stephanie A. Furman, research manager, Panhandle Research and Extension Center; Siroj Pohkarel, graduate student, University of Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal Science. 2This project was funded by Novus International Inc., St. Louis, Missouri, 63141.

Page 102 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Effects of the Synthetic Antioxidants on Shelf Life of m. psoas major and m. triceps brachii Muscles from Beef Fed Wet Distillers Grains

Lasika S. Senaratne part of a previous study conducted Results Chris R. Calkins by Senaratne et al. (2011 Nebraska Judson T. Vasconcelos Beef Cattle Report, pp. 105-108). Since There were significant P( <.0001) Amilton S. de Mello, Jr. muscles are structurally and biochem- three-way interaction effects of treat- M. A. Andersen ically different from each other, this ment × aging × day on percentage Stephanie A. Furman study aimed to investigate the effects discoloration of tenderloin and clod Siroj Pokharel1,2 of AG supplementation on shelf life of heart (Table 1) steaks. Discoloration tenderloins (m. psoas major) and clod of all muscle steaks increased during heart (m. triceps brachii) muscles from retail display time after each aging Summary finishing beef steers fed WDGS. period. No significant discoloration differences (P > 0.05) were detected Feedlot finishing steers (n = 483) Procedure among dietary treatments for 8- and were randomly allotted to four dry-rolled 29-day aged tenderloin and clod corn based diets containing 0 or 30% Crossbred steers were allotted to heart steaks until three days of retail wet distillers grains with or without the one of four dry-rolled corn-based diets display. After that, steaks (from both synthetic antioxidants supplementation containing 0% and 30% WDGS (DM aging periods) from cattle fed corn (ethoxyquin and tertiary butyl hydroqui- basis) with or without AG supplemen- with AG supplementation had the none in AGRADO®PLUS). This study tation at 150 ppm/head/day. All condi- lowest discoloration (P < 0.05). Both intended to minimize detrimental effects tions at feeding, slaughter, and grading steaks from WDGS-fed cattle (with of feeding wet distillers grains on color were similar to procedures described or without AG) had significantly P( and lipid oxidation of beef tenderloin by Senaratne et al. (2011 Nebraska Beef < 0.05) higher surface discolorations and clod heart muscles during retail dis- Cattle Report, pp. 105-108). In addition compared to steaks from corn-fed play by feeding a synthetic antioxidant to beef loin, short loin, beef chuck, and cattle (with or without AG). The ef- mixture. Feeding AGRADO®PLUS sig- shoulder clod (IMPS # 144; NAMP, fectiveness of AG supplementation in nificantly reduced meat discoloration and 2007) were also collected and aged for reducing discoloration was prominent lipid oxidation. either 8 or 29 days in a cooler. After when meat was aged longer. However, each aging period, tenderloins (m. the anti-discoloration effect of AG Introduction psoas major; IMPS # 1190A; NAMP, supplementation were not significant 2007) and clod hearts (m. triceps bra- when cattle were fed WDGS. The rea- de Mello Jr., et al. (2008 Nebraska chii; IMPS # 114E; NAMP, 2007) were son for high discoloration even after Beef Cattle Report, pp. 116-117) and fabricated. Tenderloins were cut into adding AG into the diet is likely due Senaratne et al. (2009 Nebraska Beef three 1-inch-thick steaks from the to the increase of easily oxidizable, Cattle Report, pp. 110-111) reported posterior end, whereas three 1-inch- PUFA in beef from feeding WDGS. wet distillers grains (WDGS) diets thick steaks were removed from the de Mello Jr., et al. (2008 Nebraska increase polyunsaturated fatty acids middle of the clod hearts. The first Beef Cattle Report, pp. 116-117) and (PUFA) in beef, and thereby it nega- anterior steaks of each muscle were Senaratne et al. (2009 Nebraska Beef tively affects beef color, lipid oxida- vacuum packaged and stored at -4oF. Cattle Report, pp. 110-111) reported tion, and flavor during retail display. Additional steaks were aerobically that feeding WDGS increased PUFA Senaratne et al. (2009 Nebraska Beef packaged on Styrofoam trays and level in beef compared to corn control Cattle Report, pp. 113-115) reported assigned for 4 or 7 days retail display. diets and compromised color. vitamin E supplementation (500 IU/ Lipid oxidation measurements (0, 4, There were significant two-way in- head/day for last 100 days) significant- and 7 days) and subjective surface teraction effects of treatment × day on ly reduced these detrimental effects discoloration ratings (1 to 7 days) were lipid oxidation of tenderloins (Table of feeding WDGS on beef retail dis- conducted. All conditions at packag- 2; P = 0.0279) and clod heart (Table 2; played. A mixture of synthetic antiox- ing, retail display, discoloration evalu- P = 0.0011) steaks. As aging and retail idants, ethoxyquin, and tertiary butyl ation, lipid oxidation measurements, display time increased lipid oxidation hydroquinone in AGRADO®PLUS and statistical analysis were similar to also increased (P < 0.0001). Both steak (AG) might be beneficial in reducing procedures mentioned by Senaratne et types from cattle fed AG had signifi- the negative effects of feeding WDGS al. (2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report, cantly (P < 0.05) lower TBARS values on beef shelf life. This study was a pp. 105-108). (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 103 Table 1. Means of percentage discoloration of 8 and 29 days aged tenderloins (m. psoas major) during 7 days of simulated retail display conditions. Retail display (days) Contrasts(P value) Corn Corn WDGS No AG Muscle Aging vs. vs. Corn vs. vs. (days) Treatments 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 WDGS + AG WDGS+AG AG 8 Corn+AG 0.2 0.26e 0.91e 4.24de 9.05dB 18.20cC 31.61bC 44.25aC <.0001 0.17 0.0008 0.0008 30% WDGS+AG 0.40f 0.36f 1.12ef 6.16e 13.46dB 28.40cB 46.18bB 63.84aB Corn 0.55 0.92e 1.48e 5.07e 11.50dB 25.05cBC 43.16bB 61.12aB 30%WDGS 0.71f 1.15f 3.17f 11.98e 26.55dA 49.34cA 76.92bA 87.40aA 29 Corn+AG 0 0.00e 0.53e 3.05e 19.79dB 32.29cB 50.00bC 62.77aC 0.0016 0.46 0.52 0.33 f f ef e dA cA bA aA Tenderloins 30%WDGS+AG 0.00 0.00 0.79 5.74 29.93 52.49 69.42 80.62 Corn 0 0.00e 0.33e 2.21e 18.71dB 39.23cB 58.80bB 72.03aB 30%WDGS 0.00f 0.00f 2.88f 9.63e 34.51dA 54.68cA 75.65bA 81.18aA 8 Corn+AG 0.00g 0.41g 5.02f 12.10e 19.78d 33.75cB 50.97bB 64.13aB 0.24 0.42 0.29 0.19 30%WDGS+AG 0.04f 0.26f 4.16f 11.66e 19.78d 35.75cAB 54.80bAB 72.60aA Corn 0.02g 0.32fg 4.18f 11.61e 21.70d 36.32cAB 54.41bAB 72.19aA 30%WDGS 0.09g 0.36g 5.15f 13.56e 25.33d 42.48cA 60.81bA7 1.08aA e e e dB cB bB aC

Clod hearts 29 Corn+AG 0 0.00 0.33 2.91 15.39 32.10 46.89 60.58 0.01 0.55 0.61 0.43 30%WDGS+AG 0 0.00e 0.36e 3.66e 22.09dAB 43.86cA 64.53bA 76.18aA Corn 0 0.00e 0.17e 2.79e 16.48dB 35.94cB 50.93bB 68.21aB 30%WDGS 0.00f 0.00f 0.74f 5.51e 23.67dA 43.03cA 69.51bA 82.41aA a-gComparison within a row, means lacking a common superscript were different at P < 0.05. A-CComparison within a column by muscle type and aging time, means lacking a common superscript were different at P < 0.05. WDGS = wet distillers grains; AG = AGRADO®PLUS. P-value for treatment × aging × day - <0.0001 for tenderloins and clod hearts.

Table 2. Means of thiobarbituric acid reactive substances (TBARS) values of tenderloins (m. psoas major), aged for 8 and 29 days, during 7 days of simulated retail display conditions. Treatments Contrasts (P value) Corn Corn WDGS No Agrado Day 30% Corn 30% WDGS vs. vs. vs. vs. Muscle (days) Corn WDGS +AG +AG WDGS Corn+AG WDGS+AG AG Tenderloins 0 0.04ABc 0.07Ac 0.01Bc 0.01Bc 0.41 0.29 0.02 0.02 4 1.16ABb 1.38Ab 0.59Cb 0.88BCb 0.14 0.02 0.04 0.003 7 1.81ABa 2.06Aa 1.40Ba 1.64ABa 0.27 0.20 0.18 0.06 Clod hearts 0 0.23Ac 0.10Bc 0.08Bc 0.03Bc 0.04 0.03 0.32 0.02 4 1.84ABb 2.00Ab 1.42Bb 1.66ABb 0.35 0.16 0.26 0.08 7 3.27ABa 3.78Aa 2.46Ba 3.05ABa 0.10 0.08 0.12 0.02 A-CComparison within a row, means lacking a common superscript were different at P < 0.05. a-cComparison within a column by muscle type, means lacking a common superscript were different at P < 0.05. WDGS = wet distillers grains; AG = AGRADO® PLUS. P-value for treatment × day = 0.0279 for tenderloins and 0.0011 for clod hearts. compared to steaks from cattle fed In conclusion, feeding feedlot cattle ment appears to be a viable means to no AG supplementation. The highest a mixture of antioxidants (ethoxyquin increase lipid and color stability of lipid oxidation was observed for all and tertiary butyl hydroquinone) con- beef tenderloins and clod heart steaks muscle steaks from cattle fed 30% tained within AGRADO® PLUS shows during retail display. WDGS diets with no AG; whereas, positive antioxidant effects against the lowest oxidation values were myoglobin (color) and lipid oxida- detected for steaks from corn plus tions of beef tenderloins and clod 1Lasika S. Senaratne, graduate student; Chris AG fed cattle during retail display hearts muscles during retail display. R. Calkins, professor, University of Nebraska– Lincoln Department of Animal Science; Judson (P < 0.05). However, the effectiveness However, the antioxidant effect of T. Vasconcelos, assistant professor, Panhandle of AG supplementation in reducing AGRADO PLUS in reducing lipid and Research and Extension Center, Scottsbluff, Neb.; lipid oxidation of both muscle steaks color oxidations of beef steaks appears Amilton S. de Mello Jr., graduate student; M. A. was reduced with feeding WDGS. to be reduced with feeding wet dis Andersen, Novus International, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; Stephanie A. Furman, research manager, Feeding AG helped to reduce oxida- tillers grains, likely due to increase of Panhandle Research and Extension Center; Siroj tion of increased PUFA content when polyunsaturated fatty acids in beef. Pohkarel, graduate student. cattle were fed WDGS. The AGRADO PLUS feed supple- 2This project was funded by Novus International Inc., St. Louis, Missouri, 63141.

Lasika S. Senaratne as “premium” round steaks or single The WBSF values of each section of Chris R. Calkins muscle steaks based on tenderness, steaks were calculated and used to Amilton S. de Mello, Jr. and second determined fabrication construct intramuscular tenderness Siroj Pokharel specifications for the beef round maps based on a color scheme (white Jeremey B. Hinkle1,2 muscles based on their muscle fiber – tender < 8.6 lb); gray – intermedi- orientation. ate tender 8.6 – 10.8 lb; and black Summary – though >10.8 lb; Von Seggern et al. Procedure 2005 Journal of Animal Science, pp. Intramuscular tenderness and muscle 39-51). fiber orientation variations of beef Ten of each beef round, top un- Before removing cores, a digital round m. adductor femoris (AF), m. trimmed (IMPS #168; NAMP, 2007), image of muscle fiber orientation on biceps femoris (BF), m. semimembra- beef round, outside round (IMPS the longitudinal section of the steak nosus (SM), and m. semitendinosus #171B; NAMP, 2007), and beef round, was captured using a digital camera (ST) were investigated. The first two eye of round (IMPS #171C; NAMP, (Model # DSC-S730 cyber-shot 7.2 proximal steaks of long head of BF were 2007) were purchased as USDA megapixels, SONY Corp., China). more tender than the rest. The tender- Choice boxed beef subprimals and The muscle fiber orientation on each ness decreased from the middle of the ST aged for 14 days from boxed date. The digital picture was measured using a muscle to both ends. The anterior sides BF, ST, SM, and AF were fabricated protractor, and expressed in degrees of the long head BF and ST were tough- from relevant subprimals. The anteri- horizontally along the long axis of er than their posterior sides. The first or and distal directions of each muscle the muscle from the proximal to the four steaks of the SM were more tender were tracked. Crust-frozen muscles distal at every inch. The fiber orienta- than rest of the muscle. There was a sig- were cut into 1-inch-thick steaks from tion with the angle was illustrated on nificant tenderness increment from the the proximal to distal end, perpen- a longitudinal section of the muscle middle of the AF to its both ends. Based dicular to the long axis. Steaks were along the long axis from the proximal on tenderness values, the first two to four vacuum packaged and stored at -4oF. to the distal. steaks of long head BF, SM, and AF and Thawed steaks were grilled to Warner-Bratzler shear force values middle steaks of ST, could be marketed an internal temperature of 160oF. were analyzed by using the ANOVA in as premium quality steaks. Grilled steaks were cooled at 39oF GLIMMIX procedure of SAS (version for 24 hours. A 2 inch-wide region 9.1), with a model including region Introduction in the middle of grilled BF, SM, and or steak (from proximal to distal) AF was marked from posterior to of BF, ST, SM, and AF muscles. The Since most beef round muscles are anterior sides as posterior, middle, side differences (anterior vs posterior large and long, the tenderness varies and anterior regions (Figure 1b, 3b, or anterior/posterior vs middle, and within the muscles from one end to and 4b). Grilled ST steaks were hori- medial vs lateral or medial/lateral vs the other. The knowledge of muscle zontally divided into three regions middle) of each muscle steak were fiber direction is important during from the medial to lateral as medial, determined using the CONTRAST meat fabrication so that muscles can middle, and lateral regions (Figure option in SAS. Least square means be cut across the grain to improve the 2b). Each region of BF, SM, and AF were calculated for each section using tenderness. Muscle fiber directions were again subdivided into two sec- the LSMEANS and mean separation along the muscles of the beef round tions as medial and lateral (Figure was performed using the DIFF and have not been documented. Charac- 1b, 3b, and 4b). Medial, middle, and LINES options of SAS at P < 0.05. terization of all muscles in the beef lateral regions of ST steaks were also round, based on their intramuscular subdivided into anterior and posterior Results tenderness and muscle fiber orienta- sections. From each section of a steak, tion variations, therefore is necessary 0.5 inch-diameter cores were prepared The most proximal two steaks of to apply value-added strategies for parallel to the muscle fiber orientation the BF, which were closest to the sir- the beef round. This study, attempted and sheared on an Instron Universal loin/round separation, was the most first to identify tender portions of beef Testing Machine with a triangular tender region of the muscle (Figure round muscles, m. adductor femoris Warner-Bratzler shear attachment. An 1a). The long head of BF had its high- (AF), m. biceps femoris (BF), semi- individual peak Warner-Bratzler shear est WBSF value in the middle region membranosus (SM), and m. semiten- force (WBSF) for each steak section 4 to 8 inches from the sirloin/round dinosus (ST) that could be marketed was used for the statistical analysis. (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 105 a) b) Tender (< 8.60 lb) c) PROXIMAL PROXIMAL Intermediate (8.60 lb - 10.80 lb) Tough (> 10.80 lb) Proximal

Lateral Anterior Posterior Medial

a 23.48 Distal ANTERIOR POSTERIOR ANTERIOR 16.80b POSTERIOR

Long Head Ischiatic Head DISTAL

DISTAL

Figure 1. a. Least square means Warner Bratzler shear force (WBSF) values (lb) of each steak of m. biceps femoris long head (P <0 .0001) and ischiatic head (P <.0001). b. Intramuscular tenderness variation map of m. biceps femoris based on WBSF values (lb). c. Intramuscular muscle fiber orientation map of m. biceps femoris. a-hWithin the same figure, means lacking a common superscript were different (P < 0.05).

Tender (< 8.60 lb) a) PROXIMAL b) c) Intermediate (8.60 lb - 10.80 lb) Tough (> 10.80 lb)

Proximal Anterior Medial Lateral Posterior medial LATERAL Distal

DISTAL Figure 2. a. Least square means Warner Bratzler shear force (WBSF) values (lb) of each steak of m. semitendinosus (P < 0 .0001). b. Intramuscular tenderness variation map of m. semitendinosus based on WBSF values (lb). c. Intramuscular muscle fiber orientation map of .m semitendinosus. a-fWithin the same figure, means lacking a common superscript were different (P < 0.05). separation (steak 4 to 8; Figure 1b) femur; data not shown). In addition, (P > 0.05) difference in posterior and and intermediate shear force values the anterior and the middle sides of anterior sides of the ischiatic head toward the distal end. The lateral side the long head of BF were significantly of the BF. The WBSF values of this (steak 5, 6, and 8) of the long head of (P < 0.05, data not shown) less tender study indicated that the most proxi- BF was significantly P( < 0.05) tough- than the posterior side (steak 1 to 10; mal two steaks of the long head BF er than the medial side (towards the Figure 1b). There was no significant were in steak quality. The muscle

Page 106 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. a) b) Tender (< 8.60 lb) c) Intermediate (8.60 lb - 10.80 lb) Tough (> 10.80 lb) Proximal PROXIMAL Medial PROXIMAL Anterior Posterior

Lateral

Distal

POSTERIOR ANTERIOR ANTERIOR POSTERIOR

DISTAL DISTAL

Figure 3. a. Least square means Warner Bratzler shear force (WBSF) values (lb) of each steak of m. semimembranosus (P < 0 .0001). b. Intramuscular tenderness variation map of m. m. semimembranosus based on WBSF values (lb). c. Intramuscular muscle fiber orientation map of m. semimembranosus. a-f Within the same figure, means lacking a common superscript were different (P < 0.05). The WBSF (lower values – tender; higher values – tough). a) b) Tender (< 8.60 lb) c) Intermediate (8.60 lb - 10.80 lb) PROXIMAL Tough (> 10.80 lb) Proximal PROXIMAL Medial

Anterior Posterior

Lateral

POSTERIOR Distal ANTERIOR POSTERIOR ANTERIOR

DISTAL DISTAL

Figure 4. a. Least square means Warner Bratzler shear force (WBSF) values (lb) of each steak of m. adductor femoris (P = 0.002). b. Intramuscular tenderness variation map of m. m. adductor femoris based on WBSF values (lb). c. Intramuscular muscle fiber orientation map of m. adductor femoris. a-c Within the same figure, means lacking a common superscript were different (P < 0.05). fiber orientation of BF was bipennate BF were parallel to the long axis of the the anterior side of the muscle up to (Figure 1c). At the sirloin/round sepa- muscle. 9 inches from the proximal end. ration region (steak 1 to 4) of the BF There was significant P( < .0001) The middle side of the ST did not long head had more horizontal fiber tenderness variation in the ST from (P > 0.05) differ in tenderness from orientation than the rest of the muscle the proximal to the distal (Figure 2a). the medial or lateral side of the (Figure 1c). Then, the degrees of The tenderness of the ST decreased muscle, except for the first 2 inches inclination of muscle fibers of the long from middle of the muscle to both from the proximal end. The muscle head BF were gradually more angular ends (the proximal and the distal). fiber orientation of the ST was fusi- to the horizontal axis of the muscle. The medial side (steak 2 to 4) of the form (Figure 2c). Tenderness mapping There was no variation of muscle fiber ST was significantly P( < 0.05) more data suggests cutting the muscle into orientation in the ischiatic head of tender than the lateral side. The pos- steaks perpendicular to the long axis BF from the proximal to the distal. terior side of the ST was significantly of the muscle from the proximal to Muscle fibers of the ischiatic head of (P < 0.05; Figure 2b) more tender than (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 107 the distal and selling middle tender rest could be sold as regular SM steaks and AF and the middle steaks of ST) steaks as “premium” to the rest. or as a roast. are more tender and could be sold at The proximal end of the SM The proximal and distal ends a premium compared to other steaks muscle up to 4 inches (steak 1 – 3) had (steak 1, 6, and 7) of the AF were more from the same muscles. Intramus- significantly (P < 0.05) lower shear tender than the center part of the cular tenderness and muscle fiber force values than the rest of the SM muscle (Figure 4a). Overall tender- orientation of the beef round muscle muscle (Figure 3a). The lateral side ness variations between medial and provide a complete guide for individ- (steak 7 -8; Figure 3b) of the SM was lateral sides or posterior and anterior ual muscle fabrication, which would less tender (P < 0.05) than the medial. sides were not significant P( > 0.05). be needed by the meat industry for There was no (P < 0.05) tenderness The fiber arrangement of the AF was development of innovative meat cuts variation between the posterior and unipennate (Figure 4c). Tenderness for optimum eating quality, and by anterior sides of the muscle. The mus- and muscle fiber orientation maps of academia for research purposes. cle fiber angle of the SM is 130o to the the study propose that the first two horizontal axis of the muscle along proximal and three distal steaks could the muscle from proximal to distal be sold as “premium” AF steaks and 1Lasika S. Senaratne, graduate student; making unipennate fiber orientation the rest as regular steaks. Chris R. Calkins, professor; Amilton S. de Mello Jr., graduate student; Jeremey B. Hinkle, (Figure 3c). The most proximal steaks A clear intramuscular tenderness graduate student; Siroj Pokharel, graduate (steak 1 – 3 or 5) were in steak quality variation in the beef round muscles student, University of Nebraska–Lincoln compared to the rest; therefore, the based on different anatomical orienta- Department of Animal Science. 2 five proximal steaks could be market- tions is present. The first few steaks This project was funded, in part, by the Beef Checkoff and the Nebraska Beef Council. ed as SM “premium” steaks and the of large beef round muscles (BF, SM,

Kimberly A. Varnold Procedure Statistics Chris R. Calkins B. Lynn Gordon Online Survey Results for both the online survey Wendy L. Umberger1 and in-restaurant steak tasting were All surveys and protocols per- analyzed using the frequency proce- formed in this study were approved by dure in SAS (Version 9.1, SAS Institute Summary the University of Nebraska–Lincoln Inc., Cary, N.C., 2004) to determine Institutional Review Board. A survey frequencies. The experimental unit To determine consumer ordering be- was created and hosted by an online was individual participant. In addi- haviors in high-end restaurants and to survey site (surveymonkey.com, 1999- tion, a logistic panel regression model see if consumers are interested in the or- 2010) for a month. The survey asked was used to analyze how much con- igin of their beef, both an online survey consumers questions about their or- sumers are willing to pay for source- and in-restaurant taste testing were con- dering behaviors, opinions on source- verified beef using the in-restaurant ducted. About two-thirds of the partici- verification, and several demographic steak tasting data. pants in the in-restaurant taste testing topics. ordered the steak with either the state or High-end restaurants in Connec Results farm-of-origin description. Compared ticut (n = 3) and Arizona (n = 3) to a non-source verified steak, taste par- distributed postcards and sent out Online Survey ticipants were willing to pay $4.74 more email blasts informing consumers of for the steak with the state-of-origin de- the online survey. An incentive in the Most of the participants were scription, and $8.75 more for the steak form of a coupon for a free dessert, female (58%), 50 years of age or with the farm-of-origin description. money off of a next meal, or an invita- older (54%), and Caucasian (85%). Almost all of the participants acknowl- tion to an in-restaurant steak tasting For annual personal income, par- edged the best beef comes from the Mid- was offered for those that completed ticipants tended to make $100,000 or west, specifically naming Nebraska as a the survey. Results were composited less (45%), and a fairly large number state that raises high-quality beef. These and analyzed (n = 1087). (34%) refused to reveal their per- data suggest there is consumer interest sonal income. Participants were fairly in a source-verified beef product in high- In-restaurant Tasting equally distributed in where they end restaurants. lived, with 47% residing in urban From the six restaurants adver- areas and 45% claiming residency in Introduction tising the online survey, three were rural areas. chosen to host an in-restaurant taste Most of the participants stated Patrons in high-end restaurants are testing — two in Connecticut and they consume beef on a weekly basis often willing to pay more for a pre- one in Arizona. Participants (n = 192) both in the home or while dining out. mium product. Also, trends that are were asked to select one of four New When participants did dine out, it popular in high-end restaurants are York strip steaks from a specialty was usually only two to three times frequently emulated in more casual menu. All descriptions stated steaks per month, but some dine out on a restaurants. were USDA Choice and had superior weekly basis. Most of the participants Consumers are becoming more flavor and tenderness. The primary preferred filet mignon when consum- educated about the origin of their differences between the descriptions ing beef, but the ribeye steak and New meat and use source-verification as a were price and origin specification (no York strip were also favorites. way of guaranteeing safety and qual- origin, region, state, or farm). Price Besides the cut of beef, other attri- ity. Restaurants and producers could was randomly assigned to each steak, butes that participants used to make create a market by offering products and all steaks came from the same a decision when ordering steak in a that are either source-verified or farm in Nebraska. All strip loins were restaurant included the price, USDA traceable from farm to restaurant. In upper 2/3 Choice, aged for 28 days, Quality Grade (e.g. Prime, Choice, order for this to be a viable option, cut into approximately 14 oz steaks, etc.), and if there was a guarantee of there has to be a financial incen- and shipped fresh to the restaurants. tenderness or not (Table 1). Traits or tive. The objectives of this research After the meal, participants were attributes participants considered to were to determine factors influenc- given a short questionnaire and asked be not as important were factors such ing consumer purchasing decisions to rate sensory attributes of their steak as the breed of the cow or the brand in high-end restaurants and to see if (overall appearance, aroma, flavor, (e.g., Certified Angus Beef®, Sterling consumers are interested in knowing juiciness, tenderness, and overall Silver®, etc.). The most important the origin of their beef. acceptability). (Continued on next page)

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 109 characteristics that best determined Table 1. Rank of deciding factors among steak attributes for participants of the online survey. overall eating satisfaction for the Steak traits/attributes consumers use when participants were flavor, tenderness, making a decision among several options Weighted Average1 and degree of doneness (Table 1). Par- Specific cut (e.g. T-bone, Sirloin) 1.74 ticipants considered characteristics Price 2.84 such as accompaniments (potatoes, USDA Quality Grade (e.g. Prime) 2.98 vegetables, salad, etc.), thickness of Tenderness verification/guarantee 2.89 Grass-fed 2.98 the steak, and portion size to be less Nutritional Information 3.28 relevant. Aged for at least 14 days 3.72 For the most part, the participants Brand (e.g. Certified Angus Beef®) 3.82 assumed their meat came from within Natural label 3.56 Corn-fed or grain-fed 3.80 the U.S. When asked what type of Certified organic 3.38 origin information they would like U.S. origin 3.78 provided, 39% wanted to know state- Free range 3.51 of-origin and 38% wanted to know Locally raised 3.75 Traceable from farm to consumer 3.79 country-of-origin. A fairly large num- Breed (e.g. Angus, Hereford) 4.01 ber wanted region-of-origin (33%) Other 3.40 and only 17% cared to know farm-of- Factors that determine consumers’ overall origin. About 24% did not care about satisfaction with eating experience of the steak the origin at all. Flavor/Taste 1.74 When the price of a steak from an Tenderness 2.19 unspecified source is $20.95, 63% of Degree of doneness 2.72 the participants indicated they would Juiciness 3.48 be willing to pay more for a steak that Little fat trim/less waste due to fat 3.63 Aroma/Smell 4.03 was source-verified (Table 2). About Portion size 4.09 26% would only pay the same amount Thickness of steak 4.09 for the source-verified steak, 7% Accompaniments (e.g. salad) 4.32 would only buy it if it was priced less Other 3.41 than the unspecified source steak, and 11 = very important and 5 = not as important only 3% said they would not purchase the source-verified steak. Table 2. Percentage of online survey participants willing to pay for a source-verified steak. In-restaurant Tasting Statement % When presented with a menu with I would only pay the same price as the unspecified source steak ($20.95) 26.26 four different steak descriptions, 37% For this steak, I would pay a premium of: of the participants ordered the steak 10-20 % ($23.05-$25.15) 35.94 that named the farm-of-origin, while 30-40% ($27.25-$29.35) 17.71 >50% ($31.45-$41.90) 9.58 31% chose the steak that listed the state-of-origin. Conversely, the steak I would NOT purchase this steak 3.40 that did not specify any origin was I would only purchase if priced LESS than the unspecified source steak 7.11 ordered by 18% of the participants, and only 14% ordered the steak that named the region-of-origin. In addition, the state-of-origin and farm-of- Table 3. In-restaurant steak tasting scores (%). origin steaks were the most ordered Item, % 1 2 3 4 5 regardless of price. About 2/3 of the 1 participants preferred steaks with a Visual 40.64 47.59 11.76 0.00 0.00 Aroma1 25.00 54.89 19.57 0.00 0.00 more specific source-verification in Flavor1 45.99 37.44 16.04 0.53 0.00 the description and were willing to Juiciness2 34.59 49.19 15.14 1.08 0.00 pay extra for steaks that had it. Tenderness3 36.22 41.62 16.76 4.32 1.08 4 About 78% or more of the partici- Acceptability 59.24 26.63 12.50 1.63 0.00 Willingness to purchase again5 72.97 15.14 11.89 — — pants gave the steaks they consumed high ratings (1 or 2 on a 5-point 11 = Extremely Desirable and 5 = Extremely Undesirable 21 = Extremely Juicy and 5 = Extremely Dry scale) on all attributes, and 73% said 31 = Extremely Tender and 5 = Extremely Tough they would order the same steak 41 = Extremely Acceptable and 5 = Extremely Unacceptable again (Table 3). Similar to the online 51 = Yes, 2 = No, 3 = Not Sure

Page 110 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. $10.00 specification (P = 0.001) (Figure 1). c $8.00 Consumers perceived no benefit $6.00 from knowing the region-of-origin b specified (i.e.,Midwest); the price $4.00 had to be discounted $6.20 below the $2.00 price of the steak that had no origin $0.00 a specified in the description P( = 0.06) -$2.00 in order for region-of-origin steaks to Willingness to Pay to Willingness -$4.00 be selected. When asked where the best beef -$6.00 comes from (Table 4), 83% believed -$8.00 Region-of-origin State-of-origin Farm-of-origin it was the Midwest, with Nebraska, Texas, and Iowa specifically named aP = 0.06. bP = 0.09. as states that grow the best beef (35%, cP < 0.01. 12%, and 12%, respectively). When asked if they would be willing to pay Figure 1. Premium or discount that restaurant consumers are willing to pay when compared to a more for beef that is source-verified, generic, nonsource verified steak, %. 65% of the participants said yes. This implies that Nebraska source-verified beef products would be in high Table 4. Top states in-restaurant steak tasting selection (20% for both), but the spec- demand. participants believe grow the highest ified location where cattle were raised quality beef (%). In conclusion, these data suggest was also a deciding factor (17%). consumers are interested in a source- State % Participants were less likely to verified beef product, and they would Nebraska 33.81 order the steak that only listed the be willing to pay a premium for it. Texas 12.03 Midwest as the origin. However, Iowa 11.75 the participants were more likely to Kansas 10.60 Oklahoma 4.01 choose the steaks that had either the 1Kimberly A. Varnold, graduate student; Colorado 3.44 state (P = 0.089) or farm-of-origin Chris R. Calkins, professor, University of Montana 2.87 (P < 0.01) listed. When steak price was Nebraska–Lincoln Department of Animal Science; B. Lynn Gordon, Nebraska Department added into the model, participants of Agriculture, Lincoln, Neb.; Wendy L. were willing to pay $4.74 more Umberger, Department of Agriculture and Food surveys, tenderness and quality grade for a steak with state-of-origin Economics, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, Australia. were the main attributes that made specification P( = 0.09) and $8.75 participants decide on their steak more for a steak with farm-of-origin

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 111 Page 112 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. Statistics Used in the Nebraska Beef Report and Their Purpose

The purpose of beef cattle and beef product research at UNL is to provide reference information that represents the various populations (cows, calves, heifers, feeders, carcasses, retail products, etc.) of beef production. Obviously, researchers cannot apply treatments to every member of a population; therefore, they must sample the population. The use of statistics allows researchers and readers of the Nebraska Beef Report the opportunity to evaluate separation of random (chance) occurrences and real biological effects of a treatment. Following is a brief description of the major statistics used in the beef report. For a more detailed description of the expectations of authors and parameters used in animal science, see Journal of Animal Science Style and Form (beginning pp. 339) at http://jas.fass.org/misc/ifora.shtml.

• Mean — Data for individual experimental units (cows, steers, steaks) exposed to the same treatment are generally averaged and reported in the text, tables and figures. The statistical term representing the average of a group of data points is mean.

• Variability — The inconsistency among the individual experimental units used to calculate a mean for the item measured is the variance. For example, if the ADG for all the steers used to calculate the mean for a treatment is 3.5 lb, then the variance is zero. But, this situation never happens! However, if ADG for individual steers used to calculate the mean for a treatment ranges from 1.0 lb to 5.0 lb, then the variance is large. The variance may be reported as standard deviation (square root of the variance) or as standard error of the mean. The standard error is the standard deviation of the mean as if we had done repeated samplings of data to calculate multiple means for a given treatment. In most cases treatment means and their measure of variability will be expressed as follows: 3.5 ± 0.15. This would be a mean of 3.5 followed by the standard error of the mean of 0.15. A helpful step combining both the mean and the variability from an experiment to conclude whether the treatment results in a real biological effect is to calculate a 95% confidence interval. This interval would be twice the standard error added to and subtracted from the mean. In the example above, this interval is 3.2-3.8 lb. If in an experiment, these intervals calculated for treatments of interest overlap, the experiment does not provide satisfactory evidence to conclude that treatment effects are different.

• P Value — Probability (P Value) refers to the likelihood the observed differences among treatment means are due to chance. For example, if the author reports P ≤ 0.05 as the significance level for a test of the differences between treatments as they affect ADG, the reader may conclude there is less than a 5% chance the differences observed between the means are a random occurrence and the treatments do not affect ADG. Hence we conclude that, because this probability of chance occurrence is small, there must be difference between the treatments in their effect on ADG. It is generally accepted among researchers when P values are less than or equal to 0.05, observed differences are deemed due to important treatment effects. Authors occasionally conclude that an effect is significant, hence real, if P values are between 0.05 and 0.10. Further, some authors may include a statement indicating there was a “tendency” or “trend” in the data. Authors often use these statements when P values are between 0.10 and 0.15, because they are not confident the differences among treatment means are real treatment effects. With P values of 0.10 and 0.15, the chance random sampling caused the observed differences is 1 in 10 and 1 in 6.7, respectively.

© The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 113 • Linear and Quadratic Contrasts — Some articles refer to linear (L) and quadratic (Q) responses to treatments. These parameters are used when the research involves increasing amounts of a factor as treatments. Examples are increasing amounts of a ration ingredient (corn, byproduct, or feed additive) or increasing amounts of a nutrient (protein, calcium, or vitamin E). The L and Q contrasts provide information regarding the shape of the response. Linear indicates a straight line response and quadratic indicates a curved response. P-values for these contrasts have the same interpretation as described above.

• Correlation (r) — Correlation indicates amount of linear relationship of two measurements. The correlation coefficient can range from –1 to 1. Values near zero indicate a weak relationship, values near 1 indicate a strong positive relationship, and a value of –1 indicates a strong negative relationship.

Page 114 — 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. © The Board of Regents of the University of Nebraska. All rights reserved. 2011 Nebraska Beef Cattle Report — Page 115 Animal Science http://animalscience.unl.edu Curriculum – The curriculum of the Department of Animal Science at the University of Nebraska– Lincoln is designed so that each student can select from a variety of options oriented to specific career goals in professions ranging from animal production to veterinary medicine. Animal Science majors can also easily double major in Grazing Livestock Systems (http://gls.unl.edu) or complete the Feedlot Management Internship Program (http://feedlot.unl.edu/intern). Another expanding educational experience is the Nebraska Beef Industry Scholars Program, a unique four year certification program for UNL students.

Careers: Animal Health Education Quality Assurance Animal Management Marketing Research and Development Banking and Finance Meat Processing Technical Service Consultant Meat Safety Veterinary Medicine

Scholarships – Thanks to the generous contributions of our supporters listed below, each year the Animal Science Department offers scholarships to incoming freshmen and transfer students, as well as students at the sophomore, junior, and senior level within the UNL Animal Science Program. For the 2010-2011 academic year, over $33,000 in scholarships were awarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students, and over $58,000 in scholarships were awarded to upperclass UNL Animal Science students. Elton D. & Carrie R. Aberle Animal Science Scholarship Nebraska Cattlemen Livestock & Meat Judging Team ABS Global Scholarship Scholarship Dr. Charles H. & Beryle I. Adams Scholarship Nebraska Cattlemen NCTA Transfer Scholarship Maurice E. Boeckenhauer Memorial Scholarship Nebraska Cattlemen New Student Scholarship Robert Boeckenhauer Memorial Scholarship Nutrition Service Associates Scholarship Frank and Mary Bruning Scholarship Oxbow Pet Products Scholarship Frank E. Card Award Parr Family Student Support Fund Mike Cull Block and Bridle Judging and Activities Parr Young Senior Merit Block and Bridle Award Scholarship Eric Peterson Memorial Award Derrick Family Scholarship Art & Ruth Raun Scholarship Doane Scholarship Chris and Sarah Raun Memorial Scholarship Elanco Animal Health Livestock Judging Scholarship Walter A. and Alice V. Rockwell Scholarship Feedlot Management Scholarship Frank & Shirley Sibert Scholarship Will Forbes Scholarship Sirius Nutrition LLC Scholarship Richard & Joyce Frahm Scholarship Philip Starck Scholarship G. H. Francke Livestock Judging Scholarship Max and Ora Mae Stark Scholarship Don Geweke Memorial Award D.V. and Ernestine Stephens Memorial Scholarship William J. Goldner Scholarship Dwight F. Stephens Scholarship Dr. Robert Hatch Scholarship Arthur W. and Viola Thompson Scholarship Del Kopf Memorial Scholarship Richard C. and Larayne F. Wahlstrom Scholarship Dr. Tim & Florence Leon Scholarship Thomas H. Wake, III Scholarship Lincoln Coca-Cola Bottling Company Scholarship R.B. & Doris Warren Scholarship William J. and Hazel J. Loeffel Scholarship Memorial Winkler Livestock Judging Scholarship Wolf Scholarship